Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Council Packet - 9/21/2026
THE CITY COUNCIL OF WATERLOO, IOWA REGULAR SESSION TO BE HELD AT Harold E. Getty Council Chambers Monday, September 21, 2026 5:30 PM CITY OF WATERLOO COMMUNITY VISION PLAN 1. Fly the W: To develop a sense of pride and relationship between residents and the City of Waterloo, and then leverage that pride to communicate the City's attributes to external audiences. 2. Elevate Housing: Redevelop, renovate, or improve 800 residences in Waterloo in eight years by providing access to capital. 3. Celebrate and Connect Neighborhoods: To leverage Waterloo's rich tradition of neighborhoods by celebrating and connecting them with the community and region at large. 4. Waterloo Works: Grow a diverse and skilled workforce in Waterloo that connects people and employers for mutual growth. 5. Crossroads Doubledown: Re-energize the Crossroads Mall area into a sports/recreation-themed gravitational center. 6. Power Up Downtown: Keep Waterloo's core downtown evolving to meet the needs of future generations, supporting and showcasing arts and cultural opportunities and creating an experience like no other. 7. Sportstown USA: To generate excitement, develop youth, and drive investment and economic impact from year-round visitors. 8. Community of Opportunity: Eliminate barriers that keep Waterloo residents, and the community as a whole, from reaching its true potential, creating an equitable, thriving, and sustainable community for future generations. Waterloo is a Community of Opportunity, where everyone can prosper. GENERAL RULES FOR PUBLIC PARTICIPATION REGULAR SESSION AGENDA A. Iowa Code Chapter 21 gives the public the right to attend council meetings, but it does not require cities to allow public participation except during public hearings. The public is required to follow the rules listed in this article when speaking during any meeting of the city council. B. At the presiding officer's discretion, individuals may address the presiding officer by stepping to the podium, and after recognition by the presiding officer, shall state their Page 1 of 449 name, address, and group affiliation, if appropriate, and speak clearly into the microphone. C. Comments shall be germane and refrain from personal, impertinent, or slanderous remarks. D. Cell phones and electronic devices shall be set to silent prior to the start of the meeting. RULES FOR PUBLIC COMMENT SECTION OF THE AGENDA A. Individuals shall speak one (1) time on only one (1) issue for a maximum of three (3) minutes During the public comment section of the agenda. The public shall not be required to pre-register to speak during public comment. Individuals shall only speak on matters not listed on the regular agenda for that date. Any matter presented shall be directed to the presiding officer and addressed, if necessary, after the meeting. B. Council members may speak during public comment portion of the agenda after the public has finished speaking C. City staff shall not be required to provide an immediate answer to a matter presented during a council meeting unless it specifically pertains to an item on the agenda RULES FOR PUBLIC COMMENT DURING PUBLIC HEARINGS Individuals may speak during the public comment portion of a scheduled public hearing for a maximum of three (3) minutes or may submit written comments to the city clerk by four o'clock (4:00) P.M. on the day of the public hearing. Groups of citizens with similar viewpoints are encouraged to select a representative to share the viewpoint of the group. RULES FOR PUBLIC COMMENT DURING AGENDA ITEMS At the discretion of the presiding officer, individuals may speak for a maximum of three (3) minutes when the council discusses agenda items. This section does not apply to businesses or parties directly involved in agenda items. Roll Call. Prayer or Moment of Silence. Pledge of Allegiance, Kelly Martin, At-Large Council Member. Approval of Agenda as proposed or amended. Approval of minutes of the September 8, 2026, Council Regular Session, as proposed or amended. CONSENT AGENDA The consent agenda is reserved for routine resolutions and motions, acted upon by roll call vote on a single motion without discussion. Council shall either vote yea or nay when the roll is called. Council members may request that an item be removed from the consent agenda and considered separately. Such a request does not require a second. The public shall be prohibited from requesting that items listed on the consent agenda be removed and considered separately. The public may contact council members with questions regarding consent agenda Page 2 of 449 items. 1-4A-16(A)(8). 1. Bills Payment, Finance Committee Invoice Summary Report, a copy of which is on file in the office of the City Clerk. 2. Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve the 2026 Amended and Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, 2026 Amendment, and update projects and project budgets to be included in the Plan, and other general updates to the Plan, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. 3. Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve Amendment No. 1 to the South Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, to remove property from the TIF area, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. 4. Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve Amendment No. 2 to the South Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, to add property to the Plan Area and TIF Area and update projects and project budgets to be included in the Plan, and other general updates to the Plan, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. 5. Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve the Castle Hill Urban Renewal Plan, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. 6. Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve Amendment No. 4 to the Crossroads Waterloo Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, to remove property from the TIF area, to update projects and project budgets to be included in the Plan, and other general updates to the Plan, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. 7. Resolution approving preliminary plans, specifications, form of contract, etc., setting date of bid opening as October 8, 2026, and date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, in conjunction with the FY 2027 Storm Sewer Disconnects - 400 BLK Kern Street, Contract No. 1167, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. 8. Resolution setting date of public hearing as October 5, 2026, to approve a request by Mikhal Ambrose to rezone approximately 0.17 acres from “M-1” Light Industrial District to “R-3” Multiple Residence District to construct a single-family home located adjacent to 213 Park Road, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. 9. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 552 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 10. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 554 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). Page 3 of 449 11. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 556 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 12. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 558 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 13. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 602 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 14. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 604 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 15. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 606 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 16. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 608 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 17. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 610 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 18. Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 4181 Mystic Drive and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). 19. Resolution approving the request by Pray Du, for tax exemptions on the construction of a new single family home valued at $324,500.00, for property located at 1219 W. 7th Street and located in the Consolidated Urban Revitalization Area (CURA). 20. Motion to approve the hiring of Rhodes Dolan from the current Civil Service List to the position of Facilities Specialist in the Leisure Services Sportsplex, effective after September 21, 2026. 21. Motion to approve the hiring of Andrew Peverill from the current Civil Service List to the position of solid Waste Technician in the Sanitation Department, effective after September 21, 2026. 22. Motion approving the hiring of Lyndzy Rozmus to the position of Administrative Support Professional in the Clerk's Office and the Human Resources Department, effective October 1, 2026. 23. Andrea Gordon, Board/Commission: Housing Authority Board, Expiration Date: April 16, 2027, New appointment. Page 4 of 449 24. Communication from the Library Department on the notice of the conclusion of employment of Lori Petersen, Youth Services Manager, effective August 19, 2026, with recommendation of approval of payout of $10,711.62 for unused benefits. 25. Communication from the Waste Management Department on the notice of the conclusion of employment of Michael McDonald, Maintenance Mechanic, effective October 1, 2026, with recommendation of approval of payout of $1,782.32 for unused benefits. 26. Liquor Licenses African Restaurant & Bar, 1010 E. Mitchell Avenue, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 07/24/2027. Bamboo Ridge Campground, 4550 La Porte Road, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 09/18/2027. Dollar General #20548, 1650 Idaho Street, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 11/06/2026. Friendship Village/Friends of Faith Retirement Home, 600 Park Lane, Class F w/Sunday Sales (Ownership Updates) Exp: 10/18/2026. Hy-Vee Fast & Fresh #3, 1512 Flammang Drive, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 08/26/2027. Izumi Sushi and Hibachi, 941 E. San Marnan Drive, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 08/13/2027. Kwik Star #569, 875 Fisher Drive, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 08/27/2027. Kwik Star #1004, 111 E. Ridgeway Avenue, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 10/21/2027. Locke At Tower Park, 4140 Kimball Avenue, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 09/20/2027. Mama Nick's Circle Pizzeria, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 09/09/2027. The Brown Bottle, 209 W. 5th Street, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 10/21/2027. Three Amigos Family Restaurant, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp:08/24/2027. Walgreens #03950, 3910 University Avenue, Class E w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 06/16/2027. PUBLIC HEARINGS 1. Request by Yashpal Saini to rezone approximately 5.29 acres from “A-1” Agricultural District to “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District in order to split the lots to allow for the construction of single-family homes located south of 1220 Bishop Avenue to 1304 Bishop Avenue. Motion to receive and file proof of publication of notice of public hearing. HOLD HEARING - No comments on file. Motion to close the hearing and receive and file oral and written comments and recommendation of approval of the Planning, Programming and Zoning Commission. Motion to receive, file, consider, and pass for the first time an ordinance amending Ordinance No. 5079, as amended, City of Waterloo Zoning Ordinance, by amending the Official Zoning Map referred to in Section 10-4-4, approving a request by Yashpal Saini to rezone approximately 5.29 acres from “A-1” Agricultural District to “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District in order to split the lots to allow for the construction of single- family homes located south of 1220 Bishop Avenue to 1304 Bishop Avenue. Motion to suspend the rules. Motion to consider and pass for the second and third times and adopt the ordinance. Page 5 of 449 Submitted by: Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director 2. FY 2026 South Business Park - Phase I, Contract No. 1129, RM-8155(789)--9D-07 Motion to receive and file proof of publication of notice of public hearing. HOLD HEARING - No comments on file. Motion to close hearing and receive and file oral and written comments. Resolution confirming approval of plans, specifications, form of contract, etc., and authorizing to proceed. Motion to receive, file and instruct City Clerk to read bids. Resolution approving award of bid to Peterson Contractors, Inc., of Reinbeck, Iowa, in the amount of $12,644,650.02, approving the contract, bond and certificate of insurance, in conjunction with the FY 2026 South Business Park - Phase I Project, Contract No. 1129, RM-8155(789)--9D-07, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Submitted by: Jamie Knutson, City Engineer RESOLUTIONS 1. Resolution approving an Amendment to the Development Agreement with Iowa Heartland Habitat for Humanity for 408 Vermont Street, to allow for the demolition of the existing home and the construction of a new single-family home, and to extend the completion deadline to July 31, 2029, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said documents. Submitted by: Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director 2. Resolution approving an Amendment to the Development Agreement with Dhani RE Waterloo, LLC to increase the number of residential dwellings from twenty-six to twenty- eight and provide $10,000.00 in additional Housing Infill incentives for two new units, amend the completion date to March 31, 2027, and an Amendment to the Minimum Assessment Agreement to have a minimum assessed value of $2,550,000.00, located at 722 Water Street (aka 20 E. 5th Street), and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Submitted by: Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director 3. Resolution approving an Amendment to a Site Lease Agreement for the City-Owned Property Agreement with Croell, Inc., in the amount of $7,500.00, to extend the termination date to November 30, 2026, for continued operation of a portable concrete batch plant, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Submitted by: Jamie Knutson, City Engineer 4. Resolution approving Supplemental Agreement No. 4 to the Professional Services Agreement with AECOM, Inc., of Waterloo, Iowa, in an amount not to exceed $1,599,100.00 for construction-related services, in conjunction with the FY 2026 South Business Park - Phase I Project, Contract No. 1129, and authorizing the Mayor to execute said document. Submitted by: Jamie Knutson, City Engineer 5. Resolution approving a Street Lighting Agreement with MidAmerican Energy Company, of Des Moines, Iowa, in the estimated amount of $13,342.64, to install streetlights in Page 6 of 449 conjunction with the FY 2026 Parkview Manor and W. 3rd Street Detention Basin Project, Contract No. 1137, and authorizing the Mayor to execute said document. Submitted by: Jamie Knutson, City Engineer 6. Resolution approving an agreement with MidAmerican Energy Company, of Des Moines, Iowa, in the estimated amount of $50,806.54, to install underground electric distribution facilities in conjunction with the FY 2026 Parkview Manor and W. 3rd Street Detention Basin Project, Contract No. 1137, and authorizing the Mayor to execute said document. Submitted by: Jamie Knutson, City Engineer 7. Resolution approving award of bid to Brock Even Construction, LLC, of Jesup, Iowa, in the amount of $104,440.83, approving the contract, bonds, and certificate of insurance, in conjunction with the FY 2027 Sidewalk Repair Assessment Program - Zone 5B Project, Contract No. 1156, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said documents. Submitted by: Jamie Knutson, City Engineer 8. Resolution approving a Professional Services Agreement with ePlus Technology Inc., in the amount of $1,788,288.62 in conjunction with the Enterprise Network Equipment and Services project as part of the fiber backbone project, and authorizing the Mayor to execute said document. Submitted by: Chris Youngblut, Information Services Director 9. Resolution approving the installation of two speed humps to be placed at Longfellow Avenue by Lincoln School. Submitted by: Safiah Elahi, Traffic Operations Director 10. Resolution approving Acknowledgment/Settlement Agreement for Tobacco Violation -2nd Offense with Neighborhood Mart, 2100 Lafayette Street, Waterloo, Iowa 50703,and acceptance of a civil penalty in the amount of $1,500.00, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Submitted by: Martin Petersen, City Attorney 11. Resolution approving Acknowledgment/Settlement Agreement for Tobacco Violation - Second Offense with Kwik Stop 3, 1140 Washington St. Waterloo, IA 50702, and acceptance of a civil penalty in the amount of $1,500.00, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Submitted by: Martin Petersen, City Attorney 12. Resolution approving the Pre-Employment Reimbursement Agreement, and authorizing the Fire Chief to execute said agreements on an ongoing basis. Submitted by: Bill Beck, Fire Chief 13. Resolution of the City of Waterloo approving an application to the Iowa Department of Transportation seeking funding through the Iowa Clean Air Attainment Program to establish a Microtransit Pilot Program within the cities of Waterloo and Cedar Falls, Iowa. Page 7 of 449 Submitted by: Bridgett Wood, Finance Director ORDINANCES 1. An ordinance amending the City of Waterloo Code of Ordinances by amending Chapter 5 Chronic Nuisance Properties, of Title 5, Police Regulations, Section 1, Definitions. Motion to receive, file, consider, and pass for the first time an ordinance amending the City of Waterloo Code of Ordinances by amending the City of Waterloo Code of Ordinances by amending Chapter 5 Chronic Nuisance Properties, of Title 5, Police Regulations, Section 1, Definitions. Motion to suspend the rules. Motion to consider and pass for the second and third times and adopt said ordinance. 2. An ordinance amending the City of Waterloo Code of Ordinances by amending Chapter 1, Building Code, Article A, Building Contractors, of Title 9 Building Regulations. Motion to receive, file, consider, and pass for the first time an ordinance amending the City of Waterloo Code of Ordinances by amending Chapter 1, Building Code, Sections 1- 10 Article A, Building Contractors, of Title 9 Building Regulations. Motion to suspend the rules. Motion to consider and pass for the second and third times and adopt said ordinance. 3. An ordinance amending the City of Waterloo Code of Ordinances by creating a City Manager position. Motion to receive, file, consider, and pass for the first time an ordinance amending the City of Waterloo Code of Ordinances by adding a new Article E, City Manager, to Title 1, Administration, Chapter 5, Municipal Officials and adding a new Section 3, Removal, to Title 1, Administration, Chapter 5, Municipal Officials. Motion to suspend the rules. Motion to consider and pass for the second and third times and adopt said ordinance. PUBLIC COMMENTS Iowa Code Chapter 21 gives the public the right to attend council meetings but it does not require cities to allow public participation except during public hearings. The City of Waterloo encourages the public to participate during the Oral Presentations by following the rules listed on the front of the agenda. ADJOURNMENT Motion to adjourn. Kelley Felchle City Clerk Page 8 of 449 Page 1 of 12 September 8, 2026 The City Council of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, met in Regular Session at Harold E. Getty Council Chambers, Waterloo, Iowa, at 5:30 PM, on Tuesday, September 8, 2026. Pre-Meeting Items Roll Call. Mayor Dave Boesen in the chair. Mr. Schmitt (via Zoom), Mr. Morrow, Ms. Creighton-Smith, Ms. Berry, Mr. Salamanca, Mr. Martin and Mr. Simon. Prayer or Moment of Silence. Pledge of Allegiance, Hector Salamanca Arroyo, Ward 5 Council Member. Approval of Agenda as proposed or amended. Simon/Martin that the agenda as amended, by removing the Administrative Hearing, be approved. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Approval of Minutes of the August 17, 2026 Council Regular Session, as proposed or amended. Simon/Martin that the minutes of the August 17, 2026, Council Regular Session, as proposed, be approved. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. CONSENT AGENDA Simon/Martin that the following items on the consent agenda be approved, with items 6, 7, 8 and 9 being removed and considered separately, including the payment of bills for August 24, 2026, in the amount of $5,441,372.96, and September 8, 2026, in the amount of $4,252,963.02, be received and placed on file. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Bills Payment, Finance Committee Invoice Summary Report, a copy of which is on file in the office of the City Clerk. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-475. Resolution setting date of public hearing as October 5, 2026, for the authorization of a loan and disbursement agreement and the issuance of not to exceed $3,968,000.00 Sewer Revenue Capital Loan Notes of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, and instructing the City Clerk to publish notice. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor Page 9 of 449 Page 2 of 12 assigned No. 2026-476. Resolution setting date of public hearing as September 21, 2026, to approve a request by Yashpal Saini to rezone approximately 5.29 acres from “A-1” Agricultural District to “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District in order to split the lots to allow for the construction of single-family homes located south of 1220 Bishop Avenue to 1304 Bishop Avenue, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-477. Resolution approving preliminary plans, specifications, form of contract, etc., setting date of bid opening as October 8, 2026, and date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, for the renovation of 100 E. 4th Street, for Waterloo City Hall and Police Department, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-478. Motion approving Change Order No. 1 with GEMS Technical Services, Inc., of Orange, California, to add thirty calendar days to contract completion due to manufacturer delays, with no change to the contract price, in conjunction with the Replace Passenger Boarding Bridge, FAA AIP Project No. 3-19-0094-057-2025, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Motion to approve the hiring of Carson Jordan from the current Civil Service List to the position of Operations Specialist at the Young Arena, effective September 9, 2026. This item was removed and considered separately. Motion to approve the hiring of Derek White from the current Civil Service List to the position of Chief Mechanical Inspector in Building Inspections, effective after September 8, 2026. This item was removed and considered separately. Motion approving the hiring of Kate Winston to the position of Human Resources Specialist in the Human Resources Department, effective September 9, 2026. This item was removed and considered separately. Motion to approve the hiring of Craig Denner from the current Civil Service List to the position of Assistant Young Arena Manager at the Young Arena, effective September 9, 2026. This item was removed and considered separately. Carole Gustafson, Board/Commission: Civil Service Commission, Expiration Date: September 8, 2032, New appointment. Mendoor L. Smith, Board/Commission: Human Rights Commission, Expiration Date: September 8, 2029, New appointment. Page 10 of 449 Page 3 of 12 Lamie Kromah, Board/Commission: Human Rights Commission, Expiration Date: September 8, 2029, New appointment. Jennifer Stevenson, Board/Commission: Human Rights Commission, Expiration Date: September 8, 2029, New appointment. Communication from the City Clerk's Office on the notice of the conclusion of employment of Cindy Young, Clerk II, effective August 17, 2026, with recommendation of approval of payout of $11,114.25 for unused benefits. Communication from the Leisure Services Department on the notice of the conclusion of employment of Chris Dolan, Young Arena Manager, effective August 14, 2026, with recommendation of approval of payout of $6,557.10 for unused benefits. Communication from the Street Department on the notice of the conclusion of employment of Kathy Keys, Equipment Operator I, effective July 31, 2026, with recommendation of approval of payout of $3,594.06 for unused benefits. Communication from the Police Department on the notice of the conclusion of employment of Taylor McNamara, Police Officer, effective August 12, 2026, with recommendation of approval of payout of $159.85 for unused benefits. Motion to receive and file Airport Board minutes of July 27, 2026. Motion to receive and file Board of Adjustment minutes for July 2026. Motion to receive and file Historic Preservation Commission minutes of July 2026. Motion to receive and file Leisure Services Commission Board minutes of July 14, 2026. Motion to receive and file Planning, Programming, and Zoning Commission minutes of July 2026. Page 11 of 449 Page 4 of 12 Motion to approve denying an application by Pryme Tyme, LLC, 626 Sycamore Street, for a Class C Retail Alcohol License. Liquor Licenses Brendas Park Road Inn, 306 Park Road, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 08/08/2027. Dub's Pub, 1106 La Porte Road, Class C w/Outdoor Service and Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 09/12/2027. Casey's General Store #2867, 2424 Ranchero Road, Class E w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 06/14/2027. Friends of Faith, 600 Park Lane, Class F, w/Sunday Sales (Ownership Update) Highway 63 Diner, 3030 Marnie Road, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 07/29/2027. Landmark Commons, 1400 Maxhelen Road, Class E w/Sunday Sales (New) Exp: 08/31/2027. Longhorn Steakhouse, 1425 E. San Marnan Drive, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 08/31/2027. Marshal BWS, 2060 Sovia Drive, Ste 112, Class E w/Sunday Sales (New) Exp: 06/30/2027. Rome's Place, 201 Rath Street, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Ownership Update) Exp: 09/17/2026. Senior Tequilla, 118 E. 11th Street, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 05/18/2027. WCA Building & Amphitheater, 225 Commercial Street, Class C w/Outdoor Service and Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 06/22/2027. Bonds. Item #6 Schmitt/Simon Motion to approve the hiring of Carson Jordan from the current Civil Service List to the position of Operations Specialist at the Young Arena, effective September 9, 2026. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Six. Nays: One (Schmitt). Motion carried. Mr. Schmitt expressed his dissatisfaction with the hiring process. Missy Gearhart, Assistant Human Resources Director, commented that these positions have all been budgeted for FY27. She explained that we do have a personnel requisition committee made up of the finance department, the mayor, a council representative that meets once a month to discuss the requested positions. She further outlined the requirements that each department head must fulfill in order to have the position considered by the committee and added that not every personnel request is approved. Mr. Simon shared that he sits on the committee and reiterated that each request is vigorously reviewed and considered. He concurs with Mr. Schmitt's comment that there could be some room for improvement, and that a city manager may be what is needed to make some improvements that could satisfy Mr. Schmitt. Page 12 of 449 Page 5 of 12 Ms. Creighton-Smith questioned if the position was a new position or a replacement for a vacancy. Mayor Boesen clarified that it is a replacement for a vacancy where the hiree is already employed by the city. Ms. Berry shared that she is in favor of filling the position if it is to fill a vacancy. Mr. Salamanca commented that it could be that some council members may be having trouble accessing the attachments that do show if a position is a replacement position and suggested there might be a way to alter the form to more clearly differentiate a position between new and replacement. Item #7 Salamanca/Martin Motion to approve the hiring of Derek White from the current Civil Service List to the position of Chief Mechanical Inspector in Building Inspections, effective after September 8, 2026. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Six. Nays: One (Schmitt). Motion carried. Mr. Schmitt commented that he would vote no on the next three items. Item #8 Salamanca/Martin Motion to approve the hiring of Kate Winston to the position of Human Resources Specialist in the Human Resources Department, effective September 9, 2026. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Six. Nays: One (Schmitt). Motion carried. Item #9 Salamanca/Martin Motion to approve the hiring of Craig Denner to the position of Assistant Young Arena Manager at the Young Arena, effective September 9, 2026. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Six. Nays: One (Schmitt). Motion carried. PUBLIC HEARINGS Asbestos Abatement Services, Contract AB-2026-08-06P. Morrow/Creighton-Smith to receive and file proof of publication of notice of public hearing. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. This being the time and place of the public hearing, the Mayor called for written and oral comments and there were none. Morrow/Creighton-Smith to close hearing. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Morrow/Creighton-Smith Resolution confirming approval of plans, specifications, form of contract, etc., and authorizing to Page 13 of 449 Page 6 of 12 proceed. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-479. Morrow/Creighton-Smith to receive, file, and instruct the City Clerk to read bids. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Engineer's Estimate: $40,000.00 Advanced Environmental, Waterloo, Iowa - 5% - $37,200.00 All Star Environmental, LLC, Dubuque, Iowa - 5% - $29,830.00 Site Services, Inc., Algona, Iowa - 5% - $30,770.00 Resolution approving award of bid to All Star Environmental, LLC of Dubuque, Iowa, in the amount of $29,830.00, in conjunction with Asbestos Abatement Services, Contract AB-2026-08- 06P, for properties located at 321 Dearborn Avenue, 521 Pine Street, 314 Reber Avenue, 1410 Mulberry Street, 420 Bayard Street, and 623 N. Barclay Street, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-480. FY 2027 Sidewalk Repair Assessment Program - Zone 5B, Contract No. 1156. Creighton-Smith/Berry to receive and file proof of publication of notice of public hearing. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. This being the time and place of the public hearing, the Mayor called for written and oral comments and there were none. Creighton-Smith/Berry to close hearing. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Creighton-Smith/Berry Resolution confirming approval of plans, specifications, form of contract, etc., and authorizing to proceed. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-481. Creighton-Smith/Berry to receive, file and instruct City Clerk to read bids and refer to the City Engineer for further review. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Engineer's Estimate: $107,576.10 Brock Even Construction, LLC, Jesup, Iowa - 5% - $104,440.83 Boulder Contracting, Grundy Center, Iowa - 5% - $131,434.50 N.B. Koch General Contractors, Cedar Falls, Iowa - 5% - $183,358.96 FY 2027 Sergeant Road Trail Repairs, Contract No. 1091. Berry/Simon to receive and file proof of publication of notice of public hearing. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. This being the time and place of the public hearing, the Mayor called for written and oral Page 14 of 449 Page 7 of 12 comments and there were none. Berry/Simon to close the hearing. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Simon/Simon Resolution confirming approval of specifications, bid documents, form of contract, etc., and authorizing to proceed. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-482. Mr. Simon asked for clarification on the project and the lack of documentation attached to the agenda packet. Jamie Knutson, City Engineer, explained that most larger projects with federal funding are let through the Iowa Department of Transportation and all the plans and specifications are handled by the state. He shared that the code does require the city to hold a public hearing, allowing our citizens to express their concerns or support for the project, and provided an overview of what the project entails. RESOLUTIONS Resolution establishing a temporary moratorium on approvals relating to data centers. Morrow/Creighton-Smith Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-483. The following individuals expressed support for the resolution: Carol Tjaden, 147 Summit / Lori Johnson, 119 Belleview Road / Dennis Harbaugh, 6145 Kimball Avenue / David Dreyer, 3145 W. 4th Street / Jay Grote, 2229 Edgemont Avenue / Diane Sittig, 816 W. Orange Road / Virginia Wilber, 231 Lichty Blvd / Metropolitan Archbishop Dr. Richard Louis Sorrentino, 131 Mission Circle / Rachel Sittig, 140 Blane Road / Blaire Boynton, 6236 Kimball Liz Webbeking, 5377 Tucson Drive Mr. Schmitt thanked the citizens for speaking out about this topic. He commented that it would be good to have WaHawk Power, MidAmerican Energy, or Waterloo Water Works to present. He further questioned if any legal issues would exist in adopting the moratorium. Martin Petersen, City Attorney, provided an overview of potential legal issues surrounding the moratorium. Mr. Morrow spoke to the reasons why the moratorium has been brought forward. He encouraged the council members to take a moment to do some research and move forward. Ms. Creighton-Smith thanked the citizens for sharing comments regarding the data center discussion. Page 15 of 449 Page 8 of 12 Mr. Simon commented that he supports the moratorium for the reasons already stated. He shared that some questions that had been asked have been answered. Mr. Salamanca requested an update on the timeline of the project. Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director, provided the history of the project and current status. Mr. Salamanca clarified that as of now, they have not submitted a site plan. Noel Anderson confirmed. Mr. Boesen commented that no land has been transferred, there is no infrastructure, roads, water, etc., so we are still a long ways away. Ms. Creighton-Smith shared that it is important to be proactive. Ms. Berry questioned what would happen if they chose a new location. Noel Anderson shared that the development agreement is site plan specific, so an amendment would need to come back before council. Resolution approving the Amendment to Business Property Lease with Friends of Faith Retirement Homes, Inc. for the purpose of stormwater detention, pickle ball courts, and parking at Bontrager Park, and authorizing Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Salamanca/Martin Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-484. Mike Young, Attorney for Friends of Faith Retirement Homes, Inc., thanked the city for their partnership. Resolution approving a Professional Service Agreement with Schumacher Elevator, Denver, Iowa, for the replacement of the Waterloo Public Library elevator in the amount of $274,344.00, rescinding Resolution No. 2025-641 in its entirety, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Salamanca/Martin Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-485. Mr. Salamanca shared that he is pleased that this is being taken care of. Mayor Boesen commented that we are changing the design of elevator which will actually cost less. Resolution approving the sale of all contents of the former Courier Building, 100 E. 4th Street, Waterloo, Iowa, including desks, chairs, shelving, tables, etc. as requested by the Building Maintenance Department. Page 16 of 449 Page 9 of 12 Salamanca/Martin Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-486. David Dreyer, 3145 W. 4th Street, asked if anything in the building was worth keeping. Brian Baker, Building Maintenance, provided an overview of the agenda item. Megan Butler, 818 Clough, commented that as a city it is important to look at the environmental cost as well as the financial cost. Mr. Morrow commented that staff is looking at all options for where, how and if the older equipment could be used to be sure we are being fiscally responsible. Brian Baker commented that he and Noel Anderson looked into what the value of the furniture would be, and estimated it to be about twenty thousand dollars, possibly a bit more. He noted that if we did sell the furniture we would save on manpower and disposal costs. Mayor Boesen commented that whatever furniture we might be keeping would have to be removed, stored and then reassembled, so those costs must also be weighed. Resolution approving a Contract with Midwest Cleaning Pros of Waverly, Iowa, in the amount of $82,092.00 annually, in conjunction with the cleaning of the Public Works Facility, and authorizing the Public Works Division Manager to execute said document. Morrow/Creighton-Smith Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-487. David Dreyer, 3145 W. 4th Street, questioned the total cost the city spends on cleaning annually. Shelia Steffen, Assistant Public Works Director, explained the multiple departments covered under the contract. Resolution approving a Temporary Easement Agreement in the amount of $2,269.00 with NNDYM WLK, Inc., located at 1945 La Porte Road, in conjunction with the La Porte Road Phase III Reconstruction Project, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Morrow/Creighton-Smith Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-488. Resolution approving a Development and Minimum Assessment Agreement with Kel Mar, LC, for the construction of a new 60,000 square-foot warehouse building with a tax rebate schedule of one year at seventy-five percent, one year at seventy percent, and eleven years at fifty percent, with a Minimum Assessment Agreement of $3,030,000.00, for property located south of 1575 W. Big Rock Road, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said documents. Page 17 of 449 Page 10 of 12 Morrow/Creighton-Smith Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-489. Mr. Simon questioned if infrastructure needs to be added in order to build out the development. Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director, provided an overview of the project. Resolution in support of grant applications and continued development of a proposed three- year, two-zone Cedar Valley Micro-Transit Pilot Program at a total program cost not to exceed $4,600,000.00. Creighton-Smith/Berry Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-490. David Dreyer, 3145 W. 4th Street, asked how much money the city or the transit authority will put into the pilot program. Mr. Boesen commented that this is a pilot program that Cedar Falls and Waterloo are entering into. He explained that this dollar amount covers a three-year period and noted that many entities have been contacted to contribute and will have a share in this which will allow us to apply for grants. He provided an overview of how the program would work. David Sturtch, MET Transit, provided additional information about the resolution and next steps for implementing the pilot program. Mr. Morrow clarified that this resolution is to seek grants and that it will be a 6-8 passenger van. David Sturtch confirmed. Resolution approving the contract for services with the Iowa Northland Regional Council of Governments of Waterloo, Iowa, in the amount of $5,500.00, in conjunction with the St. Mary's Development, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. Creigton-Smith/Berry Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-491. Claudia Roberts, 216 Oliver Street, requested an overview of the item. Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director, provided an overview of the project. Darrel Caldwell, 228 Oliver Street, questioned what is being done to help clean up the neighborhoods around this development. LaTonya Graves, 607 E. Donald Street, questioned if this is to approve the seventeen houses. Page 18 of 449 Page 11 of 12 Noel Anderson explained that it is only for the HUD Environmental report. Mr. Salamanca questioned what the zoning for the site would be. Aric Schroeder, City Planner, explained the current zoning for the site. Ms. Creighton-Smith explained that she and people in the neighborhood want to see development coming in to match the neighborhood. Mr. Salamanca questioned what happens if the resolution does not pass, what happens to the HUD money. Noel Anderson commented that the environmental report is a required HUD action if we ever want to use this site. Martin/Salamanca to recess for five minutes at 7:14 p.m. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Martin/Salamanca to reconvene at 7:19 p.m. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. ORDINANCES An ordinance amending sewer user charges and fees relating to monthly winter consumption. Creighton-Smith/Simon to receive, file, consider and pass for the first time an ordinance repealing Subsection 1 of Title 8, Public Utilities, Chapter 3, Sewer Regulations, Article A, User Charges and Fees, Section 2, Determination of Rates and Charges, and enacting in lieu thereof a new Subsection 1 of Title 8, Public Utilities, Chapter 3, Sewer Regulations, Article A, User Charges and Fees, Section 2, Determination of Rates and Charges. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Creighton-Smith/Berry to suspend the rules. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Creighton-Smith/Berry to consider and pass for the second and third times and adopt the ordinance. Roll Call vote- Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Ordinance adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 5846. Creighton-Smith/Berry Resolution rescinding Resolution No. 2009-1235 in its entirety. Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Resolution adopted and upon approval by Mayor assigned No. 2026-492. ADMINISTRATIVE HEARING Page 19 of 449 Page 12 of 12 Hearing and Order Assessing $1,500.00 civil penalty to Kwik Stop 3, 1104 Washington Street, Waterloo, Iowa, for sale of tobacco to minor, 2nd offense. This hearing was removed by amendment. PUBLIC COMMENTS The following individuals commented on various subjects: Marcella Gruver, 203 Miriam Drive / Dixon Stulke, 421 Belmont Avenue / Calvin Kreb, 1556 Newell Street / Doris Deidrich, 515 Beech Street Renee Carson, 1108 Vine / Meagan Butler, 818 Clough Street / Amy Jo, 810 Conger / Archbishop Dr. Richard Louis Sorrentino, 131 Mission Circle / Aaron Stacey Roberts, 411 Almond Street / George Meeks, 609 E. Donald Street Simon/Martin to close public comments, Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Mr. Salamanca Arroyo announced the date and time of his Ward meeting. Ms. Creighton-Smith announced the date and time of the Ward 3 and Ward 4 meeting. CLOSED SESSION Closed Session on the purchase of real estate pursuant to Iowa Code Section 21.5(1)(j). Simon/Creighton-Smith to adjourn to a closed session at 7:50 p.m. to discuss the purchase of real estate pursuant to Iowa Code Section 21.5(1)(j). Roll Call vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Martin Petersen, City Attorney, confirmed the discussion complies with Iowa Code Section 21.5(1)(j). ADJOURNMENT Salamanca/Morrow to adjourn from a closed session at 8:49 p.m. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. Salamanca/Morrow that the council adjourn at 8:49 p.m. Voice vote-Ayes: Seven. Motion carried. ___________________________ Kelley Felchle City Clerk Page 20 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve the 2026 Amended and Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, 2026 Amendment, and update projects and project budgets to be included in the Plan, and other general updates to the Plan, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION Previously the City of merged the Airport Area Development Plan Urban Renewal Area and the Logan Avenue Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Urban Renewal Area into the Amended and Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan and Plan Area. Staff are now proposing to merge the East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area with the Downtown Waterloo Riverfront Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area and the Rath Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area into a unified district, the Amended and Restated East Waterloo Unifed Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area, as amended by the 2026 Expanded Merge Area. This Plan is an amendment and restatement of the existing urban renewal plans, and shall be viewed as a unified or consolidated plan, with the separate areas and amended areas of the prior plans being maintained and observed, but the combined and expanded area comprising the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area shall be treated as one unified area for planning and development purposes. Amendments to a TIF Plan require a consultation with taxing entities, which will be held on October 2nd. The hearing is getting set for October 19th. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS Page 21 of 449 SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. Amended and Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, 2026 Amendment 2. Urban Renewal Plan update (Analysis) Page 22 of 449 Prepared by Aric Schroeder, City of Waterloo, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA, 50703 319 -291-4366 Return to preparer after recording. AMENDED AND RESTATED EAST WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN, 2026 AMENDMENT (October 2026) Page 23 of 449 i TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction and Background ....................................................................................................... 1 Unified or Linked Areas ............................................................................................................... 1 District Designation ...................................................................................................................... 3 Description .................................................................................................................................... 3 Base Values ................................................................................................................................... 3 Development Plan ......................................................................................................................... 3 Project Area Objectives ................................................................................................................ 3 Type of Renewal Activities .......................................................................................................... 4 Proposed Urban Renewal Activities ............................................................................................. 5 Financial Data ............................................................................................................................... 5 Special Financing .......................................................................................................................... 6 Property Acquisition/Disposition.................................................................................................. 6 Relocation ..................................................................................................................................... 7 State and Local Requirements ...................................................................................................... 7 Severability ................................................................................................................................... 7 Urban Renewal Plan Amendments ............................................................................................... 7 Effective Period ............................................................................................................................ 7 Attachments A. Boundary Map B. Urban Renewal Area Legal Description C. Study of Bonding Capacity D. Project Proposals and Budgets E. Acquisition Checklist F. Relocation Checklist G. Planning, Programming & Zoning Resolution H. Notification to Taxing Entities, and Record of Consultation I. Resolution Adopting Amended Plan J. N/A No New Ordinance Adopting TIF District, see previous Plans K. Notice of Public Hearing (Published) L. Notice of Public Hearing (Posted) Page 24 of 449 1 AMENDED AND RESTATED EAST WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN, 2026 AMENDMENT CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND This Amended and Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, 2026 Amendment (“Plan” or “Urban Renewal Plan” or “Amended and Restated Plan”) has been prepared to identify the objectives, activities, and projects that are intended to simulate private investment and alleviate blighted conditions in an area known as the East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area (the “Urban Renewal Area” or “Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area”). In order to achieve these objectives, the City of Waterloo shall undertake the urban renewal actions specified in this Plan, pursuant to the powers granted to it under Chapter 403 of the Iowa Code, Urban Renewal Law, and Chapter 15A of the Iowa Code. Under the original Plan adopted in 2015, the Urban Renewal Area included the areas formerly designated as urban renewal areas under the Urban Renewal Plans for the Airport Area Development Plan Urban Renewal Area (the “Airport Plan Area”), as previously amended, and the Logan Avenue Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Urban Renewal Area (the “Logan Plan Area”), as previously amended, each referred to herein as a “subarea.” The urban renewal plan for the Airport Plan Area was originally adopted in 1992 by Resolution No. 1992-717, was amended by Amendment No. 1 in 1995 by Resolution No. 1995-20, and amended again in 2004 by Amendment No. 2 by Resolution No. 2004-836. The urban renewal plan for the Logan Plan Area was originally adopted in 2004 by Resolution No. 2004-10, and was amended by Amendment No. 1 in 2008 by Resolution No. 2008-197. In addition, the 2015 Plan added additional property to the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area for potential future development, redevelopment, and infrastructure construction (the “2015 Additions Area”). Under this Plan (2026 Amendment), the Urban Renewal Area includes the areas as formerly identified in the original East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan adopted in 2015, as well as areas formerly designated as urban renewal areas under the Urban Renewal Plans for the Downtown Waterloo Riverfront Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Area (the “Downtown Plan Area”), as previously amended, and the Rath Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Area (the “Rath Plan Area”), as previously amended, each referred to herein as a “subarea.” The urban renewal plan for the Downtown Plan Area was originally adopted in 1974 by Ordinance No. 2723, was amended in 1996 by Resolution No. 1996-808, was amended in 2001 by Resolution No. 2001-394, was amended in 2003 by Resolution No. 2003-225, was amended in 2011 by Resolution No. 2011-1109, was amended in 2014 by Resolution No. 2014- 966, amended in 2015 by Resolution 2015-632, was amended in 2017 by Resolution 2017-772, and amended again in 2025 by Resolution No. 2025-550. The urban renewal plan for the Rath Plan Area was originally adopted in 1990 by Resolution 1990-664, was amended by Amendment No. 1 Area in 2004 by Resolution 2004-372, was amended by Amendment No. 2 Area in 2009 Page 25 of 449 2 by Resolution 2009-633, and amended again by Amendment No. 3 Area in 2022 by Resolution 2022-742. The 2015 Plan was an amendment and restatement of the existing urban renewal plans for the Logan Plan Area and the Airport Plan Area. This Plan (2026 Amendment) is an amendment and restatement of the existing urban renewal plans for the East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Area (2015 Plan), as well as the existing urban renewal plans for the Downtown Waterloo Riverfront Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Area and the Rath Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Area, and shall be viewed as a unified or consolidated plan for the purposes of fulfilling the development objectives of the Plan. The separate areas and amended areas of the prior plans and additions will be maintained and observed for those purposes which are aided by or in need of the division of tax revenues, but the combined and expanded area comprising the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area shall be treated as one unified area for planning and development purposes. Each of the original areas and amended areas may be referenced to herein as “subareas” of the Plan. The division of taxation and the separation of incremental taxes authorized by Iowa Code Section 403.19 have been implemented in the former Airport Plan Area and Logan Plan Area and existing East Waterloo Unified Plan 2015 Additions Area, Downtown Plan Area, and Rath Plan Area. Under the terms of this Plan and applicable tax increment ordinances, the tax increment mechanism described in Iowa Code Section 403.19 shall continue to apply to the existing subareas as currently provided. Incremental taxes shall be determined separately with respect to each subarea of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area, and when collected shall be applied, subject to such liens and priorities as may exist or be from time to time provided, to the Amended and Restated Area as a whole, as amended. This Plan provides updated information on objectives, types of renewal activities and financial information for the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area. UNIFIED OR LINKED AREAS In response to particular situations during the past years, the City of Waterloo has created, expanded and amended several urban renewal areas, covering different portions of the City. This Plan confirms the City’s intention to link these urban renewal areas together into one Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area. Changing economic conditions and development or redevelopment priorities makes it less advantageous to have separate areas. One of the objectives of this Plan is to unify or link these areas in order to maximize the future generation of incremental property tax revenues in order to promote economic development within the designated boundaries of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area. The City is combining what are generally referred to as the Airport Plan Area (as amended), the Logan Plan Area (as amended), the East Waterloo Unified Plan 2015 Additions Area, the Downtown Plan Area (as amended), and the Rath Plan Area (as amended) to capitalize on the success and stability of multiple plan areas and to provide resources and to assist in the development of other plan areas. All of the combined urban renewal areas connect with each other. Specifically, the unification of the urban renewal areas under a single comprehensive plan will benefit the economic development of the City for the following reasons: Page 26 of 449 3 1. Providing additional resources to permit improvements to infrastructure to encourage growth and additional development or redevelopment within the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area; 2. Providing additional developmental areas for a diversified range of businesses, including commercial and industrial; 3. Stimulating commercial and industrial growth in the Logan Plan Area, an area that has previously been hampered by limited resources for commercial and industrial development and access to necessary City services; 4. Providing resources for in-fill opportunities within the Amended and Restated Plan Area that will complement existing businesses and development opportunities; 5. Enhance the image of the community by improving the aesthetics in the Amended and Restated Plan Area by removing deteriorating buildings and conditions while improving transportation access to businesses located in the Area; 6. Promote development and redevelopment in areas of the City with the highest poverty rates. 7. Promote continued emphasis on furthering the economic development goals described in the City of Waterloo 2020 Strategic Development Plan. The adoption of this Plan will have no effect on any of the tax increment ordinances that have been adopted for any of the urban renewal areas, or on any of the tax base valuations or revenues that have been previously established for any of the urban renewal areas or amendment areas. DISTRICT DESIGNATION With the adoption of this Plan, the City of Waterloo will continue to designate that portion of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area formerly identified as the Airport Plan Area as a combination economic development and blight area, will continue to designate that portion of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area formerly identified as the Logan Plan Area as a slum and blight area, will continue to designate that portion of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area formerly identified as the East Waterloo Unified 2015 Additions Area as a mixed area for the remediation of blight and promotion of commercial and industrial economic development, will continue to designate that portion of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area formerly identified as the Downtown Plan Area as a mixed area of slum and blight and an economic development area, and will continue to designate that portion of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area formerly identified as the Rath Plan Area as a mixed area of blight and an economic development area all of which are appropriate for the promotion of residential, industrial and/or commercial development, to strengthen the economy, increase employment opportunities, provide necessary infrastructure improvements, and eliminate slum Page 27 of 449 4 and blight. The 2026 Additions Area is designated as a mixed area for the remediation of blight and promotion of commercial and industrial economic development. DESCRIPTION The new property added by this Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Plan, 2026 Amendment to the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area includes primarily the right of way of various roads along with certain parcels deemed appropriate for improvement of infrastructure. The description of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area, including the new property being added under this Plan, is illustrated in Attachments A, A-1 and A-2 and legally described in Attachment B. This Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Plan, 2026 Amendment, does not add any property to a Tax Increment Financing (TIF) Ordinance, or affect the TIF Ordinances of any of the existing separate areas and amended areas of the prior plans and additions as described. BASE VALUES Each of the existing areas being unified as a result of this Amended and Restated Plan will retain their separate existing base values for tax increment purposes. DEVELOPMENT PLAN The goals and objectives of the Amended and Restated Plan are in conformity with the City of Waterloo’s Comprehensive Plan and the land use policy and priorities that were adopted as part of the planning process. Both the Amended and Restated Plan and the Comprehensive Plan strive to maintain the City’s role as a regional center of commerce and industry, assure land uses which will strengthen and complement existing appropriate land use relationships within the surrounding community, encourage sound growth and investment in the area, increase employment in the area by encouraging economic development, and provide economic incentives that may increase employment opportunities within the City. The Amended and Restated Plan does not in any way replace or modify the City’s current land use planning or zoning regulation process. PROJECT AREA OBJECTIVES Renewal activities are designed to provide opportunities, incentives, and sites for community economic development purposes and blight remediation, including new and expanded residential, industrial and commercial development. Objectives under this Plan include: 1. To stimulate, through public action and commitment, private investment in new residential, commercial and industrial development. 2. To plan for and provide sufficient land for residential, commercial and industrial development. Page 28 of 449 5 3. To provide for the installation of public infrastructure and facilities in the Urban Renewal Area, which ultimately contribute to the sound development of the entire City, such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, public utilities, streets, sidewalks, pedestrian accommodations, traffic control improvements, parking, skywalks, street amenities, etc. 4. To provide a more marketable and attractive investment climate. 5. To promote infill development in applicable areas. 6. To achieve a diversified, well-balanced economy providing a desirable standard of living, creating job opportunities, and strengthening the tax base. 7. To eliminate slum and blighting influences and promote revitalization. 8. To provide incentives to expand existing business and industrial uses and attract new industrial, commercial and residential uses as allowed under Iowa Code, such as tax abatements, tax rebates, land acquisition, demolition, loans, grants, and/or other incentives that will result in redevelopment of the Urban Renewal Area. TYPE OF RENEWAL ACTIVITIES To meet the objectives of this Urban Renewal Plan and to encourage the development of the area, the City intends to utilize the powers conferred under Iowa Code Chapter 403 and Chapter 15A, as follows: 1. To undertake and carry out urban renewal projects through the execution of contracts and other instruments. 2. To acquire land and to provide for the construction of specific site improvements such as grading and site preparation activities, access roads and parking, fencing, utility connections, and related activities. 3. To arrange for or cause to be provided the construction or repair of public infrastructure, including but not limited to, streets, water, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, public utilities, sidewalks, street lights, public parks and open spaces, bike trails, landscaping or other related facilities and activities in connection with urban renewal projects. 4. To make loans, forgivable loans, tax rebate payments or other types of economic development grants or incentives to private persons or businesses for economic development or blight remediation purposes on such terms as may be determined by the City Council. 5. To use tax increment financing to facilitate urban renewal projects, including, but not limited to, financing to achieve a more marketable and competitive land Page 29 of 449 6 offering price and to provide for necessary physical improvements and infrastructure. 6. To borrow money and to provide security therefor. 7. To make or have made surveys and plans necessary for the implementation of the urban renewal program or specific urban renewal projects. 8. To provide contributions and/or incentives for appropriate redevelopment and infill development projects and for the elimination or remediation of slum and blight. 9. To acquire property through a variety of means (purchase, lease, option, etc.) and to hold, clear or prepare the property for redevelopment, or to dispose of property. 10. To use any or all other powers granted by the Urban Renewal Act to develop and provide for improved economic conditions for the City of Waterloo and the State of Iowa. PROPOSED URBAN RENEWAL PROJECTS 1. Certain urban renewal activities will continue over a period of years, such as the construction of public infrastructure and incentives to encourage increased employment and taxable value. The City may continue providing direct or indirect financial assistance to private persons or businesses as an incentive to locate or expand in the area. 2. Future land acquisition, as may be necessary, to further the economic development needs of the City. 3. Ongoing development of the Airport Plan Area, the Logan Plan Area, the East Waterloo Unified 2015 Additions Area, the Downtown Plan Area, and the Rath Plan Area as deemed advisable by the City to further stimulate and provide economic development opportunities for businesses interested in locating within the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area. 4. Pay all legal fees, consulting fees and related expenses associated with administration and operation of the Amended and Restated Urban Renewal Area. 5. Urban renewal projects that are anticipated to occur over a period of 1 to 6 years or more are described in more detail in Attachment D. FINANCIAL DATA See Attachment C. Proposed amount of loans, advances, indebtedness or bonds to be incurred: Page 30 of 449 7 A specific amount of debt to be incurred for the proposed urban renewal projects has not yet been determined. The projects authorized in this Plan are only proposed projects at this time. The City Council will consider each project proposal on a case-by-case basis to determine if it is consistent with the Plan and in the public’s best interest to participate in the project. These projects, if approved, will commence and be concluded over a number of years. In no event will debt be incurred that would exceed the City’s debt capacity. It is further expected that such indebtedness, including interest on the same, will be financed in whole or in part with tax increment revenues from the Urban Renewal Area. Subject to the foregoing, it is estimated that the cost of the proposed urban renewal projects as described above will be approximately $650,000,000 to $700,000,000. SPECIAL FINANCING To meet the objectives of this Urban Renewal Plan and to encourage private investment in and the development of the Urban Renewal Area, the City may determine to provide financial assistance to qualified private businesses through the making of loans, rebates or grants under all applicable provisions of the Iowa Code, including but not limited to Chapters 15 and 15A, and through the use of tax increment financing under Chapter 403. 1. Loan, Rebates or Grants. The making of loans or grants of public funds to private businesses within the Urban Renewal Area may be deemed necessary or appropriate for economic development purposes and to aid in the planning, undertaking and carrying out of urban renewal activities authorized under this Urban Renewal Plan and the Code of Iowa. Accordingly, in furtherance of the objectives of this Urban Renewal Plan, the City may determine to issue general obligation bonds, tax increment revenue bonds or such other obligations or loan agreements for the purpose of making loans or economic development grants of public funds to private businesses located in the Urban Renewal Area. Alternatively, the City may determine to use available funds for making such loans or grants with the intention to reimburse those funds with incremental taxes when or if available. 2. Tax Increment Financing. The City may utilize tax increment financing as a means to help pay for the costs associated with acquisition and the development of the Urban Renewal Area. General obligation bonds, tax increment revenue bonds, internal loans or such other obligations or loan agreements may be issued by the City. The City may elect to secure obligations or abate some or all of the debt service on bonds issued for the following costs with incremental taxes from the area (if and to the extent incurred by the City): a. Constructing public improvements, such as streets, sanitary sewers, storm sewers, water mains or other facilities. b. Making loans or grants to private businesses, including debt service payments on any bonds or notes issued to finance such loans or grants. Page 31 of 449 8 c. Providing the local matching share of state or federal grant and loan programs. d. Other authorized urban renewal projects, including those described in Attachment D. Nothing herein shall be construed as a limitation on the power of the City to exercise any lawful power granted to the City under Chapter 15, Chapter 15A, Chapter 403, Chapter 427B, or any other provision of the Code of Iowa in furtherance of the objectives of this Urban Renewal Plan. PROPERTY ACQUISITION/DISPOSITION The City may finance or assist with financing the cost of land acquisitions in the Urban Renewal Area. The City will follow applicable legal proceedings and procedures for the acquisition and disposition of property. RELOCATION The City does not expect there to be any relocation required of residents or businesses as part of the proposed urban renewal projects; however, if any relocation is necessary, the City will follow all applicable relocation requirements. STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS All provisions necessary to conform to state and local laws will be complied with by the City and/or the developer in implementing this Urban Renewal Plan and its supporting documents, objectives and renewal activities. SEVERABILITY In the event one or more provisions contained in the Urban Renewal Plan, as amended, shall be held for any reason to be invalid, illegal, unauthorized or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, unauthorization or enforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Urban Renewal Plan, and this Urban Renewal Plan shall be construed and implemented as if such provisions had never been contained herein. URBAN RENEWAL PLAN AMENDMENTS This Urban Renewal Plan may be amended from time to time for a number of reasons, including but not limited to change in the area, to add or change land use controls and regulations, to modify goals or types of renewal activities, or to amend property acquisition and disposition provisions. The City Council may amend this Plan pursuant to appropriate procedures under Iowa Code Chapter 403. EFFECTIVE PERIOD Page 32 of 449 9 This Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the City Council and will remain in effect until it is repealed by the City Council. In areas that are designated as blighted areas, the use of incremental property tax revenues or the “division of revenue,” as those words are used in Iowa Code Chapter 403, currently is not limited in duration under Iowa law. However, the use of tax increment financing revenues (including the amount of loans, advances, indebtedness or bonds which qualify for payment from the division of revenue provided in Iowa Code Section 403.19) by the City for activities carried out under this Plan shall be limited as deemed appropriate by the City Council and consistent with all applicable provisions of law. Page 33 of 449 Attachment A DEPICTION OF EAST WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT AREA See attached map. Page 34 of 449 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ! ! !! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!§¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 £¤218 £¤63 £¤63 £¤218 £¤218 £¤63 £¤63 Attachment "A" 2026 Amendment to the Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area Boundary with Expansion Areas 0 6,700 13,4003,350 US Feet® East Waterloo Unified 2015 Additions Subarea EWU 2026 Addition Existing District Boundary EWU 2015 Addition East Waterloo Unified 2015 Additions Subarea East Waterloo Unified 2026 Additions Subarea East Waterloo Unified 2026 Additions Subarea former Airport (Midport) Plan Area former Logan Plan Area Existing Downtown Plan Area Existing Rath Plan Area Page 35 of 449 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!£¤218 £¤63 £¤218 £¤218 £¤63 £¤218 £¤63 £¤63 Attachment "A-1" 2026 Amendment to the Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area Boundary with Expansion Areas (Zoomed) 0 5,100 10,2002,550 US Feet®EWU 2026 Addition Existing District Boundary East Waterloo Unified 2026 Additions Subarea East Waterloo Unified 2026 Additions Subarea Existing East Waterloo Unified Existing Downtown Plan Area Existing Rath Plan Area Page 36 of 449 !!!!!!!!SANSSOUCI DR£¤218 £¤218 £¤218 £¤63 £¤63 £¤63 £¤63 W PARKAVEO A KL A N DAV E W 4TH STW MULLANAVEM U L B E R R Y S T S Y C A M O R E S T W 9TH STS O U T H S T J E F F E R S O N S T E 4TH STE PARKAVEW A L N U T S T W E S T F I E L D A V E FALL S A V EWESTFIELDAVE W 11TH STLAFAY E T T E STE 4TH STW COMMERCIALSTBURTONAVECE D A RBEN D S T Attachment "A-2" 2026 Amendment to the Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area Boundary with Expansion Areas (Zoomed) 0 2,400 4,8001,200 US Feet®Existing District Boundary Existing East Waterloo Unified Existing Downtown Plan Area Existing Rath Plan Area Page 37 of 449 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!§¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 KEN YONAVE E M I TCHELLAVE £¤218 £¤218 SOUTH ST M U L B E R R Y S T S Y C A M O R E S T J E F F E R S O N S TE PARK AVEE 4TH STLA PORTERDW A L N U T S T BISHOP AVELAFAYETTESTVINTON STE 4TH STMOBILESTW 11TH STO S A G E A V E E MITCHELL AVE N O R TH E A S T D R Attachment "A-3" 2026 Amendment to the Restated East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area Boundary with Expansion Areas (Zoomed) 0 2,400 4,8001,200 US Feet®Existing District Boundary Existing East Waterloo Unified Existing Downtown Plan Area Existing Rath Plan Area Page 38 of 449 Attachment B URBAN RENEWAL AREA LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS Airport Area Development Plan – original area (1992) (Original Airport Subarea) Beginning at the intersection of the Northerly right-of-way line of Broadway Street and the centerline of Wagner Rd., thence Northwesterly along said Northerly right -of-way line of Broadway Street to a point which is three hundred thirty feet (330') normally distant East of the centerline of Airport Boulevard, thence North one hundred twenty-five feet (125'), thence East two hundred fifty-three and seventy-six hundredths feet (253.76'), thence North to the centerline of Airline Highway, thence Easterly along said centerline one thousand two hundred twenty- three feet (1223'), thence North to the centerline of the Chicago Central and Pacific Railroad, thence Northwesterly along the Chicago Central and Pacific Railroad centerline two hundred feet (200'), thence North three hundred sixty feet (360'), thence East to the centerline of Wagner Road, thence Southerly along said centerline to the centerline of West Airline Highway, thence Westerly along said centerline to the centerline of the Chicago Central and Pacific Railroad, thence Southeasterly along the centerline of the Chicago Central and Pacific Railroad to the centerline of Wagner Road, thence Southerly along the centerline of Wagner Road to the point of beginning. Airport Area Development Plan – Amendment No. 1 area (1995) (Airport Amendment No. 1 Subarea) Beginning at the point of intersection of the East line of Leversee Road and the Northerly line of Railroad in the Southwest quarter Section 5, Township 89, Range 13, in the City of Waterloo, thence North to the North line said section, thence East along section line to the East line of the Southwest one-quarter (1/4) of the Southwest one-quarter (1/4) Section 32 , Township 90, Range 13, thence North along said line to the Southeast corner of the Northwest one- quarter (1/4) of the Southwest one-quarter (1/4), thence West along the South line of the Northwest one-quarter (1/4) of the Southwest one-quarter (1/4) to a point that is twenty (20) rods East of the West line of said section, thence North one hundred thirty-two feet (132') more or less (eight (8) rods), thence West twenty (20) rods to the West line of section, thence North along the West line of said section to the Northwest Corner of said section, thence East to the Northeast corner of said section, thence South to the West one-quarter (1/4) corner of Section 33, Township 90, Range 13, thence East to the center point of said section, thence South along the East line of the Southwest one-quarter (1/4) to the Northwest corner of the Southwest one-quarter (1/4) of the Southeast one-quarter (1/4) Section 33, Township 90, Range 13, thence East to the Northeast corner of the Southwest one-quarter (1/4) of the Southeast one-quarter (1/4), thence South Page 39 of 449 2 to the South line of said section, thence West along the North line of Section 4, Township 89, Range 13 to the Northwest corner of the fractional one-quarter (1/4) of said section, thence South five hundred eighty-eight feet (588') thence Southeasterly to a point eight hundred thirty- three feet (833') South of North line and three hundred nineteen feet (319') East of the West line of said Northeast one-quarter (1/4), thence East to the West line of the East thirty (30) acres of the North fractional one-half (1/2) of the Northeast one-quarter (1/4) of said section, thence South along said West line of the East thirty (30) acres of the North fractional one-half (1/2) of the Northeast one-quarter (1/4) Section 4, Township 89, Range 13 to its intersection with the North line of the Southeast one quarter (1/4) of the Northeast one-quarter (1/4), thence East to the West line of Wagner Road, thence South along the West line of Wagner Road to a point that is six hundred feet (600') North of the intersection of the West line of Wagner Road and the North line of West Airline Highway, thence West three thousand three hundred feet (3300'), thence South to the North line of the Chicago Central and Pacific Railroad, thence Westerly along the North line of the Chicago Central and Pacific Railroad, and the Cedar River Railroad Company property (Land Deed, Book 560 Page 815) to the point of beginning, except a parcel of land in Section 4, Township 89, Range 13, described as follows: Beginning at a point on the North right-of-way of the Chicago Central and Pacific Railroad Company that is sixty feet (60') East of the centerline of the access road to airport, thence North four hundred feet (400'), thence East five hundred feet (500'), thence South to the North Railroad right-of-way, thence West along the North railroad right-of-way to the point of beginning. Airport Area Development Plan – Amendment No. 2 area (2004) (Airport Amendment No. 2 Subarea) Beginning at the Southwest corner of Section 32, Township 89, Range 13, thence East along the South line of Section 32, Township 90, Range 13 to the East line of the Southwest ¼ of the Southwest ¼ said Section 32, thence North along said line to the Southeast corner of the Northwest ¼ of the Southwest ¼ said Section, thence West along the South line of the Northwest ¼ of the Southwest ¼ to a point that is 20 rods East of the West line of said Section, thence North 132 feet more or less (8 rods), thence West to the West line of said Section, thence South along the West line of Section 32, Township 89, Range 13 to the point of beginning; And also; beginning at a point on the North right-of-way of the Chicago Central Railroad (formerly the Chicago Central & Pacific Railroad) that is 60 feet East of the centerline of the access road to the airport, thence North 400 feet, thence East 500 feet, thence South to the North Railroad right-of-way, thence West along the North Railroad right-of-way to the point of beginning; And also; beginning at the Southwest corner of Section 5, Township 89, Range 13, thence South along the West line of Section 8, Township 89, Range 13 (which is also the West Corporate Limit line of the City of Waterloo) to the Southwest corner of the Northwest ¼ of the Northwest ¼ of said Section 8, thence East along the South line of the North one-fourth of said Page 40 of 449 3 Section to its intersection with the North line of West Washington Street (also currently U.S. Hwy. 218), thence continuing Easterly along said North right-of-way line (currently known as Broadway Street Ramp) to its intersection with the East line of Lot 3, Deward Felcher Industrial Park, thence Easterly 50' parallel to the North line Lot 3 of Deward Felcher Industrial Park, thence Easterly across Airport Boulevard right-of-way to the Southwest corner of Lot 8 said addition, thence East to the Southeast corner of Tract B of said addition, thence North along the East line of said Tract B a distance of 125' more or less, thence South 89 degrees 28 minutes East 253.76', thence North to the North line of Section 9, Township 89, Range 13, thence East along the North line of said Section to the point where it intersects the East line of the West 875' of the Southeast ¼ of the Southwest ¼ of Section 4, Township 89, Range 13, thence North along the East line of the West 875' of the Southeast ¼ of the Southwest ¼ of Section 4 to its intersection with the centerline of the Chicago Central Railroad, thence Northwesterly along the Railroad centerline 200', thence North to the North line of said railroad, thence Westerly along the North line of said railroad to its intersection with the West line of Section 5, Township 89, Range 13, thence South along said Section line to the point of beginning; And also; beginning at the center of Section 33, Township 90, Range 13, thence North along the centerline of said Section to the North line of the South one-half of the Southwest ¼ of the Northeast ¼ said Section, thence East along the North line of the South one-half of the Southwest ¼ of the Northeast ¼ and the South one-half of the Southeast ¼ of the Northeast ¼ of said Section to the Northeast corner of the Southwest ¼ of the Southeast ¼ of the Northeast ¼ of said Section, thence South along the East line of the Southwest ¼ of the Southeast ¼ of the Northeast ¼ to the South line of the Northeast ¼ of said Section, thence East along the North line of the Southeast ¼ said Section 33 to the West line of Section 34, Township 90, Range 13, thence East along the North line of the Southwest ¼ of Section 34, Township 90, Range 13 to the center of said Section 34, thence South along the East line of the Southwest ¼ said Section 34 to the North line of Section 3, Township 89, Range 13, thence South to the Northwest corner of the Southwest ¼ of the Southeast ¼ said Section 3, thence East along the North line of the Southwest ¼ of the Southeast ¼ to the Northeast corner of said Southwest ¼ of the Southeast ¼ of said Section, thence South along the East line of the Southwest ¼ of the Southeast ¼ to the South line of said Section 3, thence East along the South line of Section 3 to the Southeast corner of said Section, thence East along the North line of Section 11, Township 89, Range 13 to the point where the East line of Lot 10, Gronberg Addition extended North would intersect the North line of said Section 11, thence South along the extension of the East line of said Lot 10 to the Southeast corner of said Lot 10, thence South along the East line of the South 80 acres of the West 100 acres of the Northwest ¼ of said Section 11 to the South line of the Northwest ¼ of said Section, thence West along the South line of the Northwest ¼ said Section 11 to the West line of said Section, said point also being the Northeast corner of the Southeast ¼ of Section 10, Township 89, Range 13, thence West along the North line of the Southeast ¼ of Section 10 to the centerline of the Chicago Central Railroad, thence South and Southeasterly following said Railroad centerline to its intersection with the centerline of Midland Page 41 of 449 4 Street, thence East along the centerline of Midland Street to its intersection with the centerline of Longfellow Avenue, thence South along the centerline of Longfellow Avenue to the South line of Section 10, thence East along the South line of Section 10 to the Southeast corner of said Section, thence South along the East line of Section 15, Township 89, Range 13 to its intersection with the centerline of the Chicago Central Railroad, thence Southeasterly Easterly and Southeasterly following the centerline of the most Northerly leg of the Chicago Central Railroad to its intersection with the centerline of David Street, thence South along the centerline of David Street to the centerline of West Parker Street, thence West along the centerline of West Parker Street to the West line of Section 14, Township 89, Range 13, thence North along the West line of said Section 14 to its intersection with the centerline of Broadway Street, thence Northwesterly following the centerline of Broadway Street to the North line of Section 15, Township 89, Range 13, thence West along the North line of said Section 15 to the centerline of Cedar Bend Street, thence North along the centerline of Cedar Bend Street to its intersection with the South line of Broadway Street, thence Northwesterly along the South line of Broadway Street to a point on the South line of Broadway Street that is 190' (as measured along the South line of Broadway Street) Southeasterly of the North line of the Southwest ¼ of Section 10, Township 89, Range 13, thence Southwesterly to a point that is 33' East of and 562.4' South of the Northwest corner of the Southwest ¼ of said Section 10, thence North along a line that is 33' East of and parallel to the West line of said Section 10 to the North line of the Southwest ¼ of said Section 10, thence West to the West line of said Section 10, thence West along the South line of the Northeast ¼ Section 9, Township 89, Range 13 to the Southwest corner of the Southeast ¼ of the Northeast ¼ of said Section, thence North along the West Line of the Southeast ¼ of the Northeast ¼ of said Section to the North line of Broadway Street, thence Southeasterly along the Northerly line of Broadway Street to the East line of Section 9, Township 89, Range 13, thence North along the East Line of Section 9 (which is also the centerline of Wagner Road) to the centerline of the Chicago Central Railroad, thence Northwesterly along said railroad centerline to the North line of Section 9, thence East along the North line of Section 9 to the Northeast corner of said Section, thence North along the East line of Section 4, Township 89, Range 13 to a point that is 600' North of the North line of West Airline Highway, thence West to the West line of Wagner Road, thence North along the West line of Wagner Road to the South line of the Northeast ¼ of the Northeast fractional ¼ of Section 4, thence West along the South line of the Northeast ¼ of the Northeast fractional ¼ said Section to the West line of the East 30 acres of said Northeast ¼ of the Northeast fractional ¼ said Section, thence North along the West line of the East 30 acres of the North fractional one-half of the Northeast fractional ¼ of said Section 4 to a point that is 833 feet South of the North line of said Section, thence West along a straight line to a point that is 319' East of and 833' South of the Northwest corner of the Northeast fractional ¼ of said Section 4, thence Northwesterly to a point on the West line of the Northeast fractional quarter said Section 4 that is 588' South of the North line of said Section 4, thence North to the North line of said Section 4 , thence East along the North line of said Section 4 to the Southwest corner of the Southeast ¼ of the Southeast ¼ of Section 33, Township 90, Range 13, thence North along the West line of the Page 42 of 449 5 Southeast ¼ of the Southeast ¼ to the Southwest corner of the Northeast ¼ of the Southeast ¼ said Section 33, thence West to the Southwest corner of the Northwest ¼ of the Southeast ¼, thence North along the West line of the Northwest ¼ of the Southeast ¼ (to the center of Section 33, Township 90, Range 13, which point is also the point of beginning. Logan Avenue Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan – original area (2004) (Original Logan Subarea) Beginning at the intersection of the Centerline of West Donald Street and the Centerline of Heath Street; thence North, Northeasterly and Easterly along the Centerline of Heath Street to its intersection with the West line of Tract “A” of BV Addition; thence North along the West line of BV Addition to the North line of Lot 2 said addition; thence East along the North line of Lot 2 BV Addition and an extension of said line East to the Centerline of Logan Avenue (also known as U.S. Highway 63); thence North along the Centerline of Logan Avenue to the North line of Ralston Road; thence East along the North line of Ralston Road to the East line of East 4th Street; thence South along the East line of East 4th Street to the Centerline of East Donald Street; thence West along the Centerlines of East Donald Street and West Donald Street to the point of beginning. Logan Avenue Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan – Amendment No. 1 area (2008) (Logan Amendment No. 1 Subarea) Ola Rhodes Addition to the City of Waterloo; And also: Beginning at the intersection of the centerline of Columbia St. and the centerline of West Donald St.; thence East along the centerline of West Donald St. and East Donald St. to the intersection with the centerline of Barclay St. as originally platted in Enterprise Place addition to the City of Waterloo, said line also being the North and South centerline of Section 13, Township 89, Range 13; thence South along the North and South centerline of said Section to its intersection with the centerline of the Canadian National Railroad right-of-way; thence Southeasterly following the centerline of said main railroad right-of-way to its intersection with the centerline of Linden Ave., said line also being the East line of Section 24, Township 89, Range 13; thence South along the centerline of Linden Ave. to the Southeast corner of said Section 24, said point also being the intersection with the centerline of Independence Ave.; thence West along the South line of said Section 24 to the Southwest line of the Canadian National Railroad (formerly known as the Chicago, Central and Pacific Railroad); thence Northwesterly following the Southwesterly line of said railroad to the intersection with the East line of Mobile St.; thence South along the East line of Mobile St. to a point where the North line of Lot 7, Block 13 of William Watkin’s Page 43 of 449 6 Subdivision of a Part of Lots 12, 13, and 14 of Hardy and Virden’s Plat of the Southeast Quarter of Section 24, Township 89, Range 13 extended Easterly would intersect said East line of Mobile St.; thence West to the Northeast corner of Lot 7, Block 13 said addition; thence West along the North line of said Watkins Addition to the Northwest corner of Lot 9, Block 13 said addition; thence South along the East line of Elm St. to the Northwest corner of Lot 1, Block 13 said addition; thence West to a point on the North line of Lot 2, Block 14 said addition that is 10 feet West of the Northeast corner of Lot 2, Block 14 said addition; thence Southwesterly to a point that is 35 feet East of and 30 feet South of the Northwest corner of Lot 1, Block 14 said addition; thence West 35 feet to the East line of Lane St.; thence South along said East line of Lane St. to the Northwest corner of Lot 10, Balliett & Gilbert’s Subdivision, said point also being a point on the South line of Glenwood St.; thence West along the South line of Glenwood St. to the West line of Irving St.; thence North 22’ on an extension of the West line of Irving St.; thence West along a line that is 11’ South of and parallel to the North line of Glenwood St. as platted to a point that is 100 feet normally distant East of the East line of South Barclay St.; thence Southwesterly to a point on the East line of South Barclay St. that is 8 feet North of the Northwest corner of Lot 7, Alford, Gates & Krapfel’s Subdivision; thence South along the East line of South Barclay St. as platted to the point where the North line of Lot 12, Auditor Rainbow’s Plat of Cooley Subdivision extended Easterly would intersect said East line; thence West to the Northeast corner of said Lot 12; thence West 41’ along the North line of said Lot 12; thence Southwesterly to a point on the Northwesterly line of Lot 7, Auditor Rainbow’s Plat of Cooley Subdivision that is 92.8 feet Northeasterly of the most Westerly corner of said lot; thence Southwesterly 92.8 feet along the Southwesterly line of Lot 7 said addition to the Northeasterly line of Walnut St.; thence Southwesterly across Walnut St. to the most Easterly corner of Lot 1, Block 58 of Cooley Addition; thence Northwesterly along the Southwesterly line of Walnut St. to its intersection with the centerline of East 5th St. as originally platted; thence Southwesterly along said centerline of East 5th St. to the centerline of Franklin St.; thence Northwesterly along the centerline of Franklin St. to the centerline of East 3rd St.; thence Southwesterly along the centerline of East 3rd St. to the centerline of Sycamore St.; thence Northwesterly along the centerline of Sycamore St. to the Easterly line of Auditor’s Bayou Plat; thence Northeasterly along the Easterly line of Auditor’s Bayou Plat to the Southwesterly line of Lafayette St.; thence Northwesterly along the Southwesterly line of Lafayette St. to the point of intersection with the centerline of Oak Ave., if extended Southwesterly; thence Northeasterly along said Southwesterly extension of the centerline of Oak Ave., and the centerline of Oak Ave. to the centerline of Lafayette St.; thence Northwesterly along the centerline of Lafayette St. to the centerline of Utica St.; thence Northeasterly following the centerline of Utica St. as platted to the centerline of Broadway St.; thence Northwesterly and Northerly following the centerline of Broadway St. to the intersection with the centerline of Bratnober St.; thence East along the centerline of Bratnober St. to the centerline of Columbia St.; thence North along the centerline of Columbia St. to the North line of Litchfield First Addition; thence East along the North line of said addition to the East line of the Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter of Section 14, Township 89, Range 13; thence North along the East line of the Southwest Quarter of the Page 44 of 449 7 Northeast Quarter of said Section to the Northeast corner of said Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter; thence West along the North line of said Southwest Quarter of the Northwest Quarter, also being the centerline of West Louise St., to the centerline of Columbia St.; thence North along the centerline of Columbia St. to the centerline of West Donald St.; said point also being the point of beginning; except all that part of the Southeast Quarter of Section 24, Township 89, Range 13 lying Southeasterly of the Southeasterly line of the Union Pacific Railroad right-of-way (formerly known as the Chicago & Northwestern Transportation Company), Northeasterly of the Northeasterly line of the Canadian National Railroad (formerly known as the Chicago Central & Pacific Railroad) right-of-way, and West of the East line of said Section 24, Township 89, Range 13. East Waterloo Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan (2015 Additions Subarea) Beginning at the intersection of the centerline of Sycamore St. and the Easterly line of Auditor’s Bayou Plat; thence Northeasterly along the Easterly line of Auditor’s Bayou Plat to the Southwesterly line of Lafayette St.; thence Northwesterly along the Southwesterly line of Lafayette St. to the point of intersection with the centerline of Oak Ave., if extended Southwesterly; thence Northeasterly along said Southwesterly extension of the centerline of Oak Ave., and the centerline of Oak Ave. to the centerline of Lafayette St.; thence Northwesterly along the centerline of Lafayette St. to the centerline of Utica St.; thence Northeasterly following the centerline of Utica St. as platted to the centerline of Broadway St.; thence Northwesterly and Northerly following the centerline of Broadway St. to the intersection with the centerline of Bratnober St.; thence East along the centerline of Bratnober St. to the centerline of Columbia St.; thence North along the centerline of Columbia St. to the North line of Litchfield First Addition; thence East along the North line of said addition to the East line of the Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter of Section 14 Township 89 Range 13; thence North along the East line of the Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter of said Section to the Northeast corner of said Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter; thence West along the North line of said Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter, also being the centerline of West Louise St., to the Northeast corner of the Southeast ¼ of the Northwest ¼ of Section 14, Township 89 Range 13; thence West along the North line of said Southeast ¼ of the Northwest ¼ to the Northwest corner of the West 410 feet of the East 440 feet of the North 366.3 feet of the West ½ of said Southeast ¼ of the Northwest ¼; thence South along the West line of the West 410 feet of the East 440 feet of the North 366.3 feet of the West ½ of said Southeast ¼ of the Northwest ¼ to the Southwest corner of the West 410 feet of the East 440 feet of the North 366.3 feet of the West ½ of said Southeast ¼ of the Northwest ¼; thence West to the West line of said Southeast ¼ of the Northwest ¼; thence South along said West line to the centerline of the most Northerly leg of the Chicago Central Railroad; thence Southeasterly along said centerline to the centerline of David St; thence South along the centerline of David St. to the centerline of West Parker St.; thence West along the centerline of West Parker St. to the centerline of Fairview Ave.; thence South Page 45 of 449 8 along the centerline of Fairview Ave. and an extension of the centerline of Fairview Ave. if extended Southerly to the Northerly line of the Cedar River; thence following the Northerly bank of the Cedar River to the point where it intersects a Northwesterly extension of the centerline of Sycamore St.; thence Southeasterly along the extended centerline of Sycamore St. and the centerline of Sycamore St. to the point of beginning’ Also, Auditor’s Parcel “G” in the NE ¼ SW ¼ SEC 12-T89N-R13W, of the Fifth Principal Meridian, Black Hawk County, Iowa, as shown in the Plat of Survey recorded as Document No. 2008-10309 in the Office of the Recorder of Black Hawk County, Iowa; Also, that part of the Southwest Quarter of the Northwest Quarter of Section No. 12 and that part of the Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter of Section No. 12, all in Township No. 89 North, Range No. 13 West of the 5th P.M., in the City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa, bounded as follows: Commencing at the Southeast Corner of the North 8 acres of the South One- half of the Southwest Quarter of the Northwest Quarter of said Section; running thence West along the South line of said 8 acres a distance of 660 feet; thence South along a line parallel with the East line of the Southwest Quarter of the Northwest Quarter of said Section and with the East line of the Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter of said Section a distance of 660 feet; thence East along a line parallel with the South line of said 8 acre tract a distance of 660 feet to the East line of the Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter of said Section; thence North a distance of 660 feet to the point of beginning, except the South 33 feet thereof. Downtown Waterloo Riverfront Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Areas (including original and pre-2025 amendment areas) (Pre-2025 Subarea) Beginning at the point where the centerline of W. 12th Street, if extended, would intersect the centerline of the Southbound Washington Street as now located (also known as U.S. Highway 218), thence Northeasterly along the extension of the centerline of W. 12th Street, and the centerline of W. 12th Street to the Southerly line of the Cedar River, thence Northwesterly along the Southerly bank of the Cedar River to the centerline of W. 11th Street, thence Northeasterly along the centerline of the 11th Street Bridge and E. 11th Street to the centerline of Sycamore Street, thence Northwesterly along the centerline of Sycamore Street to its intersection with the centerline of E. 7th Street, thence Northeasterly along the centerline of E. 7th Street to the centerline of Franklin Street, thence Northwesterly along the centerline of Franklin Street to the centerline of E. 3rd Street, thence Southwesterly along the centerline of E. 3rd Street to the centerline of Sycamore Street, thence Northwesterly along the centerline of Sycamore Street, and an extension thereof, to the Northerly line of the Cedar River, thence following the Northerly bank of the Cedar River to a point where it would intersect the centerline of Fairview Avenue, if extended Southerly, thence North along the extension of the centerline of Fairview Avenue, and the centerline of Fairview Avenue to the centerline of Conger Street, thence Westerly and Page 46 of 449 9 Southwesterly along the centerline of Conger Street and W. Conger Street to the centerline of relocated Ansborough Avenue (said point also being the intersection with the centerlines of River Road and Westfield Avenue), thence Westerly along the centerline of relocated Ansborough Avenue to its intersection with the West line of Courier Street, thence South along the West line of Courier Street, and an extension thereof, to the centerline of the Canadian National/Illinois Central Railroad spur line, thence Southwesterly along the centerline of said Railroad to the centerline of West Washington Street (also known as U.S. Highway 218), thence Southeasterly along the centerline of West Washington Street to the centerline of Vaughn Street, thence Northeasterly along the centerline of Vaughn Street to the centerline of Westfield Avenue, thence Southeasterly along the centerline of Westfield Avenue to its intersection with the East bank of Black Hawk Creek, thence Southwesterly along the Easterly bank of Black Hawk Creek to the centerline of southbound Washington Street, thence Easterly and Southeasterly along the centerline of Southbound Washington Street to the centerline of W. 2nd Street, thence Southwesterly along the centerline of W. 2nd Street to the centerline of South Street, thence Southeasterly along the centerline of South Street to the centerline of W. 4th Street, thence Northeasterly along the centerline of W. 4th Street to the centerline of Southbound Washington Street, thence Southeasterly along the centerline of Southbound Washington Street to the point of beginning. Downtown Waterloo Riverfront Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area (2025) (2025 Addition Subarea) Beginning at the intersection of the centerline of Southbound Washington Street as now located (also known as U.S. Highway 218) and the centerline of W. 4th Street, thence Southwesterly along the centerline of W. 4th Street to a point that would intersect a Northwesterly extension of the Southwest line of the public alley as platted in Block 31 of the Original Plat of Waterloo West of the Cedar River, thence Southeasterly along said Northwesterly extension of the Southwest line of said alley, and Southeasterly along the Southwest line of said alley, and Southeasterly along a Southeasterly extension of the Southwest line of said alley to the centerline of W. 5th Street, thence Northeasterly along the centerline of W. 5th Street to the centerline of Southbound Washington Street, thence Northwesterly along the centerline of Southbound Washington Street to the point of beginning. East Waterloo Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan (2026 Additions Subarea) Parcel A in the SW ¼ of the NW ¼ of Section 12, T89N, R13W, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa, per Acquisition Plat recorded as Document No. 2009-24030 on 6/11/2009 in the office of the Black Hawk County Recorder (Assessor Parcel ID 891312151027); Page 47 of 449 10 Also, Parcel A in the SE ¼ of the NW ¼ and the NE ¼ of the SW ¼ of Section 12, T89N, R13W, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa, per Warranty Deed and Acquisition Plat recorded as Document No. 2020-15094 on 3/3/2020 in the office of the Black Hawk County Recorder (Assessor Parcel ID 891312176005); Also, Parcel A in the NE ¼ of the SW ¼ of Section 12, T89N, R13W, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa, per Warranty Deed and Acquisition Plat recorded as Document No. 2020- 15094 on 3/3/2020 in the office of the Black Hawk County Recorder (Assessor Parcel ID 891312326005); Also, Tract C of North Crossing Third Addition, except that part lying North of the North line of the SE ¼ of the SW ¼ of Section 12, T89N, R13W, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa (Assessor Parcel ID 891312376023). Note: the above-described 2026 Additions Subarea are being added to the Urban Renewal Plan Area, but are not subject to an ordinance dividing taxes. Page 48 of 449 Attachment C City of Waterloo Black Hawk County, Iowa Study of Bonding Capacity as of January 1, 2025 January 1, 2025 Actual Gross Assessed Valuation $5,836,769,925 Legal Bonding Rate 5% Legal Bonding Limit $ 291,838,496 Less Outstanding G.O. & Other Debt ($ 180,732,003) Unused Gross Bonding Capacity $ 111,106,493 61.93% of legal limit used Page 49 of 449 Section 1 - former Airport and Logan Plan Area Projects Project Proposals Proposed Budgets Prev. Amt. 1)Site/Virden Creek Improvements $10,000,000 E 4th Street Construction $2,000,000 Storm Water Improvements $800,000 $400,000 Ralston Road Construction $1,000,000 Sanitary Sewer Improvements $600,000 Acquisition $8,000,000 Rebates $2,000,000 Total $24,400,000 $24,000,000 2)Demolition $2,000,000 Site Improvements $6,000,000 Public Improvement $4,000,000 Total $12,000,000 3)Acquisition $400,000 Demolition $50,000 Streetscape Improvements $50,000 Total $500,000 4)Acquisition $40,000 Demolition/Fill $240,000 Streetscape Improvements $50,000 Total $330,000 5)Acquisition $1,800,000 Demolition $200,000 Streetscape Improvements $800,000 Total $2,800,000 6)KWWL - renovation of the KWWL building Acquisition $700,000 Demolition $100,000 Rebates $600,000 Total $1,400,000 7)Acquisition $800,000 Demolition $200,000 Streetscape Improvements $300,000 Total $1,300,000 8)$4,000,000 9)$2,000,000 10)$3,000,000 11)Legal fees, consulting fees, and related expenses $1,000,000 associated with administration and operation of the Urban Renewal Area 12)Infastructure/Improvements $10,000,000 $12,000,000 EDA funding $2,000,000 $0 Total $12,000,000 15)Land Value $110,000 Total $110,000 16)$88,000 Total $88,000 17)Acquisition of Land $23,000,000 Total $23,000,000 18)Demolition/Nuisance Abatement $3,000,000 Total $3,000,000 19)Land Value for Project on Wagner $125,000 Total $125,000 20)Land Value for project on Airline $187,500 Rebates $180,000 Total $367,500 21)Land Value $50,000 Rebates $108,250 $26,000 Total $158,250 $76,000 22)Infill Housing Incentives $1,000,000 $300,000 Total $1,000,000 $300,000 23)Land Value $140,800 Rebates $30,872 Total $171,672 24)Land Value $0 Rebates $620,750 $485,000 Total $620,750 $485,000 25)Land Value $400,000 Rebates $1,138,250 $460,000 Acquisitions/Demolition $590,000 Grant $500,000 Total $2,628,250 $1,950,000 26)Land Acquisition $354,000 Total $354,000 27)Repair cost $150,000 Total $150,000 28)Land Value $0 Rebates $485,000 Infastructure $545,000 Total $1,030,000 Advanced Heat Treat (2018 Expansion)(2825 Midport Blvd) Parking Lot Repair (corner of Pine and Walnut) Infill Housing Incentives Camp Run-a-Mutt (3225 Airport Blvd) A-Line ALO Airport Hangar All in Grocers (221 Franklin St) House of Hope Acquisition Osprey Hangar Professional Lawn Care Land Koelker Airline Hwy Land (3180 W Airline Hwy) Demolitions/Nuisance Abatement ATTACHMENT D East Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Area, 2026 Amendment Logan Plaza Center Project - the redevelopment and development of the Logan Plaza Center and the properties along US 63/Master Buildout Chamberlain Project - the redevelopment of the Chamberlain site after cleanup by the Chamberlain Corporation Walnut Neighborhood - redevelopment of the area near the Walnut Court apartments Longfellow Neighborhood - redevelopment of the Longfellow school site Franklin Street Corridor - redevelopment of the Franklin Street corridor Broadway Street Corridor - redevelopment of the Broadway Street corridor Midport Sanitary Sewer - construction of sanitary sewer to allow development of the Midport Business Park Project Budget Midport Storm Sewer - construction of storm sewer to allow development of the Midport Business Park Midport Street Construction - construction of streets to allow development of the Midport Business Park Waterloo Air & Rail Park Development/ Buildout First Co Storm Sewer Easement Airline Hwy Sewer Relocate (Koelker) Acquisition of Land (FAA Release) Page 50 of 449 Prev. Amt. 29)Land Value $271,582 Rebates $93,560 Total $365,142 30)Land Value $300,000 Rebates $1,200,000 Total $1,500,000 31)Grant $470,000 Rebates $60,000 Total $530,000 32)Land Value $2,000,000 Rebates $5,800,000 Total $7,800,000 33)Land Value $250,000 Rebates $120,000 Total $370,000 34)Land Value $350,000 $0 Total $350,000 35)Land Value $0 $2,500,000 Rebates $0 $376,000 Total $0 $2,876,000 36)Acquisition $550,000 Rebates $150,000 Total $700,000 37)Grant $85,000 Rebates $109,250 $78,000 Total $194,250 $163,000 38)Non City Funds $8,000,000 Storm Water Funds $350,000 Sewer Funds $45,000 Bonds $700,000 TIF Funds $2,600,000 Total $11,695,000 39)Grant $183,276 Rebates $36,000 Total $219,276 40)Grant $3,000,000 $1,900,000 Rebates $3,454,250 $1,800,000 Total $6,454,250 $3,700,000 41)Land Value $187,500 Rebates $140,000 $180,000 Total $327,500 $367,500 42)Infastructure $241,000 Total $241,000 43)Infastructure $2,100,000 $550,000 Total $2,100,000 $550,000 44)Acquisition $150,000 Platting $100,000 Rebates $197,250 $0 Construction $400,000 Total $847,250 $650,000 45)Land Value $41,000 Rebates $147,250 $125,000 Total $188,250 $166,000 46)Land Value $83,000 Rebates $119,500 $50,000 Total $202,500 $133,000 47)Land Value $2,000,000 Grant $10,000 Rebates $120,000 Total $2,130,000 48)Grant $60,000 Rebates $66,000 Total $126,000 49)Land Value $127,500 $85,000 Rebates $108,000 $90,000 Total $235,500 $175,000 previous #s different duplicate 50)Grant $250,000 Rebates $200,000 Total $450,000 51)Land Value $2,800,000 Rebates $11,562,000 $9,780,000 Infrastructure $5,000,000 Acquisition of 800 W Parker St $2,500,000 $0 Total $21,862,000 $17,580,000 52)Land Value $51,600 $0 Rebates $36,000 $0 Total $87,600 $0 53)Land Value $121,250 $0 Rebates $260,750 $0 Total $382,000 $0 54)Land Value $61,800 $0 Rebates $33,250 $0 Total $95,050 $0 55)Land Value $235,800 $0 Rebates $331,000 $0 Total $566,800 $0 Criterion (3070 W Airline Hwy) Reese Properties (2661 Geraldine Rd) Con Agra III Fed Ex (2320 W Airline Hwy) National Guard Top Notch (180 Warp Dr) Camenzind (115 Warp Dr) Fischels 9K (3 Stooges) (3900 Leversee Dr) Fischels 50K II (3 Stooges) (130 Hyper Dr) CV Warehouse II (2830 Geraldine Rd) CV Warehouse III (Airline & Wagner) International Paper, 3230 Leversee Road CPM, 4050 Leversee Rd (Zydeco Investments LLC) Hickory House, 315 Park Rd Gates Park Redevelopment Construction/Engineering JSA Development (Irish Fest), 425 Franklin St Fischels Wagner Rd Phase II Cedar River Renaissance (203 Lafayette St) RNK Investments WARP Lots 27, 28, & 29 WBM (Walker Martinson) (28411-2813 Geraldine Rd) Fiber EDA Match Midport Water Main Extention Image Pointe (Back Alley Printers) (2975 Airline Cr) Superior Properties (3111 W Airline Hwy) Airline Storage (3318 W Airline Hwy) RNK (3210 W Airline Hwy) Page 51 of 449 Prev. Amt. 56)Land Value $154,500 $0 Rebates $443,750 $0 Total $598,250 $0 57)Land Value $604,750 $0 Rebates $106,500 $0 Total $711,250 $0 58)Infill Housing Grant $232,500 $0 Rebates $0 $0 Total $232,500 $0 59)Land Grant $604,613 $0 Rebates $106,500 $0 Total $711,113 $0 60)Land Value $30,000 $0 Rebates $79,500 $0 Total $109,500 $0 61)Land Value $150,000 $0 Rebates $132,500 $0 Total $282,500 $0 62)Land Value $45,000 $0 Rebates Total $45,000 $0 63)Land Value $450,000 $0 Rebates $331,000 $0 Total $781,000 $0 64)Land Value $90,000 $0 Rebates $132,500 $0 Total $222,500 $0 65)Construction/Infastructure (CDBG)$0 Engineering/Platting (CDBG)$0 Infill Housing Grant $300,000 $0 Total $300,000 $0 Sub Total $161,313,903 $148,374,090 Tax Rebate Projects Prev. Amt. 1)Advanced Heat Treat II $230,500 $17,500 2)ConAgra II $6,226,000 $4,500,000 3)Empire Enterprises $5,200 4)Huff $6,150 5)Laforge $170,000 6)Schwickerath $8,000 7)Tournier $18,832 8)Howard Allen $77,780 9)CPM Roskamp, 2975 Airline Cr $37,500 10)Cedar Valley Warehouse, 2843 Geraldine Rd $101,860 11)Hydrite Chemical (2815 WCF & N Dr)$334,750 $220,000 12)M&R Iowa $64,207 13)PDCM $100,000 14)Koelker Properties (2915 Geraldine Rd)$61,500 $90,000 15)MMC (2933 Geraldine Rd)$90,000 16)Advanced Heat Treat III 2026 Expansion $158,750 $80,000 previous #s different duplicate 17)Iowa Heartland Habitat for Huminity E 3rd St Condos $24,250 $145,000 previous #s different duplicate 18)Koelker Phase II (3180 W Airline Hwy)$65,500 $36,000 previous #s different prj moved up 19)Union at North Crossing $595,750 $97,000 previous #s different prj moved up 20)Fischels 50K (3 Stooges) (1325 David St)(Grant)$60,000 $105,000 21)Kel-Mar (1575 W Big Rock Rd)$712,500 $26,000 previous #s different prj moved up 22)K & B Property (1850 Airline Hwy)$20,000 $110,000 previous #s different prj moved up 23)GBG LLC (1631 Logan Ave)$293,250 $280,000 previous #s different prj moved up 24)Black Hawk County WARP Secondary Roads Land Value $418,000 $198,000 previous #s different duplicate 25)Drew Reg, 2920 Janet Dr $29,500 $26,000 26)Dierks (3169 W Airline Hwy)$50,000 27)Advanced Systems (2945 Airport Blvd)$33,000 28)BKKS Storage (209 Warp Dr)$169,250 $0 29)K&W Electric (234 Warp Dr)$249,000 $0 30)Plumb Supply Company (3338 W Airline Hwy)$75,500 $0 31) Sub Total Tax Rebates $10,486,529 $6,693,029 TOTAL $171,800,432 $155,067,119 Magnum Trucking (DMJ Investments)(155 Warp Dr) Fischels Geraldine (Southport 3rd Lots 4 & 5) Fischels Geraldine Franklin Gateway Neighborhood Infill Housing Koelker Ellis Homes (x) Mether Trucking Property Management/spec Building (WARP 4th Lots 23-26) S&K Development Spec Building (WARP 4th Prt Lot 4) Stroh (WARP 4th Lot 9) B&K Lawn Care (WARP 4th Lots 31-33) Saint Mary's Addition Page 52 of 449 Section 2 - former Downtown Plan Area Projects Project Proposals Proposed Budgets Prev. Amt. 1)Acquisition $1,501,620 City Property $48,380 Site Improvements $1,800,000 Construction $12,400,000 Landscaping & Public Art $200,000 Architectural Fees $1,300,000 Engineering Fees $700,000 Construction Administration $400,000 Total $18,350,000 2)Levee Construction $650,000 River edge/Wall Construction $4,900,000 Bridge Connections $17,000 Total $5,567,000 3)Acquisition $2,600,000 City Property $250,000 Site Improvements $3,400,000 Construction $17,500,000 Landscaping & Public Art $150,000 Architectural Fees $2,600,000 Engineering Fees $1,500,000 Construction Administration $1,200,000 Total $29,200,000 4)Construction, Site Improvements $77,739,038 Acquisition/Platting $5,000,000 Streetscape Improvements Total $82,739,038 5)Depot District Stop $10,000 Commercial Avenue South Stop $10,000 Agritrade and Expo Stop $10,000 Commercial Avenue North Stop $10,000 Mullan Avenue East Stop $10,000 City Transit Center Stop $10,000 Purchase Eight Trolley Cars $1,600,000 Total $1,660,000 6)Public Improvements Wayfinding & Signage $160,000 Commercial Street Reconstruction $782,500 New Street Construction/Bridges $4,000,000 Streetscaping/Lighting $4,440,000 Planning $72,798 Skywalks $2,000,000 Total $11,455,298 7)Phase I $3,500,000 Phase II $3,500,000 Phase III $3,500,000 Phase IV $3,500,000 Phase V $3,500,000 Phase VI $3,500,000 Phase VII $3,500,000 Phase VIII $3,500,000 Phase IX $3,500,000 Site Assembly $4,000,000 Site Improvements $2,000,000 UNICUE Downtown Center $1,300,000 Parking $300,000 Plaza $300,000 Retail $1,200,000 Total $40,600,000 8)Acquisition $3,000,000 Infill Redevelopment $6,000,000 Total $9,000,000 9)Construction $3,500,000 Engineering & Construction Admin $500,000 Total $4,000,000 10)Architectural & Engineering $361,718 Construction $5,995,870 Exhibits $2,638,993 Total $8,996,581 11)Grant $221,350 Rebates $500,000 Total $721,350 12)Acquisition $470,000 Demo $600,000 Rebates $400,000 Total $1,470,000 13)Acquisition $400,000 Abatement/environmental $10,000 Grant $780,000 Additional expenses $550,000 Rebates $940,699 Total $2,680,699 14)Acquisition $1,040,000 Demo $330,000 Rebates $809,000 Total $2,179,000 15)Bonds $27,000,000 Engineering/Architect Fees $1,000,000 Total $28,000,000 Downtown Pedestrian Riverwalk Loop Project Wellness and Sports Complex Project Techworks Campus Redevelopment/Hotel Downtown Parking and Cedar Valley Trolley System Construction - Riverfront Renaissance Downtown Gateway District Cedar River Upper Plaza Mall Grout Museum Endeavors, Ltd (former Johnstone Supply, 321 W 6th St) Convention Center/Plaza/Veterans Way - City (200 W 4th) Including Skywalks and parking ramps Cedar River Dam Bread to Beer, LLC (Singlespeed, former Wonderbread, 325 Commercial St) Dolly James 2, LLC; Hi Yield, LLC (820-920 Sycamore apartments- six buildings) ElizabethBlake, LLC (2005 Westfield, American Pattern) Page 53 of 449 Prev. Amt. 16)Bonds/TIF Rebates $5,000,000 Hotel/Motel $1,500,000 ED Grant $450,000 Total $6,950,000 17)Acquisition $800,000 Demo $400,000 Rebates $1,900,000 Total $3,100,000 18)Acquisition $120,000 Demo $80,000 Rebates $1,300,000 Total $1,500,000 19)Design & Construction $1,400,000 Total $1,400,000 20)Fire Sprinkler System $68,765 Rebates $200,000 Construction (remodel/insulation)$600,000 Total $868,765 21)Grant $300,000 Rebates $300,000 Total $600,000 22)Acquisition $650,000 Demo $800,000 $600,000 Total $1,450,000 $1,250,000 23)Misc. Fees $1,000,000 $700,000 Total $1,000,000 $700,000 24)Property Acquisition $16,000,000 Total $16,000,000 25)Grant $550,000 Rebates $2,200,000 Total $2,750,000 26)Bond $3,000,000 Total $3,000,000 27)Land Grant $100,000 Rebates $3,600,000 Total $3,700,000 28)Construction $3,500,000 Total $3,500,000 29)Grant $35,000 Rebates $800,000 Acquisition $1,200,000 Demo $1,000,000 Construction $1,500,000 Total $4,535,000 30)Grant $800,000 Demo $0 Construction $300,000 Rebates $2,856,000 Total $3,956,000 31)Sewer $230,000 Environmental $10,000 Total $240,000 32)Acquisition $100,000 Grant $550,000 Construction $3,000,000 Rebates $1,300,000 Total $4,950,000 33)Infrastructure $6,000,000 Grant $8,000,000 Rebates $2,000,000 Acquisition $2,400,000 Planning/Engineering $300,000 Total $18,700,000 34)Rebates $2,500,000 Total $2,500,000 35)Acquisition $1,000,000 Demolition $40,000 Total $1,040,000 36)Demolition $3,500,000 Construction $500,000 $0 Total $4,000,000 $3,500,000 37)Grant $230,000 Rebates $248,000 Construction $3,000,000 Total $3,478,000 38)Local Funds $7,200,000 Grant $5,600,000 Design/Engineering $1,200,000 Total $14,000,000 39)Local Funds $2,000,000 Design/Engineering $600,000 Grant/Other Funds $2,200,000 Total $4,800,000 40)Grant $150,000 Rebates $114,000 Total $264,000 Commercial & Jefferson Streetscape 2019 Hotel, 205 W 4th (Makenda LLC) Grand Investments, LLC (Grand Crossing Phase 1 - 45 W Jefferson) Dolly James 2, LLC; Hi Yield, LLC (6COMM, NE corner of 6th & Commercial) IRD Art Bloc (335 Cedar St) WCA Parking Lot Econo Lodge Verve/Public Market, 327 W 3rd St Cedar Valley Real Estate (Kade Hoppenworth) (300 Commercial St) Crystal Distribution, 70-90 Sycamore St Legal Fees, Consulting Fees, maps, marketing, materials, and related expenses Property Acquistion LSBX Former West Side Courier Building (501-503 Commercial St) Westfield Lot Development Marina Tech Works Campus Redevelopment/Outlots (Hard Court Project) Grand Crossing III HAA LLC, 319 Jefferson St Midwest Pattern (84-180 W 11th St) Demolitions (various, such as: 100-114 E 10th St, 105 E 11th St, 11 E 9th St, 105 E 10th St, 1100 Sycamore St, etc.) JSA (704-706 Jefferson St) Cedar River Whitewater Course Bridge Lighting Page 54 of 449 Prev. Amt. 41)Grant $120,000 Rebates $124,000 Total $244,000 42)Acquisition $1,400,000 Demolition $200,000 Construction $8,000,000 Total $9,600,000 43)Acquisition $6,500,000 Demolition $0 Construction $15,000,000 Total $21,500,000 44)Grant $199,000 Rebates $196,000 Land Value $20,000 Total $415,000 45)Planning/Design $8,000,000 Infrastructure Construction $1,000,000 Total $9,000,000 46)Grant $19,000,000 Total $19,000,000 47)Acquisition $1,600,000 $0 Construction $4,500,000 $0 Total $6,100,000 $0 48)Grant $600,000 $0 Rebates $769,500 $0 Construction Grant (emergency repair)$259,315 $0 Total $1,628,815 $0 49)Grant $430,000 $0 Rebates $460,000 $0 Total $890,000 $0 50)Construction $26,000,000 $0 Engineeing $5,500,000 $0 Acquisition $75,000 $0 Total $31,575,000 $0 Sub Total $454,853,546 $413,659,731 Tax Rebate Projects (rebates only)Prev. Amt. 1)Fischels Holdings, LLC (1118 Jefferson St)$50,000 2)Court Square Building CO (620 Lafayette) $10,000 3)Hotel President Partners LP (500 Sycamore) $200,000 4)3 Stooges, LLC (1116-1118 Commercial)$41,220 5)Grand Crossing II (21 W Jefferson)$1,100,000 6)Park Avenue Lofts, LLC (Masonic Temple, 325 E Park) $125,000 7)Upper Plaza (335 Cedar Street) $1,400,000 8)JSA Master Development Agreement $1,000,000 9)Try Pie (315 E 4th St) Land Value $82,670 $210,000 previous #s different prj abandoned 10) Sub Total Tax Rebates $4,008,890 $4,136,220 TOTAL $458,862,436 $417,795,951 Section 3 - former Rath Plan Area Projects Project Proposals Proposed Budgets Prev. Amt. 1)Acquisition $6,000,000 Total $6,000,000 2)Demolition $6,000,000 Total $6,000,000 3)Construction $1,500,000 Total $1,500,000 4)Total $2,500,000 5)Mis. Fees $1,000,000 Total $1,000,000 6)Grants $1,000,000 Total $1,000,000 7)Rebates $176,252 8)Rebates $1,500,000 9)Rebates $60,000 10)Total $30,000 11)Total $40,000 12)Total $36,400 13)Total $28,000 14)Total $108,600 15)Rebates $1,300,000 16)Acquisitions $3,200,000 Rebates $3,600,000 Demolition $5,000,000 $3,300,000 Total $11,800,000 $10,100,000 Waterloo Fiber Black's Building (501 Sycamore St) Keystone Building (100 E 5th St) Battery Building LLC (217-221 W 5th St) Water Street (20 E 5th St) JSA Development, 716 Commercial St Waterloo Center for the Arts/Waterloo Children's Playhouse Former East Side Courier Building (100 E 4th St) Martin Flats (319-321 E 4th St) General Site Improvements Legal fees, consulting fees, and related expenses associated with administration and operation of the Urban Renewal Area General Housing Rehabilitation/Infill Housing Incentives Rath Admin Rebates Powers Manufacturing Rebates Dry Run Arch Reconstruction, and W 5th Street and W 6th Street one way to two way conversion (anticipated to include grants, local option, storm water, and TIF funding) General Remediation/Environmental Cleanup Crystal II Tax Rebates General Acquisitions General Demolitions Crystal 2020 project A&K Ventures - Kent Orchard; rebates/land grant 3 Little Lambs - Black Hawk & 17th; land grant SJ Construction - Sycamore St; land grant Buckets Inc. / Secor; land grant Crystal 2018 project Rebates TNT - Black Hawk & 18th; land grant Page 55 of 449 Prev. Amt. 17)Acquisitions $20,000 Demolition $50,000 Envirnmental Review $20,000 Total $90,000 18)Acquisitions $1,000 Demolition $100,000 Total $101,000 19)Land grant $150,000 Total $150,000 20)Acq/Land grant $96,000 Total $96,000 21)Land Value $25,000 Realtor Fee $6,000 Demolition $40,000 Total $71,000 22)Acquisition $65,000 Demolition $750,000 Total $815,000 23)Land Grant $300,000 Rebates $200,000 Total $500,000 24)Acquisition $300,000 Rebates $200,000 Total $500,000 25)Acquisitions $0 Demolition $0 Rebates $922,000 Total $922,000 26)Acquisitions $250,000 Land Value $250,000 $200,000 Total $500,000 27)Acquisitions $50,000 Demolition $50,000 Total $100,000 28)Grant $95,000 Total $95,000 29)Grant $350,000 $0 Rebates Total $350,000 $0 30)Grant $43,000 $0 Rebates Total $43,000 $0 31)Land Value Rebates $13,500 $0 Total $13,500 $0 Sub Total $37,425,752 $35,269,252 Section 4 - East Waterloo Unified Plan Area Projects Project Proposals Proposed Budgets Prev. Amt. 1)Acquisition $1,000,000 $0 Total $1,000,000 $0 2)Construction $1,000,000 $0 Total $1,000,000 $0 3)Grants Total $0 $0 4)Total $0 $0 5)Acquisition Construction Total $0 $0 Sub Total $2,000,000 $0 Section 5 - East Waterloo Unified Plan Area and Former Plan Area Total Project Costs Prev. Amt. $171,800,432 $155,067,119 $458,862,436 $417,795,951 $37,425,752 $35,269,252 $2,000,000 $0 Grand Total All Projects $670,088,620 $608,132,322 Project Project Section 1 - former Airport and Logan Plan Area Projects Section 2 - former Downtown Plan Area Projects Section 3 - former Rath Plan Area Projects Section 4 - East Waterloo Unified Plan Area Projects General Acquisitions General Site Improvements Project South Front Network (1400 Block Commercial St) Black Hawk Electric Expansion (1623 Jefferson St) Food Bank Homes (1633 & 1637 Lafayette St) St. John's (1721-1729 Mulberry St) 5 Bees (18th St & Black Hawk St) E&A Expansion of 1825 Jefferson (1809 Jefferson St) Alstadt Langlas (54 Lane St) A-Line Warehouse (Roof Ave) Former Lister Concrete (2116 Commercial St) Crystal 2024 Project Gift of Life Church (1651 Sycamore St); acquisition and sale to Crystal Former Pierce Auto (1500 Commercial St) 3 Little Lambs (1800 Block Black Hawk St) 5 Bees (1813 Black Hawk and adj.) 3 Stooges (325 W 13th St) Page 56 of 449 Attachment E ACQUISITION CHECKLIST 1. City of Waterloo personnel determine property owners affected by the project. 2. Appraisers then inspect each property affected by the project and make a written appraisal report. The appraisal report will estimate the current market value of the land and improvements to be purchased by the City of Waterloo, plus any reduction in the value of remaining property should its value be adversely affected. The appraiser will contact the property owner for permission to inspect and study the property. The appraiser will interview the landowner to get information about the use and operation of the property to be purchased by the City of Waterloo. 3. The appraiser’s report will be reviewed by qualified review appraisers for the City of Waterloo. 4. The property owner will then be contacted by an acquisition agent from the City of Waterloo to present the property owner with an “offer to purchase”. This dollar amount is offered as just compensation for property being purchased by the City of Waterloo. 5. After agreement is reached, a contract is approved and signed by the City. Where title conditions permit, a partial payment of the purchase price can also be made available per the terms of the contract. 6. Reasonable time will be allowed for the occupant to vacate property purchased. Occupant will not be required to move sooner than ninety (90) days from the date the City makes the first offer to acquire the property. 7. Written notice specifying the date the property must be vacated will be given at least thirty (30) days prior to the required vacation date. The thirty (30) day notice will not be issued until payment by the City is received as agreed, or the money has been deposited by the City as prescribed by law. 8. The City acquisition agent will arrange payment at the earliest possible date. 9. If the City’s acquisition offer is rejected, fair market value will be determined in the course of eminent domain proceedings (commonly referred to as condemnation). Page 57 of 449 Attachment F RELOCATION CHECKLIST 1. City of Waterloo personnel determine property owners affected by the project. 2. City of Waterloo relocation agent will contact family/occupant to determine the amount of eligible relocation benefits such as: a. Actual reasonable expenses as a result of moving (based upon two (2) quotations from movers approved by City of Waterloo). 3. To be eligible for assistance, occupant must not move until negotiations have started on the acquisition of the property without jeopardizing eligibility for moving cost payments. 4. If dissatisfied with the determination of the amount of payment offered under the Relocation Assistance Program, persons to be displaced may have the application reviewed by: a. Sending a written statement requesting the review and outlining the items in dispute to the City Planner, Community Planning and Development Department, City of Waterloo, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, Iowa 50703 b. Stating the amount or amounts being claimed, if any, and including documentation and reasons why dissatisfied with the amount offered. 5. Upon receipt of claim application, the City Planner will appoint a review board and notify the applicant when and where a hearing will be held. The review board will recommend a decision on the claim to the City of Waterloo. The Relocation Agent will notify the applicant in writing of the City of Waterloo’s decision within one (1) week. Page 58 of 449 - 1 - CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA URBAN RENEWAL PLAN AMENDMENT WATERLOO DOWNTOWN DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT October 2026 The Urban Renewal Plan (the "Plan") for the Waterloo Downtown Development District (the "Urban Renewal Area") of the City of Waterloo, Iowa (the "City") is being amended for the purposes of (1) updating the descriptions of certain urban renewal projects approved in prior amendments to the Plan; and (2) identifying new urban renewal projects to be undertaken in the Urban Renewal Area. 1) Description of the City's Acquisition of 100 East 5th Street for the redevelopment of existing building into new Police Lab, Police Evidence, Evidence Storage, and Police Training Facility. The description of the Project is hereby as follows: Name of Project: Acquisition of 100 E. 5th Street for new Police Lab, Evidence, Evidence Storage, and Police Training Facility Project. Date of Council Approval of Project: October 2026 Description of Project and Project Site: The City of Waterloo (“the City”) will be acquiring the empty office and warehouse at 100 E 5th Street, which will work concurrently with the City Hall project at 100 E 4th Street, which did not have room for the Lab, as well as allow the City of Waterloo to consolidate operations from eight buildings to three buildings overall. This will further work toward improving both the needs of the City of Waterloo for an improved work environment for the Police Department, while simultaneously working to improve shared work space in the Lab and Evidence Storage with the Black Hawk County Sheriff’s Office for partnerships and shared space. This project is the first step to better consolidate buildings owned and maintained by the City of Waterloo, with the goal of going from eight overall buildings to three for several Departments. It further works to eliminate an empty office building and warehouse in Downtown Waterloo, and work towards overall goals of Downtown Waterloo. The completed Project will have a direct, positive impact on increased and improved operations for the City of Waterloo, and elimination of empty buildings in the Urban Renewal Area. This relocation of Lab, Police Evidence, and Police Training Center will have a positive impact on Downtown Waterloo for the reinvestment into the vacant building, will work for the highest and best use of the location due to close proximity to the new City Hall, Black Hawk County Sherrif’s Office, and other governmental entities in Downtown Waterloo. This concentration of employees, ability to bring in other entities for shared training facilities and programs, will also have a positive impact on other nearby locations and businesses. Description of Public Infrastructure: It is not anticipated that any major additional public infrastructure improvements are needed in connection with the Project. The site is fully surrounded by existing infrastructure. Description of Properties to be Acquired in Connection with Project: The City will acquire 100 Page 59 of 449 - 2 - East 5th Street. Description of Use of TIF: It is anticipated that the City will pay for a portion of the Project with either borrowed funds or the proceeds of an internal advance of City funds on-hand. In any case, the City's obligations will be repaid with incremental property tax revenues derived from the Urban Renewal Area. It is anticipated that the City's use of incremental property tax revenues for the Project will not exceed $6,200,000, plus any interest expense incurred by the City on any borrowing undertaken for the funding of the Project. Analysis of Use of TIF: In accordance with the requirement of Section 403.5(2)(b)(1) of the Code of Iowa, the City has analyzed its proposed use of incremental property tax revenues for the funding of the Project and alternative development and funding options for the Project. The results of that analysis are summarized as follows: A) Alternate Development Options: The City of Waterloo conducted an Audit of City buildings in 2019 to determine overall costs of multiple buildings, evaluate City funds for needed improvements, and work to establish plans moving ahead for needed rehabilitation and/or replacement. The report noted about $64.9 million in needed rehabilitation and repair costs overall. The current rehabilitation estimate for the multiple buildings housing the Lab, Police Evidence, and Police Training Center, adding in other departmental buildings that will be positively impacted by this (Leisure, Maintenance staffs) have a rehabilitation estimate of $5.28 million, and many of these other buildings are in poor locations for long -term development of the community. The City has been able to secure grant funds and other sources for some other City buildings: Convention Center, Public Works, and has eliminated some buildings in partnerships with the Waterloo Schools and private developers, (Street Department, Central Gara ge) and this project will allow the City to eliminate further buildings through consolidation (348 North Elk Run Road, 1112 Sycamore Street, 1127 Sycamore Street, 415 East 7 th Street, and annual leasing at 304 West 5 th Street). The needs for various repairs, concerns for mold, asbestos, leaking windows and roofs, health of staff, all continue to escalate with City staff working in these older buildings. The vacate and/or demolition of several of these buildings will further allow for redevelopment along the riverfront, in the industrial parks, and along major throughfares. The $5.28 million in estimated repairs of these buildings to be eliminated alone were based on the 2019 study, so could be a lot higher if fully re -evaluated today. The City has worked over the years to partner with Black Hawk County for locations in Downtown Waterloo and to establish a “government district” type setup in the City’s Downtown Master Plan, as well as working with Main Street Waterloo for such land use p atterns. This project location further solidifies those land use patterns, allows for shared services and expenses for the two governmental entities, for the better use of taxpayer funds now and into the future. The City's ability to fulfill its duty of proper relocation and improvement of needed public safety spaces, in close proximity to the administrative offices, in the Urban Renewal Area is currently diminished by inadequate, outdated, and poorly designed department layouts/facilities, and locations. There is no conceivable way for the City to outsource or privatize its Police protection services . The use of the empty office and warehouse property (100 East 5th Street) as the site for Police Department needed uses is an optimal use for this land /building site as it further eliminates a highly visible and empty building along the East 5th and 6th Street corridors. The redevelopment of the current public buildings to be demolished or sold will bring additional redevelopment opportunities to Downtown Waterloo , the former Rath area, and Northeast Industrial Page 60 of 449 - 3 - Park area. B) Alternate Financing Options: * The Local Option Sales and Services Tax Revenues are authorized to be used exclusively by the City for street improvements (80%) and property tax relief (20%). The City has exclusively dedicated the portion of local option taxes available for property tax relief to supporting the City's general fund. * General Fund: The City's General Fund reserves are fully committed to maintaining the operational integrity of the City. The City cannot access its General Fund reserves to aid in the Project funding without risking unsound fiscal practice. * Capital Improvements Levy: The City does not have a Capital Improvements Levy available, and the imposition of such additional levy would require a successful referendum, which is not feasible at this time. * Debt Service Levy: The City Council has determined that the debt service levy rate should not be raised for the Project. The City will be required to raise the debt service levy for projects that do not qualify for tax increment financing. Raising the current debt service levy rate for the Project would result in an un due burden to the citizens of the City of Waterloo. The use of tax increment financing will lessen the burden on individual taxpayers that would result from a spike in the debt service levy rate and will shift that burden onto valuation increases resulting from the City's successful economic redevelopment from the two public buildings to be conveyed for said redevelopment. * Grant Proceeds: The City has several other active projects utilizing funds from local grant sources and entities. The City will work to apply for grant funds to help with the project, but the full project cannot be gained by such funding options, and the City will need to continue to use funding from the urban renewal funding options Page 61 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve Amendment No. 1 to the South Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, to remove property from the TIF area, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The City previously took action to merge the Martin Road Development Plan Area and the San Marnan Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area into the Amended and Restated South Waterloo Unifed Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan (2025). Staff is proposing Amendment No. 1 to the South Waterloo Unifed Plan to remove a property from the TIF area. The property, the former senior care facility on Upland west of Fairway Lane, was originally added into the Martin Road Development Plan and TIF area (Amendment 6 subarea), and the area is being removed. The removed area and some additional area would then be added back in as part of the new South Waterloo Unified TIF Amendment 2 subarea. Amendments to a TIF Plan require a consultation with taxing entities, which will be held on October 2nd. The hearing is getting set for October 19th. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION Page 62 of 449 LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. South Waterloo Unified UR plan Amendment 1 2026 Removal Area Page 63 of 449 Prepared by Aric Schroeder, City of Waterloo, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA, 50703 319 -291-4366 Return to preparer after recording. AMENDMENT 1 TO SOUTH WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN INCLUDING AREAS FORMERLY DESIGNATED AS URBAN RENEWAL AREAS UNDER URBAN RENEWAL PLANS FOR THE MARTIN ROAD DEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA AND THE SAN MARNAN URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA RECITALS A. Former Martin Road Plan Area: The urban renewal plan for the Martin Road Plan Area was originally adopted in 1996 by Resolution No. 1996-673, was amended by Amendment No. 1 in 2004 by Resolution No. 2004-522, and amended again in 2014 by Amendment No. 2 by Resolution No. 2014-903, and amended again in 2016 by Amendment No. 3 by Resolution No. 2016-197, and amended again in 2016 by Amendment No. 4 by Resolution No. 2016-904, and amended again in 2016 by Amendment No. 5 by Resolution 2016-905, and amended again in 2022 by Amendment No. 6 by Resolution No. 2022-376, and amended again in 2025 by Amendment No. 7 by Resolution No. 2025-547. B. Former San Marnan Plan Area: The urban renewal plan for the San Marnan Plan Area was originally adopted in 1999 by Resolution No. 1999-499, and was amended again in 2004 by Amendment No. 1 by Resolution No. 2004-835, and amended again in 2009 by Amendment No. 2 by Resolution No. 2009-912, and amended again in 2017 by Amendment No. 3 by Resolution No. 2017-964, and amended again in 2017 by Amendment No. 4 by Resolution No. 2017-965, and amended again in 2019 by Amendment No. 5 by Resolution No. 2019-518, and amended again in 2020 by Amendment No. 6 by Resolution No. 2020-522, and amended again in 2024 by Amendment No. 7 by Resolution 2024-698, and amended again in 2024 by Amendment No. 8 by Resolution 2024-699, and amended again in 2025 by Amendment No. 9 by Resolution No. 2025-548. C. South Waterloo Unified Plan Area: On December 25, 2025, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5821 and on November 3, 2025 adopted Resolution No. 2025-629, approving the Amended and Restated South Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, merging the Martin Road Plan Area and San Marnan Plan Area, and enlarging the area included therein, and one or more other amendments have been made to the Plan to include additional urban renewal projects or for other purposes. Page 64 of 449 2 D. The City desires to amend the Plan again to reduce the area included therein and to update related information in the Plan. Said amendment may be referred to as Amendment No. 1 removal area. AMENDMENT NOW THEREFORE, the South Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, as previously amended, is hereby further amended as follows: 1. Attachment A, and C to the Plan are hereby stricken in their entirety, and the new Attachments A, and C which are attached hereto are substituted in their place so that the Plan shows current map (Attachment A), and information about bonding capacity (Attachment C). 2. The attachments listed below, each of which is attached hereto, are included in this amendment to show compliance with procedural requirements under state law for adoption of this amendment, but do not replace or supersede similar attachments to the original Plan or any amendment thereto adopted prior to this amendment: Attachment B (Legal Description, removal area only) Attachment G (Planning, Programming & Zoning Commission recommendation) Attachment H (notice of consultation) Attachment J (resolution adopting this amendment) Attachment K (ordinance adopting amended TIF district) Attachment L (notice of public hearing) 3. Except as modified by this amendment, the Plan, as previously amended, shall continue unmodified in full force and effect. PASSED AND APPROVED this _____ day of ______________, 2026. ______________________________ David Boesen, Mayor ATTEST: ______________________________ Kelley Felchle, City Clerk Page 65 of 449 3 Attachment A DEPICTION OF SOUTH WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA – AMENDMENT 1 See attached map. Page 66 of 449 £¤63 £¤63 £¤63 £¤63BLACKHAWK RDHUNTINGTON RD HUNTINGTON RD W RIDGEWAY AVE CAMPBELL AVE W RIDGEWAY AVE ANSBOROUGHAVEW 4T H STFLETCHE RA V EANSBOROUGHAVEKATOSKI DRW RIDGEWAY AVE KATOSKI DR W 4TH ST Attachment "A" - South Waterloo Unified Boundary Map with Amendment No. 1 Removal Area 0 2,000 4,0001,000 US Feet®Existing District Boundary Removal Area Removal Areas Page 67 of 449 4 Attachment B SOUTH WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA LEGAL DESCRIPTION 2026 REMOVAL Amendment No. 1 removal area (2026) Beginning at the point of intersection of the Southeasterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 63 and the East line of the West 75 feet of Lot 23 of Park View Gardens, thence South along said East line to its intersection with the North right-of-way line of Upland Drive, thence West along the North right-of-way line of Upland Drive to its intersection with the Southeasterly right-of- way line of U.S. Highway 63, thence Northeasterly along the Southeasterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 63 to the point of beginning. Page 68 of 449 5 Attachment C Study of Bonding Capacity as of January 1, 2025 January 1, 2025 actual gross assessed valuation $5,836,769,925 Legal bonding rate 5% Legal bonding limit $ 291,838,496 Less outstanding G.O. debt ($ 180,732,003) Unused gross bonding capacity $ 111,106,493 61.93% of legal limit used Page 69 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve Amendment No. 2 to the South Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, to add property to the Plan Area and TIF Area and update projects and project budgets to be included in the Plan, and other general updates to the Plan, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The City previously took action to merge the Martin Road Development Plan Area and the San Marnan Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan Area into the Amended and Restated South Waterloo Unifed Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan (2025). By separate action, staff is proposing Amendment No. 1 to the South Waterloo Unifed Plan to remove a property from the TIF area. The property, the former senior care facility on Upland west of Fairway Lane, was originally added into the Martin Road Development Plan and TIF area (Amendment 6 subarea), and the area is being removed. With this action, staff is proposing to amendment the plan by adding the removed area and some additional area back into the Plan and TIF district as part of the new South Waterloo Unified TIF Amendment 2 subarea. Amendments to a TIF Plan require a consultation with taxing entities, which will be held on October 2nd. The hearing is getting set for October 19th. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A Page 70 of 449 ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. South Waterloo Unified UR plan Amendment 2 2026 Expansion Areas Page 71 of 449 Prepared by Aric Schroeder, City of Waterloo, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA, 50703 319 -291-4366 Return to preparer after recording. AMENDMENT 2 TO SOUTH WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN INCLUDING AREAS FORMERLY DESIGNATED AS URBAN RENEWAL AREAS UNDER URBAN RENEWAL PLANS FOR THE MARTIN ROAD DEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA AND THE SAN MARNAN URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA RECITALS A. Former Martin Road Plan Area: The urban renewal plan for the Martin Road Plan Area was originally adopted in 1996 by Resolution No. 1996-673, was amended by Amendment No. 1 in 2004 by Resolution No. 2004-522, and amended again in 2014 by Amendment No. 2 by Resolution No. 2014-903, and amended again in 2016 by Amendment No. 3 by Resolution No. 2016-197, and amended again in 2016 by Amendment No. 4 by Resolution No. 2016-904, and amended again in 2016 by Amendment No. 5 by Resolution 2016-905, and amended again in 2022 by Amendment No. 6 by Resolution No. 2022-376, and amended again in 2025 by Amendment No. 7 by Resolution No. 2025-547. B. Former San Marnan Plan Area: The urban renewal plan for the San Marnan Plan Area was originally adopted in 1999 by Resolution No. 1999-499, and was amended again in 2004 by Amendment No. 1 by Resolution No. 2004-835, and amended again in 2009 by Amendment No. 2 by Resolution No. 2009-912, and amended again in 2017 by Amendment No. 3 by Resolution No. 2017-964, and amended again in 2017 by Amendment No. 4 by Resolution No. 2017-965, and amended again in 2019 by Amendment No. 5 by Resolution No. 2019-518, and amended again in 2020 by Amendment No. 6 by Resolution No. 2020-522, and amended again in 2024 by Amendment No. 7 by Resolution 2024-698, and amended again in 2024 by Amendment No. 8 by Resolution 2024-699, and amended again in 2025 by Amendment No. 9 by Resolution No. 2025-548. C. South Waterloo Unified Plan Area: On December 25, 2025, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5821 and on November 3, 2025 adopted Resolution No. 2025-629, approving the Amended and Restated South Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, merging the Martin Road Plan Area and San Marnan Plan Area, and enlarging the area included therein, and one or more other amendments have been made to the Plan to include additional urban renewal projects or for other purposes. Page 72 of 449 2 D. On __________, 2026, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. ____ and Resolution No. ____-____, in which it was agreed to amend the Plan by reducing the area included therein (Amendment No. 1 removal area). E. The City desires to amend the Plan again to enlarge the area included therein and to update related information in the Plan. Said amendment may be referred to as Amendment No. 2 area. AMENDMENT NOW THEREFORE, the South Waterloo Unified Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan, as previously amended, is hereby further amended as follows: 1. Attachment A, C and D to the Plan are hereby stricken in their entirety, and the new Attachments A, C and D which are attached hereto are substituted in their place so that the Plan shows current map (Attachment A), information about bonding capacity (Attachment C), and project budgets (Attachment D). 2. The attachments listed below, each of which is attached hereto, are included in this amendment to show compliance with procedural requirements under state law for adoption of this amendment, but do not replace or supersede similar attachments to the original Plan or any amendment thereto adopted prior to this amendment: Attachment B (Legal Description, expansion areas only) Attachment G (Planning, Programming & Zoning Commission recommendation) Attachment H (notice of consultation) Attachment J (resolution adopting this amendment) Attachment K (ordinance adopting amended TIF district) Attachment L (notice of public hearing) 3. The Project Area Objectives section of the Plan is hereby repealed and replaced with the following Project Area Objectives section: PROJECT AREA OBJECTIVES Renewal activities are designed to provide opportunities, incentives, and sites for community economic development purposes and blight remediation, including new and expanded residential, retail, commercial, and industrial development. Objectives under this Plan include: 1. To stimulate, through public action and commitment, private investment in new residential, commercial and industrial development. 2. To plan for and provide sufficient land for residential, retail, commercial and industrial development. 3. To provide for the installation of public infrastructure and facilities in the Urban Renewal Area, which ultimately contribute to the sound development of the entire City, such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, public utilities, streets, sidewalks, pedestrian accommodations, traffic control improvements, parking, skywalks, street amenities, etc. Page 73 of 449 3 4. To provide a more marketable and attractive investment climate. 5. To promote infill development in applicable areas. 6. To achieve a diversified, well-balanced economy providing a desirable standard of living, creating job opportunities, and strengthening the tax base. 7. To eliminate blighting influences and promote revitalization. 8. To provide incentives to expand existing business and industrial uses and attract new industrial, commercial and residential uses as allowed under Iowa Code, such as tax abatements, tax rebates, land acquisition, demolition, loans, grants, and/or other incentives that will result in redevelopment of the Urban Renewal Area. 4. Except as modified by this amendment, the Plan, as previously amended, shall continue unmodified in full force and effect. PASSED AND APPROVED this _____ day of ______________, 2026. ______________________________ David Boesen, Mayor ATTEST: ______________________________ Kelley Felchle, City Clerk Page 74 of 449 4 Attachment A DEPICTION OF SOUTH WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA – AMENDMENT 2 See attached map. Page 75 of 449 !!!!!!!!!!!!! ! ! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ! !!!!!! !!!! ! !!! !!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!! ! !!!!!!! !!§¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 £¤218 £¤63 £¤63 £¤218£¤63 £¤218 £¤63 £¤20 £¤20£¤20 E 5THSTW 4T H STADRIANSTIDAHOSTW 6THSTW 5THSTD U B U Q U E R D FRANKLIN ST E 11TH STE 6TH STW 18THSTHOFF RDHAWKEYERDKIMBALLAVELA PORTERDDEERE RDCAMPBELL AVE E SHAULIS RDW SHAULIS RDW SHAULIS RD W 11TH STWILLISTON AVE E SHAULIS RD HAMMONDAVEKIMBALLAVEVINTONS TE SANMARNAN DR E RIDGEWAY AVEW RIDGEWAY AVE KATOSKI DR W 4TH STFLETCHERAVEAttachment "A" - South Waterloo Unified Boundary Map with Amendment No. 2 Expansion Areas 0 4,600 9,2002,300 US Feet®Existing District Boundary Expansion Area Expansion Areas Expansion Area Expansion Area Page 76 of 449 FOSTORIADRH E A T H E R L N LESLEE LN S O U T H L A N D D R P R E S C O T T S D R K -LINEDRW SHAULIS RD SHELLEYCT ELDORA RDELD O R A C TC H ARM DREDGEBROOKDR£¤63 £¤63 £¤63 £¤63 £¤20 R A N C H E R O R D R A N C H ERO RD W SHAULIS RDW SHAULIS RD Attachment "A-1" - South Waterloo Unified Boundary Map with Amendment No. 2 Expansion Areas (Zoomed) 0 1,000 2,000500 US Feet®Expansion Areas Existing District Boundary Expansion Area Page 77 of 449 G U N NER RD PELICAN RDMUNCY AVEMEADOWBR O O KLNCAMPBELL AVENORTONST MOVILLASTALICEAVEC ARRINGTON AV E UPLAND DR ORANGEGROVE AVEORIOLE AVE STEWART AVE UPLAND DR CARRINGTON AVE PARKHAVEN DR HOME PARK BLVD WESTVIEW AVECASPER AVEHOLLYWOOD AVE FAIRWAY LNROBIN RD B LA CKHAWKRDW 3RD ST CAMPBELL AVE £¤63 £¤63 £¤63 £¤63 ANSBOROUGHAVEANSBOROUGHAVEANSBOROUGH AVEAttachment "A-2" - South Waterloo Unified Boundary Map with Amendment No. 2 Expansion Areas (Zoomed) 0 640 1,280320 US Feet® Expansion Area Expansion Areas Existing District Boundary Expansion Area Page 78 of 449 5 Attachment B SOUTH WATERLOO UNIFIED URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA LEGAL DESCRIPTION 2026 EXPANSION Amendment No. 2 expansion areas (2026) (Amendment No. 2 Subarea) Beginning at the Southwesterly corner of Lot C-8 in Southland Park Fourth Addition; thence South 35°26¾’ West 607.15’ along the Southeasterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 63 to the Northerly most corner of that parcel described in Deed Book 551 Page 281 of the Black Hawk County Recorder’s Office; thence South 54°33¾’ East 334.65’ along the Northeasterly line of said parcel; thence North 35°28’ East 586.95’ along the Southwesterly extension of Charm Drive to the Southeasterly corner of Charm Drive as shown on the Southland Park Fourth Addition plat; thence North 54°32¼’ West 60.0’ along the Southwesterly line of Charm Drive; thence North 35°11½’ East 20.5’ along the Northwesterly line of Charm Drive to the Southeasterly corner of said Lot C-8; thence North 54°38’ West 274.7’ along the Southwesterly line of Lot C-8 to the Southwesterly corner of said Lot C-8 and the point of beginning, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa. And, Beginning at the intersection of the Southeasterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 63 and the East line of Lot 23 in Park View Gardens; thence South along the East line of said Lot 23 to its intersection with the North line of the North 229 feet of the South 458 feet of said Lot 23; thence West along said North line to its intersection with the East line of the East 60 feet of the West 135 feet of said Lot 23; thence South along said East line to its intersection with the Northerly right-of-way line of Upland Drive; thence South along a continuation of said East line to its intersection with the Southerly right-of-way line of Upland Drive; thence Westerly and Southerly along the Southerly right-of-way line of Upland Drive and the Easterly right-of-way line of Muncy Road as presently established to its intersection with the Southwest corner of Lot 36 of Park View Gardens First Replat; thence West on a continuation of the South line of said Lot 36 to the Westerly right-of-way line of Muncy Road; thence North along the Westerly right-of-way line of Muncy Road to its intersection with the Southeasterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 63; thence Northeasterly along the Southeasterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 63 to the East line of said Lot 23 and the Point of Beginning, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa. And, Page 79 of 449 6 Beginning at the intersection of the Northwesterly right-of-way line of the Chicago Great Western Railroad (now abandoned) and the South right-of-way line of W 3rd Street; thence West along the South right-of-way line of W 3rd Street to the East right-of-way line of Norton Street; thence South along the East right-of-way line of Norton Street to the Southwest corner of Lot 11 of Lewis Millers Small Farms; thence West to the Southeast corner of Lot 10 of Lewis Millers Small Farms; thence West along the South line of Lot 10 and Lot 9 of Lewis Millers Small Farms to the Southwest corner of said Lot 9; thence North along the West line of Lot 9, Lot 8, and Lot 7 of Lewis Millers Small Farms to the Northwest corner of said Lot 7; thence East along the North line of Lot 7 thru Lot 1 of Lewis Millers Small Farms to the Northeast corner of said Lot 1; thence East along the North line of the South 30 feet of vacated Reber Avenue to its intersection with the Northwesterly right-of-way line of the Chicago Great Western Railroad (now abandoned); thence Southwesterly along said Northwesterly right-of-way line to the Point of Beginning, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa; except that part of Lot 9 of Lewis Millers Small Farms bounded as follows: Beginning at the Southeast corner of Lot 9; thence North along the East Lot line 160 feet; thence West parallel with the South Lot line 170 feet; thence Southwesterly to a point on the South Lot line which is 209 feet West of the Southeast corner of Lot 9; thence East 209 feet to the Point of Beginning; and except the West 86 feet of the South 83 feet of Lot 10 of Lewis Millers Small Farms; and except the South 120 feet of the East 118 feet of Lot 10 of Lewis Millers Small Farms. Page 80 of 449 7 Attachment C Study of Bonding Capacity as of January 1, 2025 January 1, 2025 actual gross assessed valuation $5,836,769,925 Legal bonding rate 5% Legal bonding limit $ 291,838,496 Less outstanding G.O. debt ($ 180,732,003) Unused gross bonding capacity $ 111,106,493 61.93% of legal limit used Page 81 of 449 Section 1 - former Martin Road Development Plan Area Projects 1) Infill of Greyhound Drive area EXPENSES Prev. Amt. Construction (including reimbursement)$6,300,000 Architectural & Engineering Fees $420,000 Construction Administration $280,000 TOTAL $7,000,000 FUNDING City (Local Option, GO Bonds) $800,000 City TIF $2,800,000 Federal/State (MPO, RISE)$3,400,000 TOTAL $7,000,000 2) Infill of Lots along Highway 63 and West Ridgeway Avenue EXPENSES Acquisition $1,800,000 Construction $2,000,000 Engineering/Platting Fees $240,000 Construction Administration $80,000 TOTAL $4,120,000 FUNDING City (Local Option, G.O. Bonds)$1,000,000 City TIF $1,800,000 Federal/State (MPO, RISE)$1,320,000 TOTAL $4,120,000 3) Potential environmental work along corridor EXPENSES Assessments $300,000 Cleanup $600,000 Wetland Mitigation $1,500,000 TOTAL $2,400,000 FUNDING City (G.O. Bonds)$400,000 City TIF $1,300,000 Federal/ State (EPA, DNR)$700,000 TOTAL $2,400,000 Attachment D Project Budget Amendment 2 Expansion Area (2026) South Waterloo Unifed Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Area, Page 82 of 449 4) Martin Road Area Sanitary Sewer EXPENSES Prev. Amt. Construction $1,500,000 Total $1,500,000 FUNDING City TIF $1,500,000 Total $1,500,000 5) Cedar Valley Crossing Road/Infrastructure EXPENSES Construction $1,200,000 Total $1,200,000 FUNDING City TIF $1,200,000 Total $1,200,000 6) Kwik Trip Inc Fuel Blending EXPENSES Land Grant $300,000 Total $300,000 FUNDING City TIF $300,000 Total $300,000 7) Deer Creek EXPENSES Grant (reimbursement)$3,000,000 Rebates $5,542,969 Total $8,542,969 FUNDING City TIF $8,542,969 Total $8,542,969 8) Cardinal Construction EXPENSES Land Grant $300,000 Rebates $396,500 $205,000 Total $696,500 $505,000 FUNDING City TIF $696,500 $505,000 Total $696,500 $505,000 Page 83 of 449 9) 3 Stooges Martin Road land grant value EXPENSES Prev. Amt. Land Grant $200,000 Rebates $0 Total $200,000 FUNDING City TIF $200,000 Total $200,000 10) A&S Properties (Amy Wienands) Grant EXPENSES Grant $420,000 Rebates $200,000 Total $620,000 FUNDING City TIF $620,000 Total $620,000 11) Coordination with IDOT for potential roadway improvements to Highway 63 EXPENSES Construction $1,600,000 Engineering $200,000 Construction Administration $100,000 TOTAL $1,900,000 FUNDING City (Local Option, G.O. Bonds)$950,000 State (RISE)$950,000 TOTAL $1,900,000 12) Reconstruction of West Ridgeway roadway portion across Black Hawk Creek EXPENSES Acquisition $200,000 Construction $8,000,000 Engineering Fees $300,000 Construction Administration $200,000 TOTAL $8,700,000 FUNDING City (Local Option, G.O. Bonds)$4,350,000 State (RISE)$4,350,000 TOTAL $8,700,000 Page 84 of 449 13) Traffic signalization improvements at major intersections in Corridor EXPENSES Prev. Amt. Acquisition/purchase $1,200,000 Construction $900,000 Engineering Fees $100,000 Construction Administration $100,000 TOTAL $2,300,000 FUNDING State (RISE)$600,000 City (Local option, G.O. Bonds) $1,300,000 Federal (MPO)$400,000 TOTAL $2,300,000 14) Acquisition of land throughout corridor for expansion of existing and new business EXPENSES Acquisition/purchase $5,500,000 TOTAL $5,500,000 FUNDING City (G.O. Bonds, TIF funds)$5,500,000 TOTAL $5,500,000 15) Public Improvements EXPENSES Acquisition $1,200,000 Construction/Demolition 3,700,000 Storm Water Improvements 1,400,000 Engineering fees $200,000 Construction Administration $400,000 TOTAL $6,900,000 FUNDING City (TIF, G.O. Bonds)$6,000,000 Federal/State (grants, RISE, MPO)$900,000 TOTAL $6,900,000 16) Byrnes Acquatics Facility EXPENSES Construction $9,000,000 Engineering Fees $1,000,000 Total $10,000,000 FUNDING City (G.O. Bonds)$9,630,000 TIF Funds $370,000 Total $10,000,000 Page 85 of 449 17) Other Martin Road Area road and infastructure improvements EXPENSES Prev. Amt. Acquisition $600,000 Construction $2,200,000 Engineering Fees $100,000 Construction Administration $100,000 TOTAL $3,000,000 FUNDING City (Local Option, G.O. Bonds)$2,500,000 State (RISE)$500,000 TOTAL $3,000,000 18) 310 Upland Drive EXPENSES Acquisition $400,000 Demolition $300,000 Redevelopment-Platting/Infastructure/Const.$100,000 TOTAL $800,000 FUNDING City (Local Option, G.O. Bonds)$800,000 TOTAL $800,000 19) Marnie Avenue Area Sunnyside Creek Drainage Improvements EXPENSES Construction $1,000,000 Acquisition $200,000 Engineering and Floodplain Mapping $600,000 TOTAL $1,800,000 FUNDING City (Local Option, G.O. Bonds)$1,800,000 TOTAL $1,800,000 20) Waterloo Fiber EXPENSES Infrastructure Construction $9,000,000 Planning/Design $1,000,000 TOTAL $10,000,000 FUNDING City (Local Option, G.O. Bonds)$10,000,000 TOTAL $10,000,000 Page 86 of 449 21) Martin Road Development Area Tax Rebate Projects EXPENSES Pre. Amt. Wilbert $49,881 Country Estates 44,560 Riley $13,496 Senad Disderevic $70,182 JARF $27,410 Mauer $58,426 Social Security Building $175,354 Turnkey PTL $133,280 Turnkey SVW $106,238 AVITA $118,928 Hawkeye Stages $247,750 $229,626 3 Stooges (CRF Rentals) (Charm Drive)$36,750 $34,000 BCS Properties $6,000,000 Loves Travel Stop $791,000 $700,000 Gubbels (JAS Investments)$235,500 $200,000 M&K Electric (Charm Drive)$33,750 $25,000 Warren Transport (3124 Titan Trl)$2,311,250 $1,000,000 Mid Country $287,500 $122,000 Cedar Crossing Storage $1,100,000 A&K - land grant (3135 Titan Tr)$175,000 SKS (3151 Titan Tr)$35,000 Brent Johnson (Freedom truck wash)$771,000 $330,000 Fusion (3530 Marnie Av)$1,005,000 $668,000 PWM LLC Warehouse (3460 MarnieAv)$1,900,000 Markkey Investments (3135 Titan Tr)$43,750 $0 Ecel Electric (3241 Titan Tr)(land value)$110,000 $0 TOTAL $15,881,005 $13,316,381 FUNDING City (G.O. Bonds, TIF funds)$15,881,005 $13,316,381 TOTAL $15,881,005 $13,316,381 EXPENSES Fees $1,000,000 TOTAL $1,000,000 FUNDING City (G.O. Bonds, TIF funds)$1,000,000 TOTAL $1,000,000 22) Legal, Consulting Fees, and expenses associated with administration and marketing of the urban renewal area Page 87 of 449 TOTAL EXPENSES - FORMER MARTIN RD DEVELOPMENT AREA Prev. Amt. 1) Infill of Greyhound Drive area $7,000,000 2) Infill of Lots along Highway 63 and West Ridgeway Avenue $4,120,000 3) Potential environmental work along corridor $2,400,000 4) Martin Road Area Sanitary Sewer $1,500,000 5) Cedar Valley Crossing Road/Infrastructure $1,200,000 6) Kwik Trip Inc Fuel Blending $300,000 7) Deer Creek $8,542,969 8) Cardinal Construction $696,500 $505,000 9) 3 Stooges Martin Road land grant value $200,000 10) A&S Properties (Amy Wienands) Grant $620,000 11) Coordination with IDOT for potential roadway improvements to Highway 63 $1,900,000 12) Reconstruction of West Ridgeway roadway portion across Black Hawk Creek $8,700,000 13) Traffic signalization improvements at major intersections in Corridor $2,300,000 14) Acquisition of land throughout corridor for expansion of existing and new business $5,500,000 15) Public Improvements $6,900,000 16) Byrnes Acquatics Facility $10,000,000 17) Other Martin Road Area road and infastructure improvements $3,000,000 18) 310 Upland Drive $800,000 19) Marnie Avenue Area Sunnyside Creek Drainage Improvements $1,800,000 20) Waterloo Fiber $10,000,000 21) Martin Road Development Area Tax Rebate Projects $15,881,005 $13,316,381 22) Legal, Consulting Fees, and expenses associated with administration and marketing of the urban renewal area $1,000,000 Former Martin Road Projects Total $94,360,474 $91,604,350 Page 88 of 449 Section 2 - former San Marnan Development Plan Area Projects Project Proposals Proposed Budgets Prev. Amt. 1)Future or Anticipated Acquisition Acquisition $22,000,000 2)Future or Anticipated Demolition Demolition $3,000,000 3)Site Improvements, Platting Site Improvements, Platting $2,000,000 4)Sanitary/Storm Sewer, Water, Road, Rise match Utility/Infrastructure Exp.$12,000,000 5)General Admin Fees $1,300,000 Total $1,300,000 6)Miscellaneous (certification, environmental)Misc. Expenses $500,000 Total $500,000 7)Office building (Country Club Addition)Grant $20,000 Rebates $500,000 Total $520,000 8)Evaluation of traffic patterns through area Construction $1,200,000 Traffic Study $400,000 Right-of-way acquisition $100,000 Total $1,700,000 9)Acquisition $600,000 City Property $200,000 Construction $8,250,000 Landscaping, Enh., Trail $100,000 Engineering Fees $750,000 Construction Admn.$100,000 Total $10,000,000 10)Flood Plain Mapping Engineering Fees $400,000 Total $400,000 11)Lost World Theme Park Grant $14,000,000 Rebates $4,681,750 $3,700,000 Total $18,681,750 12)VGM Grant $700,000 Rebates $2,100,000 Total $2,800,000 13)South Waterloo Business Park Buildout Infrastructure $14,000,000 Land Acquisition $6,000,000 Engineering/Design $3,500,000 Total $23,500,000 14)Van Miller Way Storm Sewer Construction $4,000,000 Land Acquisition $800,000 Engineering Fees $1,000,000 Total $5,800,000 15)Waterloo Fiber Infrastructure Construction $12,000,000 Planning/Design $1,000,000 Total $13,000,000 Sub Total Former San Marnan Projects $117,201,750 $116,220,000 Reconstruction of Shaulis Road and Shaulis Road/Dysart Road/Hwy 218 intersection Legal Fees, Consulting fees, and related expenses associated with administration and operation of the Urban Renewal Area Page 89 of 449 Tax Rebate Projects Prev. Amt. 1)WW Grainger (827 Fisher Dr)$1,200,000 2)JJB Fin. Res. Adv. (816 Tower Park Dr)$222,932 3)Cardinal 10,000 sf (Vets)(945 Tower Park Dr)$468,866 4)Cardinal Medical PHP (815 Tower Park Dr)$240,000 5)Hope Martin Anderson (100 Anderson Dr)$120,000 6)MFG LLC (836 Tower Park Dr)$282,838 7)MBAK Kimball Beecher (4015 Hurst Dr)$336,278 8)Borgardt (820 Fisher Dr)$400,000 9)Taylor (4041 Hurst Dr)$450,000 10)Green Acres (345 Tower Park Dr)$504,000 11)Vandersee Rehab (1021 Peoples Sq)$80,000 12)Vandersee New Cons. (VI, 2)(1039 Peoples Sq)$88,000 $80,000 13)JSLK Holdings LLC (4031 Bankers Blvd)$494,500 $456,000 14)Locke Funeral Home (4140 Kimball Av)$134,250 $120,000 15)SKH Properties (Huff)(330 Tower Park Dr)$149,000 $126,500 16)Deery Infrastructure Repayment $2,020,040 17)Jake's Fireworks (42 E Tower Park Dr)$47,000 18)Wahawk Power (South Wloo Bus Park)$1,040,500 $0 19)KL Properties (3151 Titan Tr)$25,750 $0 20)820 Fisher New Medical Building $20,000 $0 21)LMV (1866 W Ridgeway Av)$950,000 $0 22) Edward Jones New Office Building (west of 815 Tower Park Dr)$245,000 $0 23) 24) Sub Total Former San Marnan Tax Rebates $9,518,954 $7,154,454 Former San Marnan Projects Total $126,720,704 $123,374,454 Page 90 of 449 Section 3 - South Waterloo Unified Plan Area Projects Project Proposals Proposed Budgets Prev. Amt. 1)Grant $273,000 Rebates $0 Total $273,000 2)Construction $1,100,000 Acquisition $500,000 $0 Engineering $400,000 Total $2,000,000 $1,500,000 3)Construction $1,500,000 $0 Engineering $300,000 $0 Total $1,800,000 $0 4)Construction $450,000 $0 Engineering $90,000 $0 Total $540,000 $0 South Waterloo Unified Projects Total $4,613,000 $1,773,000 Section 4 - South Waterloo Unified Plan Area and Former Plan Area Total Project Costs Former Martin Road Projects Total $94,360,474 $91,604,350 Former San Marnan Projects Total $126,720,704 $123,374,454 South Waterloo Unified Projects Total $4,613,000 $1,773,000 Grand Total All Projects $225,694,178 $216,751,804 Parkview Addition, Upland Drive Admore Addition, Norton and W 3rd Charm Drive Infrastructure and Grading Land RAP LLC (south of 3135 Marnie Av) Page 91 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve the Castle Hill Urban Renewal Plan, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION This Plan creates a new Castle Hill Urban Renewal Plan and TIF District, an Economic Development Area that is appropriate for the provision of public improvements related to housing and residential development consistent with Iowa Code Section 403 (a Residential TIF). It is located north of Maynard Avenue, south of the dead-end of Spieker Road. The goals and objectives of the Plan are in conformity with the City of Waterloo's Comprehensive Plan and the land use policy and priorities that were adopted as part of the planning process. The objectives are to promote new housing and residential development, and promote the general economic development of the City. The City realizes that the availability of housing is an important component of attracting new business and industry, responding to new development, and retaining existing businesses. In anticipation of expected economic development, the City is determined to support the creation of new housing opportunities, including increasing the number of lots available for the construction of new homes. Providing incentives to developers eases the cost of extending necessary infrastructure and other factors that can make residential development more risky and less affordable. Based on recent changes to State Code, a Residential TIF no longer has a LMI set-aside and is now allowed up to 23 years of incremental property tax revenues, but does still limit qualifying expenses to construction of "public improvements" (infrastructure) related to the housing and residential development. City policy provides for up to 50% of the costs of the public improvements to be rebated through a TIF. Adoption of a new TIF Plan requires a consultation with taxing entities, which will be held on October 2nd. The hearing is getting set for October 19th. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS Page 92 of 449 SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. Castle Hill TIF Plan 2026 Page 93 of 449 Prepared by Aric Schroeder, City of Waterloo, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA, 50703 319 -291-4366 Return to preparer after recording. CASTLE HILL URBAN RENEWAL PLAN (2026) Page 94 of 449 i TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction and Background ....................................................................................................... 1 District Designation ...................................................................................................................... 1 Description .................................................................................................................................... 1 Base Values ................................................................................................................................... 1 Development Plan ......................................................................................................................... 1 Project Area Objectives ................................................................................................................ 2 Type of Renewal Activities .......................................................................................................... 3 Proposed Urban Renewal Projects ................................................................................................ 4 Financial Data ............................................................................................................................... 5 Special Financing .......................................................................................................................... 5 Property Acquisition/Disposition.................................................................................................. 6 Relocation ..................................................................................................................................... 6 Property Within Urban Revitalization Area ................................................................................. 6 State and Local Requirements ...................................................................................................... 6 Severability ................................................................................................................................... 6 Urban Renewal Plan Amendments ............................................................................................... 7 Effective Period ............................................................................................................................ 7 Attachments A. Boundary Map B. Urban Renewal Area Legal Description C. Study of Bonding Capacity D. Project Proposals and Budgets E. Acquisition Checklist F. Relocation Checklist G. Planning, Programming & Zoning Certification H. Notification to Taxing Entities, and Record of Consultation I. Resolution Adopting Plan J. Ordinance Adopting TIF District K. Notice of Public Hearing Page 95 of 449 1 CASTLE HILL URBAN RENEWAL PLAN CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND The Castle Hill Urban Renewal Plan (“Plan” or “Urban Renewal Plan”) has been developed to help promote economic development in the City of Waterloo, Iowa (“City). The primary goal of the Plan is to stimulate, through public involvement and commitment, private investment in new housing and residential development. In order to achieve these objectives, the City of Waterloo shall undertake the urban renewal actions specified in this Plan, pursuant to the powers granted to it under Chapter 403 of the Iowa Code, Urban Renewal Law, and Chapter 15A of the Iowa Code. DISTRICT DESIGNATION With the adoption of this Plan, the City designates this Urban Renewal Area (“Area”) as an economic development area that is appropriate for the provision of public improvements related to housing and residential development consistent with Iowa Code Section 403. DESCRIPTION The description of the Area is illustrated in Attachment A, and legally described in Attachment B. The property included in the Urban Renewal Area has never previously been subject to the division of revenue under Iowa Code Section 403.19 as a residential project. BASE VALUES With the adoption of this Plan and Urban Renewal Area, a Tax Increment Financing (TIF) ordinance is adopted to establish a TIF district in the Area, and debt related to the Area will be certified to the County Auditor, creating the frozen “base value” that will be the assessed value of the taxable property within the area covered by the TIF ordinance as of January 1 of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the City first certifies the amount of any debt related to the Area, in accordance with Iowa Code Section 403.19. DEVELOPMENT PLAN The goals and objectives of the Plan are in conformity with the City of Waterloo’s Comprehensive Plan and the land use policy and priorities that were adopted as part of the planning process. Both the Plan and the Comprehensive Plan strive to maintain the City’s role as a regional center of commerce and industry, assure land uses which will strengthen and complement existing appropriate land use relationships within the surrounding community, encourage sound growth and investment in the area, increase employment in the area by encouraging economic development, and provide economic incentives that may increase housing opportunities within the City. The need for improved traffic, public transportation, public utilities, recreational and community facilities, or other public improvements within the Urban Page 96 of 449 2 Renewal Area is set forth in this Plan. As the Area develops, the need for public infrastructure extensions and upgrades will be evaluated and planned for by the City. The Plan does not in any way replace or modify the City’s current land use planning or zoning regulation process. PROJECT AREA OBJECTIVES The City’s objectives for the Urban Renewal Area are to promote new housing and residential development, and promote the general economic development of the City. The City realizes that the availability of housing is an important component of attracting new business and industry, responding to new development, and retaining existing businesses. In anticipation of expected economic development, the City is determined to support the creation of new housing opportunities, including increasing the number of lots available for the construction of new houses. Providing incentives to developers eases the cost of extending necessary infrastructure and other factors that can make residential development more risky and less affordable. Renewal activities are designed to provide opportunities, incentives, and sites for new residential development within the Urban Renewal Area. More specific objectives for the development, redevelopment and rehabilitation with the Urban Renewal Area are as follows: 1. To increase the availability of housing opportunities, which may in turn attract and retain local industries and commercial enterprises that will strengthen and revitalize the economy of the State of Iowa and the City of Waterloo. 2. To stimulate, through public action and commitment, private investment in new housing and residential development. 3. To plan for and provide sufficient land for residential development in a manner that is efficient from the standpoint of providing municipal services. 4. To help finance the cost of constructing street, water, sanitary sewer, storm water drainage, public utilities, street lighting, and other public improvements in support of new housing development. 5. To provide a more marketable and attractive investment climate. 6. To improve the housing conditions and housing opportunities, including for LMI income residents and/or families. 7. To achieve a diversified, well-balanced economy, providing a desirable standard of living, creating diversified housing opportunities, creating job opportunities, and strengthening the tax base. TYPE OF RENEWAL ACTIVITIES To meet the objectives of this Urban Renewal Plan and to encourage the development of the Area, the City intends to utilize the powers conferred under Iowa Code Chapter 403 and Chapter 15A, as follows: Page 97 of 449 3 1. To undertake and carry out urban renewal projects through the execution of contracts and other instruments. 2. To acquire land through a variety of means (purchase, lease, option, etc.) and to provide for the construction of specific site improvements such as grading and site preparation activities, access roads, utility connections, and related activities. 3. To arrange for or cause to be provided the construction or repair of public infrastructure, including but not limited to, streets, curbs and gutters, water infrastructure, storm sewer infrastructure, sanitary sewer infrastructure, public utilities, sidewalks, street lights, public parks and open spaces, bike trails, landscaping or other related facilities, enhancements, and activities in connection with urban renewal projects. 4. To make loans, forgivable loans, tax rebate payments or other types of economic development grants or incentives to private persons or businesses for economic development purposes on such terms as may be determined by the City Council. 5. To use tax increment financing to facilitate urban renewal projects, including, but not limited to, financing to achieve a more marketable and competitive land offering price and to provide for necessary physical improvements and infrastructure. 6. To borrow money and to provide security therefor. 7. To make or have made surveys and plans necessary for the implementation of the urban renewal program or specific urban renewal projects. 8. To acquire property through a variety of means (purchase, lease, option, etc.) and to hold, clear or prepare the property for redevelopment, or to dispose of property. 9. To undertake the demolition and clearance of existing development. 10. To use any or all other powers granted by the Urban Renewal Act to develop and provide for improved economic conditions for the City of Waterloo and the State of Iowa. PROPOSED URBAN RENEWAL PROJECTS 1. Certain urban renewal activities will continue over a period of years, such as the construction of public infrastructure and incentives to encourage increased employment and taxable value. The City may continue providing direct or indirect financial assistance to private persons or businesses as an incentive to develop new housing or residential development in the Area. 2. Future land acquisition, as may be necessary, to further the economic development needs of the City. 3. The City has or will enter into a development agreement with Big Hand Pepper LLC (or a related entity) (the “Developer”) for Developer’s construction of public infrastructure improvements and private housing units on land within the Urban Renewal Area. As part of the project, the Developer would be required to complete certain infrastructure improvements needed to prepare the property for the development of housing units and cause the construction of at least fifteen (15) housing units. The infrastructure improvements constructed by the Developer would be dedicated to the City following completion, at no cost to the City. These improvements are expected to include the acquisition of the property, demolition of existing structures on the property, construction and installation of sidewalk ramps at street intersections, sidewalks adjacent to stormwater detention facilities, sidewalks adjacent to parks or other green spaces, streets, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, stormwater detention, water infrastructure, and erosion Page 98 of 449 4 control measures to serve the residential development within the Urban Renewal The development agreement would provide detailed terms and conditions under which the City may make annual Economic Development Grant payments to the Developer in the amount of 50% of the Tax Increment generated by construction of the housing units on the residential lots in the Area remaining each year. The Economic Development Grants would terminate upon the earliest of the following: (i) the City’s ability to collect tax increment from the Urban Renewal Area has expired: (ii) the maximum aggregate amount of grants have been paid to Developer as provided by the development agreement; or (iii) the Developer’s right to receive grants derived from the housing units in the Area under the agreement is terminated. The total amount of the Economic Development Grant payments shall not exceed 50% of the actual costs incurred by the Developer in constructing the public infrastructure and qualifying improvements in the Area as outlined in the development agreement. 4. Pay all legal fees, consulting fees and related expenses associated with administration and operation of the Plan. FINANCIAL DATA For updated information about unused bonding capacity for the City of Waterloo, see Attachment C. Proposed amount of loans, advances, indebtedness or bonds to be incurred: A specific amount of debt to be incurred for the proposed urban renewal projects has not yet been determined. The projects authorized in this Plan are only proposed projects at this time. The City Council will consider each project proposal on a case-by-case basis to determine if it is consistent with the Plan and in the public’s best interest to participate in the project. These projects, if approved, will commence and be concluded over a number of years. In no event will debt be incurred that would exceed the City’s debt capacity. It is further expected that such indebtedness, including interest on the same, will be financed in whole or in part with tax increment revenues from the Urban Renewal Area. Subject to the foregoing, it is estimated that the cost of the proposed urban renewal projects as described above will be approximately $1,000,000 to $1,500,000. SPECIAL FINANCING To meet the objectives of this Urban Renewal Plan and to encourage private investment in and the development of the Urban Renewal Area, the City may determine to provide financial assistance to qualified private businesses through the making of loans, rebates or grants under all applicable provisions of the Iowa Code, including but not limited to Chapters 15 and 15A, and through the use of tax increment financing under Chapter 403. 1. Loans, Rebates or Grants. The making of loans or grants of public funds to private businesses within the Urban Renewal Area may be deemed necessary or appropriate for economic development purposes and to aid in the planning, undertaking and carrying out of urban renewal activities authorized under this Urban Renewal Plan and the Code of Iowa. Accordingly, in furtherance of the objectives of this Urban Renewal Plan, the City Page 99 of 449 5 may determine to issue general obligation bonds, tax increment revenue bonds or such other obligations or loan agreements for the purpose of making loans or economic development grants of public funds to private businesses located in the Urban Renewal Area. Alternatively, the City may determine to use available funds for making such loans or grants with the intention to reimburse those funds with incremental taxes when or if available. 2. Tax Increment Financing. The City may utilize tax increment financing as a means to help pay for the costs associated with acquisition and the development of the Urban Renewal Area. General obligation bonds, tax increment revenue bonds, internal loans or such other obligations or loan agreements may be issued by the City. The City may elect to secure obligations or abate some or all of the debt service on bonds issued for the following costs with incremental taxes from the area (if and to the extent incurred by the City): a. Constructing public improvements, such as streets, sanitary sewers, storm sewers, water mains or other facilities. b. Making loans or grants to private businesses, including debt service payments on any bonds or notes issued to finance such loans or grants. c. Providing the local matching share of state or federal grant and loan programs. d. Other authorized urban renewal projects, including those described in Attachment D. Nothing herein shall be construed as a limitation on the power of the City to exercise any lawful power granted to the City under Chapter 15, Chapter 15A, Chapter 403, Chapter 427B, or any other provision of the Code of Iowa in furtherance of the objectives of this Urban Renewal Plan. PROPERTY ACQUISITION/DISPOSITION The City may finance or assist with financing the cost of land acquisitions in the Urban Renewal Area. The City will follow applicable legal proceedings and procedures for the acquisition and disposition of property (see Attachment E). RELOCATION The City does not expect there to be any relocation required of residents or businesses as part of the proposed urban renewal projects; however, if any relocation is necessary, the City will follow all applicable relocation requirements (see Attachment F). PROPERTY WITHIN URBAN REVITALIZATION AREA The Urban Renewal Area is located within an urban revitalization area as provided in Chapter 404 of the Code of Iowa. No tax abatement incentives in connection with the urban revitalization area will be allowed for development that occurs in the Urban Renewal Area unless expressly authorized by the City Council. Page 100 of 449 6 STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS All provisions necessary to conform to state and local laws will be complied with by the City and/or the developer in implementing this Urban Renewal Plan and its supporting documents, objectives and renewal activities. SEVERABILITY In the event one or more provisions contained in the Urban Renewal Plan, as amended, shall be held for any reason to be invalid, illegal, unauthorized or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, unauthorization or enforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Urban Renewal Plan, and this Urban Renewal Plan shall be construed and implemented as if such provisions had never been contained herein. URBAN RENEWAL PLAN AMENDMENTS This Urban Renewal Plan may be amended from time to time for a number of reasons, including but not limited to change in the area, to add or change land use controls and regulations, to modify goals or types of renewal activities, or to amend property acquisition and disposition provisions. The City Council may amend this Plan pursuant to appropriate procedures under Iowa Code Chapter 403. EFFECTIVE PERIOD This Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the City Council and will remain in effect until it is repealed by the City Council. With respect to property included within the Urban Renewal Area, which is also included in an ordinance which designates that property as a tax increment district (TIF district) and is designated based on an economic development finding, to provide or to assist in the provision of public improvements related to housing and residential development, the use of incremental property tax revenues or the “division of revenue,” as those words are used in Chapter 403 of the Iowa Code, is limited to twenty-three (23) years. At all times, the use of tax increment financing revenues (including the amount of loans, advances, indebtedness, or bonds which qualify for payment from the division of revenue provided in Section 403.19 of the Iowa Code) by the City for activities carried out under the Urban Renewal Area shall be limited as deemed appropriate by the City Council and consistent with all applicable provisions of law. Page 101 of 449 Attachment A DEPICTION OF CASTLE HILL URBAN RENEWAL AREA See attached map. Page 102 of 449 Attachment "A" - Castle Hills Urban Renewal Area Boundary Map 0 300 600150 US Feet®Proposed District Boundary Page 103 of 449 Attachment B URBAN RENEWAL AREA LEGAL DESCRIPTION Castle Hill Urban Renewal Area Parcel L of a Plat of Survey in the NW ¼ of Section 21-T89N, R13W, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa, recorded as Document No. 2025-10212 recorded on 7/17/2025 in the office of the Black Hawk County Recorder, and that part of Maynard Avenue as presently established adjoining said Parcel L; Also, that part of Spieker Rd and Valley Road described as follows: Beginning at the southeast corner of Lot 104, Pleasant Valley Addition in Castle Hill; thence north and northwesterly along the west line of Speiker Road to the western most point of tangency along the north line of Lot 107, Pleasant Valley Addition in Castle Hill and the southerly right-of-way line of Pleasant Valley Drive; thence northwesterly at a perpendicular to said southerly right-of-way line to the northerly right-of-way line of Pleasant Valley Drive; thence northeasterly along said northerly right-of-way line to the western most point of tangency along the southerly line of Lot 34, Pleasant Valley Addition in Castle Hill; thence southeasterly at a perpendicular to said northerly right-of-way line to the southerly right-of-way line of Pleasant Valley Drive; thence southwesterly along said southerly right-of-way to the easterly right-of-way of Speiker Road; thence southwesterly and southerly along said easterly right-of-way line to the southwest corner of Lot 99, Pleasant Valley Addition in Castle Hill; thence west to point of beginning, City of Waterloo, Black Hawk County, Iowa. Page 104 of 449 Attachment C City of Waterloo Black Hawk County, Iowa Study of Bonding Capacity as of January 1, 2025 January 1, 2025 Actual Gross Assessed Valuation $5,836,769,925 Legal Bonding Rate 5% Legal Bonding Limit $ 291,838,496 Less Outstanding G.O. Debt ($ 180,732,003) Unused Gross Bonding Capacity $ 111,106,493 61.93% of legal limit used Page 105 of 449 Attachment D RESERVED Page 106 of 449 Attachment E ACQUISITION CHECKLIST 1. City of Waterloo personnel determine property owners affected by the project. 2. Appraisers then inspect each property affected by the project and make a written appraisal report. The appraisal report will estimate the current market value of the land and improvements to be purchased by the City of Waterloo, plus any reduction in the value of remaining property should its value be adversely affected. The appraiser will contact the property owner for permission to inspect and study the property. The appraiser will interview the landowner to get information about the use and operation of the property to be purchased by the City of Waterloo. 3. The appraiser’s report will be reviewed by qualified review appraisers for the City of Waterloo. 4. The property owner will then be contacted by an acquisition agent from the City of Waterloo to present the property owner with an “offer to purchase”. This dollar amount is offered as just compensation for property being purchased by the City of Waterloo. 5. After agreement is reached, a contract is approved and signed by the City. Where title conditions permit, a partial payment of the purchase price can also be made available per the terms of the contract. 6. Reasonable time will be allowed for the occupant to vacate property purchased. Occupant will not be required to move sooner than ninety (90) days from the date the City makes the first offer to acquire the property. 7. Written notice specifying the date the property must be vacated will be given at least thirty (30) days prior to the required vacation date. The thirty (30) day notice will not be issued until payment by the City is received as agreed, or the money has been deposited by the City as prescribed by law. 8. The City acquisition agent will arrange payment at the earliest possible date. 9. If the City’s acquisition offer is rejected, fair market value will be determined in the course of eminent domain proceedings (commonly referred to as condemnation). Page 107 of 449 Attachment F RELOCATION CHECKLIST 1. City of Waterloo personnel determine property owners affected by the project. 2. City of Waterloo relocation agent will contact family/occupant to determine the amount of eligible relocation benefits such as: a. Actual reasonable expenses as a result of moving (based upon two (2) quotations from movers approved by City of Waterloo). 3. To be eligible for assistance, occupant must not move until negotiations have started on the acquisition of the property without jeopardizing eligibility for moving cost payments. 4. If dissatisfied with the determination of the amount of payment offered under the Relocation Assistance Program, persons to be displaced may have the application reviewed by: a. Sending a written statement requesting the review and outlining the items in dispute to the City Planner, Community Planning and Development Department, City of Waterloo, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, Iowa 50703 b. Stating the amount or amounts being claimed, if any, and including documentation and reasons why dissatisfied with the amount offered. 5. Upon receipt of claim application, the City Planner will appoint a review board and notify the applicant when and where a hearing will be held. The review board will recommend a decision on the claim to the City of Waterloo. The Relocation Agent will notify the applicant in writing of the City of Waterloo’s decision within one (1) week. Page 108 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution determining the necessity and setting date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, to approve the 2026 Project Amendment to the Crossroads Waterloo Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan to reduce the area subject to the division of taxes and to update projects and project budges to be included in the Plan, and other general updates to the Plan, and setting date of consultation with taxing entities as October 2, 2026, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION Staff is proposing an amendment to the Crossroads Waterloo Urban Renewal and Redevelopment Plan to remove properties from the TIF area and to include additional urban renewal projects and to update related financial summaries of bonding capacity, and project expenses. Amendments to a TIF Plan require a consultation with taxing entities, which will be held on October 2nd. The hearing is getting set for October 19th. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION Page 109 of 449 LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. Attachment A Map Crossroads 2026 Amendment Areas to be Removed from TIF Division Only Page 110 of 449 !!!!!!!! !!! ! ! !!! ! ! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ! ! ! !!!! !!!! ! !!! ! !!!! ! ! !!! !!! !!! ! ! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!§¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 §¨¦380 KEN YONAVE E M I TCHELLAVE £¤218 £¤218 £¤218 £¤20 £¤20 SOUT H ST TEXASSTLA PORTERDW 9TH STLA PORTERDE S H A ULIS R D HAMMONDAVEW 11TH STO S A G E A V E D Y S A R T R DW9THSTE MITCHELL AVE CE D A R TER R A C E D R HESSRDT E X A S ST ATTACHMENT "A" - CROSSROADS WATERLOO URBAN RENEWAL AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN URBAN RENEWAL AREA – 2026 AMENDMENT AREAS TO BE REMOVED FROM DIVISION OF TAXES ONLY 0 2,400 4,8001,200 US Feet® Removal Area Existing District Boundary Removal Areas Page 111 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Engineering Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving preliminary plans, specifications, form of contract, etc., setting date of bid opening as October 8, 2026, and date of public hearing as October 19, 2026, in conjunction with the FY 2027 Storm Sewer Disconnects - 400 BLK Kern Street, Contract No. 1167, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The City of Waterloo’s consent decree requires the removal of all combined sewers—systems where stormwater and sanitary wastewater share the same pipe. To comply, the City will install new storm sewer infrastructure. Existing storm inlets that currently discharge into the sanitary system will be disconnected from the sanitary sewer and reconnected to the new storm sewer network. This eliminates inflow to the sanitary system, reduces the risk of overflows, and brings the City into regulatory compliance. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES Stormwater Fund ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Page 112 of 449 ATTACHMENTS None Page 113 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution setting date of public hearing as October 5, 2026, to approve a request by Mikhal Ambrose to rezone approximately 0.17 acres from “M-1” Light Industrial District to “R-3” Multiple Residence District to construct a single-family home located adjacent to 213 Park Road, and instruct the City Clerk to publish notice. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The applicant is requesting to rezone the property from “M-1” Light Industrial District to “R-3” Multiple Residence District in order to construct a single-family home. The area in question has always been a mixture of businesses and residences. When the area was originally zoned as “M-1” the area to the southwest was largely railroad-served industrial, and an Illinois Central line ran along Utica Street; therefore, it was felt that the area would continue to develop as light industrial. Since that time, the railroad line has been abandoned, and the railroad-served industry has moved to other areas of the city, even though there are some industrial/commercial uses in the immediate area that remain. The area has not seen development in many years, and the rezone will allow the area to see new investment. It is anticipated that the former Longfellow school site to the north will be redeveloped in the near future as well. Because the site is possibly located in the 100-year floodplain, the new home will need to be built to meet the Floodplain regulations, including the lowest point of the property being one foot above the base flood elevation of 851 feet. It should also be noted that this property is right on the edge of the floodplain. Alternatively, they could look to raise the grade of the site above the base flood elevation and have the site removed from the floodplain prior to construction. If it is found that this area has been removed, then the floodplain conditions do not apply. The Zoning Ordinance also requires a minimum 14’ X 20’ accessory structure be constructed with the house, which the applicant is aware of the requirement. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT The request to rezone the property does not appear to have a negative impact on the surrounding area, as there is residential on both sides of the property in question, and other residential in the Page 114 of 449 vicinity. DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS A public hearing was held by the Planning, Programming, and Zoning Commission at its September 1, 2026 meeting, at which they recommended approval of the request 7-0. Notices were mailed to property owners within 250 feet. SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION The Northwesterly 4 feet of Lots 40 and 41 in “Morris Case” Addition to the City of Waterloo, Iowa; and Lot “C” in Subdivision of Lots 5 and 6 Auditor’s Bayou Plat, Waterloo, Iowa, and that part of the vacated alley lying adjacent to the Northwesterly line of said Lot “C” described as follows: Beginning at the most Northerly corner of said Lot “C”; thence Southwesterly 79.92 feet, along the Northwesterly line of said Lot “C”; thence Northeasterly 83.04 feet to a point on the Southwesterly line of Park Road, said point being 4.71 feet Southeasterly of the most Easterly corner of Lot “D” in said Subdivision; thence Southeasterly to the point of beginning. ATTACHMENTS 1. Staff Report - NW of 213 Park Road Page 115 of 449 TO: Planning, Programming, and Zoning Commission PREPARER: John Dornoff, Planner II PZ MEETING DATE: September 1, 2026 REQUEST: Rezone approximately 0.17 acres from “M-1” Light Industrial District to “R-3” Multiple Residence District to construct a single-family home. APPLICANT: Mikhal Ambrose LOCATION: Northwest of 213 Park Road. SURROUNDING LAND USES AND IMPACT ON NEIGHBORHOOD: The request to rezone the property does not appear to have a negative impact on the surrounding area, as there is residential on both sides of the property in question. Page 116 of 449 VEHICULAR & PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC CONDITIONS: The proposed rezone would not appear to have a negative impact upon vehicular or pedestrian traffic conditions in the area, as the applicant is proposing to construct one single- family home. The site is at the intersection of Park Road and St. Albans Street, both of which are classified as local streets. RELATIONSHIP TO RECREATIONAL TRAIL PLAN AND COMPLETE STREETS POLICY: The Cedar Valley Lakes trail is located approximately 0.23 miles to the south. The property does have a sidewalk. ZONING HISTORY FOR SITE AND IMMEDIATE VICINITY: The area in question has been zoned “M-1” Light Industrial District since the adoption of the Zoning Ordinance in 1969. Surrounding land uses and their zoning designations are as follows: North – Park Road, St. Albans Street, residential and commercial zoned “R-3” Multiple Residence District. South – Vacant land, a billboard, a residence, and Broadway Street zoned “M-1” Light Industrial District. Page 117 of 449 East – Residential, vacant lots, Utica Street, Harrison Street, and Oak Avenue zoned “M-1” Light Industrial District and “R-3” Multiple Residence District. West – Residential, multi-family residential, vacant land, and commercial zoned “M-1” Light Industrial District. DEVELOPMENT HISTORY: Residential built between 1897 and 1971. Commercial built between 1943 and 1980. PUBLIC /OPEN SPACES/ SCHOOLS: Cunningham School of Excellence is located 1.01 miles to the east; George Washington Carver Academy is located 1.07 miles to the north; and East High School is located 0.70 miles to the southeast. FLOODPLAIN: The property is located within the 100-year floodplain as indicated by the Federal Insurance Administration's Flood Insurance Rate Map, Community Number 190013C0189F, dated July 18, 2011. Therefore, the new home will need to be built 1 foot above the Base Flood Elevation of 851 feet, or be removed from the floodplain before construction. However, the area may have been removed from floodplain status by a letter of map revision issued by FEMA in 2024, staff Page 118 of 449 is working to get conformation from FEMA on the extent of the map revision. DRAINAGE: The proposed request would not appear to have a negative impact upon drainage in the area. STAFF ANALYSIS – ZONING ORDINANCE The rezone meets all requirements of the Zoning Ordinance. UTILITIES: WATER, SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER, ETC. There are 36-inch sanitary sewer lines in Park Road and Utica Street. There is a 15-inch storm sewer in Park Road. There are water mains in Park Road, St. Albans Street, and Utica Street. There are overhead utility lines on Park Road. Page 119 of 449 STAFF ANALYSIS – SUBDIVISION ORDINANCE The applicants are not proposing to subdivide the property. TECH REVIEW AND UPDATES: During Tech Review, it was noted by Engineering that the property has two curb cuts and driveway approaches and one of them will have to be removed and the curb and grass restored when the house was built. PLANNING, PROGRAMMING, AND ZONING COMMISSION: The Planning, Programming, and Zoning Commission voted 7- 0 to recommend approval of the request at their September1, 2026 meeting. Page 120 of 449 Picture 1: Property requesting rezoning. Page 121 of 449 Picture 2: 213 Park Road. RELATIONSHIP TO COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN: The Future Land Use Map designates this area as Commercial. While it is not in strict conformance with the Future Land Use Map, the Future Land Use Map is a blueprint and can change over time, and it would appear the southwest side of Park Road is one area that staff should look at the direction of the area, as it is primarily developed as residential. Page 122 of 449 STAFF ANALYSIS – SITE ANALYSIS: The applicant is requesting to rezone the property from “M-1” Light Industrial District to “R-3” Multiple Residence District in order to construct a single-family home. The area in question has always been a mixture of businesses and residences. When the area was originally zoned as “M-1” the area to the southwest was largely railroad-served industrial, and an Illinois Central line ran along Utica Street; therefore, it was felt that the area would continue to develop as light industrial. Since that time, the railroad line has been abandoned, and the railroad-served industry has moved to other areas of the city, even though there are some industrial/commercial uses in the immediate area that remain. The area has not seen development in many years, and the rezone will allow the area to see new investment; the former Longfellow school site to the north will be redeveloped in the near future as well. Because the site is possibly located in the 100-year floodplain, the new home will need to be built to meet the Floodplain regulations, including the lowest point of the property being one foot above the base flood elevation of 851 feet. It should also be noted that this property is right on the edge of the floodplain. Alternatively, they could look to raise the grade of the site above the base flood elevation and have the site Page 123 of 449 removed from the floodplain prior to construction. If it is found that this area has been removed, then the floodplain conditions do not apply. The applicant was also notified that the Zoning Ordinance requires a minimum 14’ X 20’ accessory structure be constructed with the house. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Therefore, staff recommends that the request by Mikhal Ambrose to rezone approximately 0.17 acres from “M-1” Light Industrial District to “R-3” Multiple Residence District to construct a single-family home located adjacent to 213 Park Road be approved for the following reasons: 1. The request would appear to have a positive impact on the neighborhood through the construction of a new single-family home on a vacant lot. 2. The request would not appear to have a negative impact on traffic conditions in the area. 3. The request will rezone a lot so that a new single-family home could be built in an area in need of reinvestment. With the following conditions: 1. That the final site plan meets all applicable city codes, regulations, etc., including, but not limited to, parking, landscaping, drainage, etc. 2. That the new home be built to meet the floodplain regulations if it is found to be in the floodplain. Page 124 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 552 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 552 ATTACHMENTS Page 125 of 449 1. 552 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 126 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 552 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 127 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 554 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 554 ATTACHMENTS Page 128 of 449 1. 554 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 129 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 554 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 130 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 556 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 556 ATTACHMENTS Page 131 of 449 1. 556 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 132 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 556 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 133 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 558 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 558 ATTACHMENTS Page 134 of 449 1. 558 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 135 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 558 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 136 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 602 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 602 ATTACHMENTS Page 137 of 449 1. 602 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 138 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 602 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 139 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 604 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 604 ATTACHMENTS Page 140 of 449 1. 604 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 141 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 604 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 142 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 606 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 606 ATTACHMENTS Page 143 of 449 1. 606 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 144 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 606 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 145 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 608 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 608 ATTACHMENTS Page 146 of 449 1. 608 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 147 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 608 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 148 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 610 Grindstone Circle and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadows Estates A Condominium Unit 610 ATTACHMENTS Page 149 of 449 1. 610 Grindstone Cir CLURA Map Page 150 of 449 0 90 180 270 Feet 610 Grindstone Circle ¯ Page 151 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Robson Homes Inc., for tax exemptions on the construction of a new twin home unit valued at $200,000.00, for property located at 4181 Mystic Drive and located in the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.9: Increase the promotion and utilization of the City Limits Urban Revitalization Area (CLURA) housing program. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Prairie Meadow Estates 1st Addition Lot 9 ATTACHMENTS Page 152 of 449 1. 4181 Mystic Drive CLURA Map Page 153 of 449 GRINDSTONE CIR GRINDSTONE CIR MOURNING DOVE DRMOURNING DOVE DROMAHA AVEMYSTIC DR0 90 180 270 Feet 4181 Mystic Drive ¯ Legend Property Page 154 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the request by Pray Du, for tax exemptions on the construction of a new single family home valued at $324,500.00, for property located at 1219 W. 7th Street and located in the Consolidated Urban Revitalization Area (CURA). RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Planning and Zoning staff has reviewed this application and feels that the project qualifies for exemptions from taxes on the actual value added to the residential property under the Consolidated Urban Revitalization Area Plan. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Strategy 3.8: Continue efforts to foster new investments and development in City's Urban Renewal Areas (TIF Districts) and the Consolidated Urban Revitalization Area (CURA). IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES NA ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Williston Field Addition Lot 3 ATTACHMENTS Page 155 of 449 1. 1219 W 7th St CURA Map Page 156 of 449 0 40 80 120 Feet 1219 W 7th St ¯ Legend Property Page 157 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Human Resources Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Motion to approve the hiring of Rhodes Dolan from the current Civil Service List to the position of Facilities Specialist in the Leisure Services Sportsplex, effective after September 21, 2026. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. FACILITIES SPECIALIST PR FORM 7.2026 2. Facilities Specialist (exp 9.27) Page 158 of 449 Page 159 of 449 715 Mulberry St, Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 291-4303 Fax: (319) 291-4569 CITYOFWATERLOOIOWA.COM September 2, 2026 TO: Honorable Mayor & City Council We, the members of the Civil Service Commission, certify the following list of applicants, who are eligible based upon the examination process as set forth by the Civil Service Commission for the appointment to the position of Sportsplex Facilities Specialist for the City of Waterloo, Iowa Leisure Services. This list shall be used to fill any vacancy in the Sportsplex Facilities Specialist classification from September 2, 2026 – September 2, 2027. CERTIFIED LIST Rhodes Dolan Parker Johnson Adam Plautz Richard Edwards Curtis Wright Ali Becker John Holmes Marisa Miller Jake Hogan Respectfully submitted, _________________ _____________ Sara Varda Date Dr. Robert Welch Date ______________ Marianne Kurtenbach Date *January 6, 2026 the Waterloo City Council voted to suspend the Civil Service hiring practices for entrance positions as allowed by the Iowa Administrative Code section 400.12A until January 6, 202 7; therefore, no signatures are required to certify this list. Page 160 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Human Resources Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Motion to approve the hiring of Andrew Peverill from the current Civil Service List to the position of solid Waste Technician in the Sanitation Department, effective after September 21, 2026. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. SOLID WASTE TECH (exp 1.27) 2. SOLID WASTE TECHNICIAN 10.2025 3. SOLID WASTE TECHNICIAN 7.2026 Page 161 of 449 Page 162 of 449 715 Mulberry St, Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 291-4303 Fax: (319) 291-4569 CITYOFWATERLOOIOWA.COM January 16, 2026 TO: Honorable Mayor & City Council We, the members of the Civil Service Commission, certify the following list of applicants, who are eligible based upon the examination process as set forth by the Civil Service Commission for the appointment to the position of Solid Waste Technician for the City of Waterloo, Iowa Public Works Sanitation Department. This list shall be used to fill any vacancy in the Solid Waste Technician classification from January 16, 2026 – January 15, 2027. CERTIFIED LIST Hunter Dally Jason Heffelmeier Robert Roby Victor Rottinghaus Britani Young Andrew Shimp Jeremiah Reed Andrew Peverill Respectfully submitted, _________________ _____________ Dr. Bev Smith Date Dr. Robert Welch Date ______________ Marianne Kurtenbach Date *December 1, 2025- The Waterloo City Council voted to suspend the Civil Service hiring practices for entrance positions as allowed by the Iowa Administrative Code section 400.12A until January 6, 202 7; therefore, no signatures are required to certify this list. Page 163 of 449 CIVIL SERVICE NOTICE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA OPEN EXAMINATION PUBLIC WORKS – SOLID WASTE TECHNICIAN DEPARTMENT SANITATION SALARY $30.97, WITH $1.00 INCREASE AFTER 6 MO FLSA NON-EXEMPT CIVIL SERVICE INCLUDED BARGAINING UNIT CONSTRUCTION & PUBLIC EMPLOYEES LiUNA Local #177 GENERAL STATEMENT OF DUTIES Under the general direction of the Sanitation Director, or his/her designee, performs collection of solid waste, trash, refuse, yard waste and recycling during all weather conditions. Other duties that may be required include customer satisfaction, code enforcement cleanups, maintenance, cart delivery, cart pickup, cart repair & washing, and flood relief. Will also be required, as necessary, to support emergency City-wide operations. EXAMPLES OF ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS (Illustrative only) These functions are considered essential for successful performance in this job classification. 1. Operates a variety of heavy equipment including but not limited to dump truck, automated garbage truck, rear packer garbage truck, backhoe, multi-compartment recycling truck, end loader, compost turner, screener and yard waste grinder. 2. Performs daily work as directed by Sanitation Director in support of department objectives. Work may include but not be limited to curbside collection, delivery of customer carts, repairs to customer carts, missed garbage, missed yard waste, missed recycling, code enforcement clean-ups, bulk item clean-ups and yard waste site maintenance. 3. Follows established routes and maintains collection schedules and route logs. Prepares and leaves notices or tags on refuse not complying with established ordinance/rules. Enters data into collection system for proper and accurate data collection. 4. Ensures vehicles and equipment are properly equipped, operate correctly, present a neat and clean appearance and are completely fueled at the end of the workday in preparation for the next day’s work assignment. Equipment pre-check forms to be completed prior to equipment use and any issues relayed to Sanitation Director. 5. Supports special events including but not limited to neighborhood clean-ups, City-wide clean-ups and hazardous materials collection and disposal events. 6. Responds to citizen complaints, questions and requests for service. Page 164 of 449 7. May assist in answering telephone customer service calls, filling out reports and servicing calls or inquiries. 8. Work is performed in busy traffic areas, in vehicle and on foot, in all weather conditions. Operates equipment that causes vibration, noise level is loud, atmosphere may contain dust and traffic fumes, work environment is dirty with low visibility during bad weather. Works in inclement weather conditions for extended periods of time. 9. Works independently and with others with minimum supervision. 10. Performs work of a repetitive nature and varied workload. 11. Attends work regularly at the designated place and time. 12. Performs all duties and activities in accordance with City policies and procedures. Must comply with OSHA, EPA and Public Works safety rules and regulations. 13. Supports department goals and objectives by making recommendations to management for delivery of service improvements. 14. Performs all other related duties as assigned. REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS, AND ABILITIES 1. Knowledge of traffic laws and safety rules. 2. Ability to learn City street layout. 3. Ability to read street signs, chemical hazard labels and written directions. 4. Ability to keep work logs and prepare notices. 5. Ability to safely operate department equipment. 6. Ability to respond to questions and comments from the public tactfully and politely. 7. Ability to communicate effectively and maintain working relationships with other City employees, supervisors and the public. 8. Knowledge of occupational hazards associated with and the safety precautions necessary when working in busy traffic or unfavorable weather conditions. 9. Ability to work with people from a broad variety of social, economic, racial, ethnic and educational backgrounds. 10. Ability to work with a tablet for proper data entry of the day’s tasks. MISCELLANEOUS 1. Must wear personal protective equipment whenever and wherever necessary such as safety shoes, safety glasses, hard-hat, reflective vest, hearing protection, gloves and over-garments as required by daily work assignment. 2. Must wear standard uniform as supplied by City. Uniform must be clean and present a neat appearance. 3. Must submit to Department of Transportation requirements including pre-employment, post- accident, reasonable suspicion, random and return-to-duty/follow-up alcohol and drug testing. 4. Following a conditional offer of employment, the City of Waterloo requires a physical examination and a drug test by a physician of the City's choice to determine if an applicant is capable of performing the essential functions of the position. Failure to pass the physical exam and drug test will result in withdrawal of the employment offer. 5. The City of Waterloo reserves the right to conduct a background investigation including education, employment and criminal history checks on any applicant being considered for this position. Page 165 of 449 6. Must submit to Civil Service examination procedures including an equipment driving test and a panel interview ACCEPTABLE EXPERIENCE & TRAINING 1. High school graduate/GED. 2. Minimum one year experience in the skilled operation of a large truck or other large vehicle or equipment OR Any equivalent combination of education and experience that provides the knowledge, skills and abilities necessary to perform the essential functions of the position. 3. Required to possess or obtain an Iowa Class B Commercial Drivers’ License (CDL) with air brake and tanker endorsements within 6 months of employment. Good driving record based on City of Waterloo driver performance criteria. A candidate with any of the following will not be considered for employment: loss of license for any reason during the period of candidacy for employment, if the candidate remains without a valid, current license for the position when the City issues an offer of employment; loss of license, plea of guilty, plea of no contest or its equivalent or conviction for OWI, reckless driving or other major moving violation within the previous five years; four or more citations for moving violations within the previous three-year period, excluding speeding violations of 10 mph or less over the posted speed limit; three or more citations for moving violations within the previous one-year period. After appointment to the position, disciplinary action or continuing employment status may be reviewed for the following: four or more moving violations within the previous three years, three or more moving violations within the previous one year or loss of license or conviction for OWI, reckless driving or other major moving violation within the previous five years; two or more at-fault accidents within a three-year period while driving on City business; three or more at-fault within a three-year period. 4. An applicant’s driving record will be reviewed prior to consideration for an interview, prior to offer of employment and at least annually after hire. ESSENTIAL PHYSICAL ABILITIES The following physical abilities are required with or without accommodation. 1. Sufficient strength to perform assigned tasks. 2. Sufficient physical and mental stamina to work at a steady pace for up to ten hours or longer during unfavorable weather conditions or during special projects. Must be able to lift up to 100 pounds with assistance. 3. Sufficient speech and hearing that permits the employee to communicate effectively with coworkers in person or over a radio, to understand and give verbal instructions, respond to questions from the public and to hear and respond to approaching traffic. 4. Sufficient color vision, depth perception, distance and peripheral vision, and hand/eye coordination to safely operate vehicles and equipment in all weather conditions, work in high traffic areas and climb on and off vehicles and equipment; dexterity and grip strength to run controls on compactor and inside automated trucks. 5. Sufficient personal mobility that permits the employee to operate required equipment safely in all types of weather and a variety of road conditions. 6. For applicants that meet the essential physical abilities standards, reasonable accommodations may be considered. Page 166 of 449 WORK SCHEDULE Scheduled work shift is generally 6:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m. Monday-Friday. Weather, holidays, or emergency conditions may require working later, other days or weekends. May be significant overtime during weather emergencies. Required to adjust work week to support department/City programs and objectives, including but not limited to neighborhood clean-up events, City-wide clean-up events, etc. EQUIPMENT EXAMINATION Those applicants with a good motor vehicle driving record will be required to participate in a driving test that will test skills in operating equipment used in this job classification. An individual must receive a minimum of eighty out of one hundred points to achieve a passing score on the equipment examination. ORAL EXAMINATION Those candidates who successfully complete the equipment examination will be required to appear before an interview panel consisting of a minimum of three people who have expertise in the areas being tested. An individual must receive a minimum average score of sixty points out of one hundred to achieve a passing score on the interview. EXAMINATION INFORMATION Those applicants who successfully complete the equipment and oral examinations, as outlined above, will have their total scores determined by giving 40% weight to the equipment test score and 60% weight to the oral test score. The top applicants, as ranked by their scores, will be the individuals placed on the certified list. Applicants who qualify as outlined and are full-time regular employees of the City of Waterloo shall have one additional point per full year of employment up to a maximum of five points added to their final score. Honorably discharged men and women from the armed forces of the United States who qualify per provisions of Chapter 35 of the Code of Iowa and who are citizens and residents of the United States shall have five additional points added to their final score upon submission of their DD214 or ten points added if they were awarded a Purple Heart or have a service connected disability. Employment is contingent on possession of a good driving record based on City of Waterloo driver performance criteria and passing a post job offer physical and drug test. Failure to pass these tests will result in the withdrawal of the employment offer. All qualified candidates who apply by the deadline date will be notified of the time, place and date of the equipment and oral examinations. SOLID WASTE TECHNICIAN OCTOBER 2025 A.A./E.E.O. Minority, female & disabled individuals are encouraged to apply. Page 167 of 449 Page 168 of 449 Page 169 of 449 PERSONNEL REQUISITION Solid Waste Technician The following questions are provided as guidelines to assist you in developing your rational for the position of Solid Waste Technician in the Sanitation Department. Depending upon your situation, some questions may or may not apply. Please provide written responses to these questions as part of your preparation for meeting with the Mayor. (1) What are the key job responsibilities of this position? Delivery of garbage carts, maintain yard waste site, service sanitation routes if operator is unavailable, complete recycle and yard waste routes as assigned, illegal dump and code enforcement cleanup collection, code enforcement cleanup and illegal dump/bulk item collection. (2) Can the job responsibilities of this position be assigned to other employees within the department? If no, why not? Yes; however, a reduced number of operators will directly impact the ability to provide timely citizen services. (3) How is the work of this position being accomplished now? Reduced number of operators equals reduced tasks that can be accomplished. (4) Are the filled positions in your department currently being utilized to their maximum potential? Yes (5) How would filling this position meet the needs of your department or the City on either a short-term basis (if temporary position) or a long-term basis (if a regular position)? This position is necessary for the department to meet departmental objectives – ie. delivery of garbage carts, maintain yard waste site, service sanitation routes if operator is unavailable, complete recycle and yard waste routes as assigned, code enforcement cleanup and illegal dump/bulk item collection. (6) What cost savings or revenues, if any, would your department or the City realize if this position is filled? No cost savings or increased revenues would be realized by this position. This position is directly related to providing citizen services in a timely manner. (7) If you are paying overtime or comp time within your department to accomplish this work now, how much overtime or comp time has been paid out or earned that is directly attributable to this position and over what period of time? Overtime/comp time requirements are seasonal or based on weather events. The department pays overtime only as necessary. Page 170 of 449 (8) How has the work load or demands of your department changed in comparison to your staffing levels over the past three fiscal years? Provide statistics if possible. Staffing levels have remained consistent over the past three fiscal years. (9) If this position is not filled, what affect will it have on your department? What work will not get done? What costs will you incur? Please be as specific as possible. Department will incur additional overtime/comp time costs. (10) How do you cover the responsibilities for this position whenever the incumbent is out on vacation? Employee time off is managed to ensure daily work assignments are covered. (11) Is it possible that the City could outsource this position to an outside agency? If so, what savings, if any, would the City realize as a result of this change? It would not be practical to outsource this position. Outsourcing this position would require outsourcing the entire department. (12) How would you rank this position in terms of its contribution to City business in comparison with other positions reporting to you? This position is funded completely by user fees and not property taxes. The contribution of this position is critical to the overall objectives of the department. (13) How does this position impact the Goals and Objectives for the City adopted by the City Council? This position directly impacts the department’s ability to develop a customer-centered service delivery approach. Note: Forward completed questionnaire to Human Resources Department with original copy of Personnel Requisition form. Page 171 of 449 CIVIL SERVICE NOTICE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA OPEN EXAMINATION PUBLIC WORKS – SOLID WASTE TECHNICIAN DEPARTMENT SANITATION SALARY $31.93, WITH $1.00 INCREASE AFTER 6 MO FLSA NON-EXEMPT CIVIL SERVICE INCLUDED BARGAINING UNIT CONSTRUCTION & PUBLIC EMPLOYEES LiUNA Local #177 GENERAL STATEMENT OF DUTIES Under the general direction of the Sanitation Director, or his/her designee, performs collection of solid waste, trash, refuse, yard waste and recycling during all weather conditions. Other duties that may be required include customer satisfaction, code enforcement cleanups, maintenance, cart delivery, cart pickup, cart repair & washing, and flood relief. Will also be required, as necessary, to support emergency City-wide operations. EXAMPLES OF ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS (Illustrative only) These functions are considered essential for successful performance in this job classification. 1. Operates a variety of heavy equipment including but not limited to dump truck, automated garbage truck, rear packer garbage truck, backhoe, multi-compartment recycling truck, end loader, compost turner, screener and yard waste grinder. 2. Performs daily work as directed by Sanitation Director in support of department objectives. Work may include but not be limited to curbside collection, delivery of customer carts, repairs to customer carts, missed garbage, missed yard waste, missed recycling, code enforcement clean-ups, bulk item clean-ups and yard waste site maintenance. 3. Follows established routes and maintains collection schedules and route logs. Prepares and leaves notices or tags on refuse not complying with established ordinance/rules. Enters data into collection system for proper and accurate data collection. 4. Ensures vehicles and equipment are properly equipped, operate correctly, present a neat and clean appearance and are completely fueled at the end of the workday in preparation for the next day’s work assignment. Equipment pre-check forms to be completed prior to equipment use and any issues relayed to Sanitation Director. 5. Supports special events including but not limited to neighborhood clean-ups, City-wide clean-ups and hazardous materials collection and disposal events. 6. Responds to citizen complaints, questions and requests for service. Page 172 of 449 7. May assist in answering telephone customer service calls, filling out reports and servicing calls or inquiries. 8. Work is performed in busy traffic areas, in vehicle and on foot, in all weather conditions. Operates equipment that causes vibration, noise level is loud, atmosphere may contain dust and traffic fumes, work environment is dirty with low visibility during bad weather. Works in inclement weather conditions for extended periods of time. 9. Works independently and with others with minimum supervision. 10. Performs work of a repetitive nature and varied workload. 11. Attends work regularly at the designated place and time. 12. Performs all duties and activities in accordance with City policies and procedures. Must comply with OSHA, EPA and Public Works safety rules and regulations. 13. Supports department goals and objectives by making recommendations to management for delivery of service improvements. 14. Performs all other related duties as assigned. REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS, AND ABILITIES 1. Knowledge of traffic laws and safety rules. 2. Ability to learn City street layout. 3. Ability to read street signs, chemical hazard labels and written directions. 4. Ability to keep work logs and prepare notices. 5. Ability to safely operate department equipment. 6. Ability to respond to questions and comments from the public tactfully and politely. 7. Ability to communicate effectively and maintain working relationships with other City employees, supervisors and the public. 8. Knowledge of occupational hazards associated with and the safety precautions necessary when working in busy traffic or unfavorable weather conditions. 9. Ability to work with people from a broad variety of social, economic, racial, ethnic and educational backgrounds. 10. Ability to work with a tablet for proper data entry of the day’s tasks. MISCELLANEOUS 1. Must wear personal protective equipment whenever and wherever necessary such as safety shoes, safety glasses, hard-hat, reflective vest, hearing protection, gloves and over-garments as required by daily work assignment. 2. Must wear standard uniform as supplied by City. Uniform must be clean and present a neat appearance. 3. Must submit to Department of Transportation requirements including pre-employment, post- accident, reasonable suspicion, random and return-to-duty/follow-up alcohol and drug testing. 4. Following a conditional offer of employment, the City of Waterloo requires a physical examination and a drug test by a physician of the City's choice to determine if an applicant is capable of performing the essential functions of the position. Failure to pass the physical exam and drug test will result in withdrawal of the employment offer. 5. The City of Waterloo reserves the right to conduct a background investigation including education, employment and criminal history checks on any applicant being considered for this position. Page 173 of 449 6. Must submit to Civil Service examination procedures including an equipment driving test and a panel interview ACCEPTABLE EXPERIENCE & TRAINING 1. High school graduate/GED. 2. Minimum one year experience in the skilled operation of a large truck or other large vehicle or equipment OR Any equivalent combination of education and experience that provides the knowledge, skills and abilities necessary to perform the essential functions of the position. 3. Required to possess or obtain an Iowa Class B Commercial Drivers’ License (CDL) with air brake and tanker endorsements within 6 months of employment. Good driving record based on City of Waterloo driver performance criteria. A candidate with any of the following will not be considered for employment: loss of license for any reason during the period of candidacy for employment, if the candidate remains without a valid, current license for the position when the City issues an offer of employment; loss of license, plea of guilty, plea of no contest or its equivalent or conviction for OWI, reckless driving or other major moving violation within the previous five years; four or more citations for moving violations within the previous three-year period, excluding speeding violations of 10 mph or less over the posted speed limit; three or more citations for moving violations within the previous one-year period. After appointment to the position, disciplinary action or continuing employment status may be reviewed for the following: four or more moving violations within the previous three years, three or more moving violations within the previous one year or loss of license or conviction for OWI, reckless driving or other major moving violation within the previous five years; two or more at-fault accidents within a three-year period while driving on City business; three or more at-fault within a three-year period. 4. An applicant’s driving record will be reviewed prior to consideration for an interview, prior to offer of employment and at least annually after hire. ESSENTIAL PHYSICAL ABILITIES The following physical abilities are required with or without accommodation. 1. Sufficient strength to perform assigned tasks. 2. Sufficient physical and mental stamina to work at a steady pace for up to ten hours or longer during unfavorable weather conditions or during special projects. Must be able to lift up to 100 pounds with assistance. 3. Sufficient speech and hearing that permits the employee to communicate effectively with coworkers in person or over a radio, to understand and give verbal instructions, respond to questions from the public and to hear and respond to approaching traffic. 4. Sufficient color vision, depth perception, distance and peripheral vision, and hand/eye coordination to safely operate vehicles and equipment in all weather conditions, work in high traffic areas and climb on and off vehicles and equipment; dexterity and grip strength to run controls on compactor and inside automated trucks. 5. Sufficient personal mobility that permits the employee to operate required equipment safely in all types of weather and a variety of road conditions. 6. For applicants that meet the essential physical abilities standards, reasonable accommodations may be considered. Page 174 of 449 WORK SCHEDULE Scheduled work shift is generally 6:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m. Monday-Friday. Weather, holidays, or emergency conditions may require working later, other days or weekends. May be significant overtime during weather emergencies. Required to adjust work week to support department/City programs and objectives, including but not limited to neighborhood clean-up events, City-wide clean-up events, etc. EQUIPMENT EXAMINATION Those applicants with a good motor vehicle driving record will be required to participate in a driving test that will test skills in operating equipment used in this job classification. An individual must receive a minimum of eighty out of one hundred points to achieve a passing score on the equipment examination. ORAL EXAMINATION Those candidates who successfully complete the equipment examination will be required to appear before an interview panel consisting of a minimum of three people who have expertise in the areas being tested. An individual must receive a minimum average score of sixty points out of one hundred to achieve a passing score on the interview. EXAMINATION INFORMATION Those applicants who successfully complete the equipment and oral examinations, as outlined above, will have their total scores determined by giving 40% weight to the equipment test score and 60% weight to the oral test score. The top applicants, as ranked by their scores, will be the individuals placed on the certified list. Applicants who qualify as outlined and are full-time regular employees of the City of Waterloo shall have one additional point per full year of employment up to a maximum of five points added to their final score. Honorably discharged men and women from the armed forces of the United States who qualify per provisions of Chapter 35 of the Code of Iowa and who are citizens and residents of the United States shall have five additional points added to their final score upon submission of their DD214 or ten points added if they were awarded a Purple Heart or have a service connected disability. Employment is contingent on possession of a good driving record based on City of Waterloo driver performance criteria and passing a post job offer physical and drug test. Failure to pass these tests will result in the withdrawal of the employment offer. All qualified candidates who apply by the deadline date will be notified of the time, place and date of the equipment and oral examinations. SOLID WASTE TECHNICIAN OCTOBER 2025 A.A./E.E.O. Minority, female & disabled individuals are encouraged to apply. Page 175 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Lance Dunn, Human Resources Director Human Resources Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Motion approving the hiring of Lyndzy Rozmus to the position of Administrative Support Professional in the Clerk's Office and the Human Resources Department, effective October 1, 2026. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. ADMINISTRATIVE_SUPPORT_PROFESSIONAL_6.2026 Page 176 of 449 PERSONNEL REQUISITION FORM Check as applicable: ® To start recruiting or civil service process and/or To fill a vacancy Active Civil Service List Expires: A proposed job description and questionnaire must accompany this form at time of submission to Human Resources. Position Title: Administrative Support Professional Department: Clerk's Office/Human Resources Reports To: City Clerk/Assistant Director of HR Work Location: Clerk's Office/HR Employment Status:Regular Full Time Temporary Full Time from to Regular Part Time n Temporary Part Time from to Regular 7-Month Intern/Co-op Student from to Type of Position: Recommended Recruitment Sources: Civil Service Position: Yes No Internal Posting Only Bargaining Position: Yes No Internal Posting and External Advertising Bargaining Group: Non-bargaining Position: Yes No Complete the following if the requisition is to fill a vacancy: New Position or Replacement Position for: New shared position Specify name and title of former incumbent) If replacement,former incumbent: ® Retired/Resigned/Terminated Transferred Promoted Date incumbent terminated employment: 12/6/2024 Date of final payout: Anticipated start date: July 21, 2026 No. of hours/week: 40 Work schedule: Justification of need for position: The needs of the City Clerk's Office are changing;this position will share responsibility with the HR department and allow them both to have some administrative support. The HR department will be able to take on some more work with admin tasks taken off their plate. What are the likely consequences if the position is not filled? Customer service will take longer in the City Clerk's Office and the HR department will not be able to take on as much work as they have. APPROVALS using FY 27 rates Annual salary requirements:*$55,552.43-$76,856_Hourly Rate: $26.71-$36.95 Benefits: $50.52hr/$105,087 annual Payroll taxes,pension,health ins.-assuming family) Is position budgeted for this and future FYs? ®Yes No If no, how will position be funded? Approved subject to the following conditions: Kelley Felchle 6/4/2026 Submitting Department Head Date Mayor Date Chief Financial Officer Date Human Resources Director Date Human Resources Committee Chairperson Date Created 6/30/2017 Docusign Envelope ID: B003E5D1-9ECE-87A3-83F3-11C8480709A0 6/11/2026 6/12/2026 6/11/2026 6/12/2026 Page 177 of 449 PERSON NIL REQUISITION The following questions are provided as guidelines to assist you in developing your rational for the position of Administrative Support Professional in the Clerk's/HR Department. Depending upon your situation, some questions may or may not apply. Please provide written responses to these questions as part of your preparation for meeting with the Mayor. 1) What are the key job responsibilities of this position? Provide administrative support to the departments of the clerk's office and the human resource departments. 2) Can the job responsibilities of this position be assigned to other employees within the department? If no, why not? The work is currently being done by others but is overwhelming the department's workload. Each department has a needfor more help but not a needfor a full-time person in each department. 3) How is the work of this position being accomplished now? It is being completed by multiple people across the two departments. 4) Are the filled positions in your department currently being utilized to their maximum potential? There are multiple projects that the HR department would like to start and just do not have the staffing to take on with the small staffing they have now. The Clerk's office staff have time off and this admin will help their staffing levels be more comfortable when they are operating when someone is off. 5) How would filling this position meet the needs of your department or the City on either a short-term basis (if temporary position) or a long-term basis (if a regular position)? Like I wrote above, allow others in the department to take on tasks that we currently don't have time for. Our departments are lean and don't have the capacity for more work at this time. 6) What cost savings or revenues, if any, would your department or the City realize if this position is filled? The position is in the Clerk's office budget and has remained unfilled, it is being used in another capacity. Docusign Envelope ID: B003E5D1-9ECE-87A3-83F3-11C8480709A0 Page 178 of 449 7) If you are paying overtime or comp time within your department to accomplish this work now, how much overtime or comp time has been paid out or earned that is directly attributable to this position and over what period of time? There has been no OT paid 8) How has the work load or demands of your department changed in comparison to your staffing levels over the past three fiscal years? Provide statistics if possible. General rule of thumb is one full time HR person for every 100 employes, we have over 700 employees and 4 HR staff. We are woefully understaffed and do so much with little, we are able to do so with technology updates but are at the point that we will need to eventually add more employees to help with the workload. 9) If this position is not filled, what affect will it have on your department? What work will not get done? What costs will you incur? Please be as specific as possible. I have had a `to-do'list since I have been here of things that have not been done because of the daily workload that we have, we can get our work done but no time for proactive work or time to take on projects. 10) How do you cover the responsibilities for this position whenever the incumbent is out on vacation? The workload will be spread through the departments. 11) Is it possible that the City could outsource this position to an outside agency? If so, what savings, if any,would the City realize as a result of this change? No, I do not believe that would be a viable options. 12) How would you rank this position in terms of its contribution to City business in comparison with other positions reporting to you? This position would be vital in day to day operations for both departments. Providing customer service and suppprt to both of the departments. 13) How does this position impact the Goals and Objectives for the City adopted by the City Council? By sharing this position, we are being mindful of the budget and creative in adding to our departments with position sharing. We are fulfilling the needs of both our departments to get work accomplished. Note: Forward completed questionnaire to Human Resources Department with original copy of Personnel Requisition form & updated job description. Docusign Envelope ID: B003E5D1-9ECE-87A3-83F3-11C8480709A0 Page 179 of 449 CITY OF -° TERLOO IOWA Community of Opportunity CIVIL SERVICE NOTICE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA OPEN EXAMINATION ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PROFESSIONAL DEPARTMENT CLERK'S OFFICE/HUMAN RESOURCES SALARY 55, 552.43-$76,856.00(Admin 3) FLSA NON-EXEMPT CIVIL SERVICE NOT INCLUDED BARGAINING UNIT NON-BARGAINING GENERAL STATEMENT OF DUTIES Under the general direction of the City Clerk, Director of HR, and Assistant Director of HR uses independent judgment and exercises a high level of discretion in dealing with confidential matters and sensitive information while providing administrative,technical, customer service, and secretarial support to the Clerk's Office and the Human Resources department. No supervisory responsibilities. EXAMPLES OF ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS (Illustrative only) These functions are considered essential for successful performance in this job classification. 1.Inputs, monitors, and maintains all employee records in Laserfische and New World computer system including pay rate changes, status changes, and corrections. 2.Uses Microsoft Word, Excel, Access, or other applicable software, prepares letters, reports, and documents relative to Clerk and Human Resource functions. 3.Provides customer service by waiting on citizens at the window and answering the phone.Also helps employees by answering basic Human Resource questions. 4.Processes and distributes incoming and outgoing interdepartmental mail and outgoing mail for both departments. 5.Orders office supplies and maintains inventory for both departments. 6.Prepares payment vouchers for Human Resources and City Clerk bills, employee assistance program, unemployment payments, drug testing, and department chargebacks. 7.May assist with special projects. 8.Processes licenses, permits,and other applications. 9.Processes daily banking, receipts revenue, and state sales tax payments. Prints accounts payable checks for the city. 10. Manages the city cell phone program. 11. Makes decisions in accordance with department and City policies and established regulations. 12. Works independently and with others with minimum supervision. Docusign Envelope ID: B003E5D1-9ECE-87A3-83F3-11C8480709A0 Page 180 of 449 13. May work under strict time constraints. 14. Attends work regularly at the designated place and time. 15. Performs all other duties as assigned. REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE,SKILLS,AND ABILITIES 1. Thorough knowledge of secretarial functions,terminology, office procedures and equipment, especially computers. 2. Thorough knowledge of and ability to use Microsoft Word, Excel,Access(verification through testing may be required)and other specialized software applications appropriate to assigned duties and responsibilities;ability to accurately enter and retrieve information and update records on computer. 3. Ability to write legibly,prioritize work,produce a quality product with strict timelines and handle multiple tasks. 4. Ability to answer questions and provide information to the public and City employees in person and over the telephone in a clear,concise and easily understandable manner;ability to respond to complaints from citizens and employees tactfully and respectfully. 5. Ability to communicate effectively and maintain working relationships with other City employees, supervisors and the public. 6. Ability to express ideas both orally and in writing. 7. Ability to maintain confidentiality regarding personnel files and other sensitive information. 8. Ability to work with people from a broad variety of social,economic,racial,ethnic and educational backgrounds. ACCEPTABLE EXPERIENCE&TRAINING 1. High school diploma/equivalent and minimum 2 years'experience as executive or administrative secretary; prefer some human resources experience and education beyond high school in accounting,secretarial,or business-related field. 2. Experience working with multiple computer programs;i.e.Microsoft Suite,HRIS,data collection, Clerk system ESSENTIAL PHYSICAL ABILITIES The following physical abilities are required with or without accommodation. 1. Sufficient speech and hearing that permits the employee to communicate effectively with coworkers and the public. 2. Sufficient vision and manual dexterity that permits the employee to operate a personal computer and other standard office equipment,handle files,perform customer service duties and other clerical responsibilities. 3. Sufficient personal mobility that permits the employee to move from one work area or City building to another. 4. Ability to perform work that is 90%seated and the rest 10%that is a combination of walking and/or standing. WORK SCHEDULE Generally,8:00-5:00 Monday through Friday,with a one-hour unpaid lunch break. Docusign Envelope ID: B003E5D1-9ECE-87A3-83F3-11C8480709A0 Page 181 of 449 MISCELLANEOUS 1. The City of Waterloo reserves the right to conduct a background investigation, including employment and criminal history checks on any applicant being considered for this position. 2. Required to submit to and successfully pass one or more interviews. 3. May be required to verify word processing, spreadsheet and other clerical skills through testing as determined by the City Clerk & Human Resources. ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PROFESSIONAL 2026 A.A./E.E.O. Minority, female & disabled individuals are encouraged to apply. Docusign Envelope ID: B003E5D1-9ECE-87A3-83F3-11C8480709A0 Page 182 of 449 Code 44 tl ;". a; r,strati F Oi r tr tra 'l ech*a Grade 47 Range e Date e T t €€ irr a 3.5,71o0 st Quartile rfni4urn guar'tile Steps Cock odd a row A it:t 824,7100 3 t F 60 S . 70 S,2,1.880 H 00 0 S3,3,83 9;3450a 5 8700 1 13 cz Docusign Envelope ID: B003E5D1-9ECE-87A3-83F3-11C8480709A0 Page 183 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Mayor Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Andrea Gordon, Board/Commission: Housing Authority Board, Expiration Date: April 16, 2027, New appointment. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. Board & Commissions Application_Housing Authority_Andrea Gordon Page 184 of 449 Page 185 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Lance Dunn, Human Resources Director Human Resources Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Communication from the Library Department on the notice of the conclusion of employment of Lori Petersen, Youth Services Manager, effective August 19, 2026, with recommendation of approval of payout of $10,711.62 for unused benefits. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. PETERSEN PAYOUT 9.21.2026 Page 186 of 449 Page 187 of 449 09/03/2026 Page 188 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Lance Dunn, Human Resources Director Human Resources Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Communication from the Waste Management Department on the notice of the conclusion of employment of Michael McDonald, Maintenance Mechanic, effective October 1, 2026, with recommendation of approval of payout of $1,782.32 for unused benefits. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. 10598 MCDONALD PAYOUT 10.1.2026 Page 189 of 449 Page 190 of 449 Today's Date:Department: Effective Date:Job Classification: Employment Date:Employee Name: Retired Disability Related No Yes Resigned Termination Other Benefits (x) Hourly Rate 34.92$ 34.92$ 34.92$ 25% -$ 34.92$ -$ 34.92$ Comments LTD Qualified from 02/01/2025 - 10/01/2026 Approved by Date Human Resources Date 1/22/2013 10/1/2026 8/26/2026 Council Agenda Date: In accordance with City Policy, it is requested to allow payment which consists of the following: Total Payment Comp Time Pay Unscheduled Leave Other Pay (Bday) Usable Sick Leave Casual Hours Total Hours Vacation-Accrued 10 Vacation-Current 30.35 Payout -$ 1,782.32$ City Council Notice of Employment Severance The employment with the named City of Waterloo employee has been severed by reason of: 24.09$ -$ 279.36$ 0 8 8 0 0.69 Michael McDonald Maintenance Mechanic 69.84$ 1,059.82$ 349.20$ Waste Management Docusign Envelope ID: C2BBCD25-AC7C-87AF-810E-EF509C54EF9A 8/27/2026 8/26/2026 Page 191 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE City Clerk Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Liquor Licenses African Restaurant & Bar, 1010 E. Mitchell Avenue, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 07/24/2027. Bamboo Ridge Campground, 4550 La Porte Road, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 09/18/2027. Dollar General #20548, 1650 Idaho Street, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 11/06/2026. Friendship Village/Friends of Faith Retirement Home, 600 Park Lane, Class F w/Sunday Sales (Ownership Updates) Exp: 10/18/2026. Hy-Vee Fast & Fresh #3, 1512 Flammang Drive, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 08/26/2027. Izumi Sushi and Hibachi, 941 E. San Marnan Drive, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 08/13/2027. Kwik Star #569, 875 Fisher Drive, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 08/27/2027. Kwik Star #1004, 111 E. Ridgeway Avenue, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 10/21/2027. Locke At Tower Park, 4140 Kimball Avenue, Class B w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 09/20/2027. Mama Nick's Circle Pizzeria, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 09/09/2027. The Brown Bottle, 209 W. 5th Street, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 10/21/2027. Three Amigos Family Restaurant, Class C w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp:08/24/2027. Walgreens #03950, 3910 University Avenue, Class E w/Sunday Sales (Renewal) Exp: 06/16/2027. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION Page 192 of 449 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS None Page 193 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Request by Yashpal Saini to rezone approximately 5.29 acres from “A-1” Agricultural District to “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District in order to split the lots to allow for the construction of single- family homes located south of 1220 Bishop Avenue to 1304 Bishop Avenue. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The rezone request meets the requirements of the zoning ordinance as all of the buildable parcels are wider than 50 feet, and larger than 6,000 square feet. The applicants are not looking to subdivide the property at this time, but may be looking to subdivide the property at some point in the future. Further approvals may be required for the splitting of lots or a larger subdivision of the land. If a subdivision plat is needed to split the parcels, then a drainage plan will be required. The applicant is proposing to rezone 5.29 acres. There are 5 existing parcels in the rezone area. One of the lots is covered by an easement and is not buildable. It was a city right-of-way that was vacated by Ordinance #4769 in April of 2005. There are two homes on two of the other parcels. The rezone from “A-1” Agricultural District to “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District will allow for the parcels to be split, to create more buildable lots. The rezone would allow for homes to be immediately built on one of the lots. One of the lots would be buildable after an access easement was granted for that lot, as it does not have street frontage. If homes were built on those lots, the parcels still could be split in the future. The Planning, Programming and Zoning Commission recommended approval of the request unanimously at their regular meeting on August 11, 2026. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT The rezone request would not appear to have a negative impact upon the surrounding area as the area is comprised primarily of residential uses. DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION Page 194 of 449 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS The Planning, Programming, and Zoning Commission recommended approval of the request with a unanimous vote at their regularly scheduled meeting on August 11, 2026, and notice was sent to property owners within 250 feet. SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES N/A ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Parcel "D" of Plat of Survey Doc. #2005-26316 filed May 13, 2005, being a part of the Northwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter of the Northwest Quarter of Section 29, Township 89 North, Range 12 West of the Fifth Principal Meridian in Black Hawk County, Iowa. AND The South 2 1/2 acres of the Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter of the Northwest Quarter of Section No. 29, Township No. 89 North, Range No. 12 West of the Fifth Principal Meridian, Black Hawk County, Iowa, except that part conveyed for road purposes in 102 LD 31. AND The South One (1) Acre of the North Three (3) acres of the Northwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter of the Northwest Quarter of Section No. Twenty-nine (29), Township No. Eighty-nine (89) North, Range No. Twelve (12) West of the Fifth (5th) Principal Meridian, Black Hawk County, Iowa, (now in the City of Waterloo, Iowa). AND The North 2 acres of the Northwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4, SE 1/4, NW 1/4), except the West 170.50 feet thereof, all in Section 29, Township 89 North (T89N), Range 12 West (R12W) of the Fifth Principal Meridian (5th P.M.), all in Black Hawk County, State of Iowa. ATTACHMENTS 1. Staff report- Bishop rezone Page 195 of 449 TO: Planning, Programming, and Zoning Commission PREPARER: Joseph Geilman, Planner I PZ MEETING DATE: August 11, 2026 REQUEST: Rezone 5.29 acres from “A-1” Agricultural District to “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District. APPLICANT: Yashpal Saini LOCATION: South of 1220 Bishop Avenue to 1304 Bishop Avenue. SURROUNDING LAND USES AND IMPACT ON NEIGHBORHOOD: The rezone request would not appear to have a negative impact upon the surrounding area as the area is comprised primarily of residential uses. Page 196 of 449 VEHICULAR & PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC CONDITIONS: The proposed rezone request would not appear to have a negative impact upon vehicular or pedestrian traffic conditions in the area. The site is served by Bishop Avenue, which is classified as a local road. RELATIONSHIP TO RECREATIONAL TRAIL PLAN AND COMPLETE STREETS POLICY: There are no recreational trails located near the site. There are no sidewalks along either side of Bishop Avenue. ZONING HISTORY FOR SITE AND IMMEDIATE VICINITY: The area in question has been zoned “A-1” Agricultural District since the adoption of the zoning ordinance in 1969. Surrounding land uses and their zoning designations are as follows: North – Residential properties, zoned “A-1” Agricultural District. South – Residential properties, zoned “A-1” Agricultural District. East – Residential properties, zoned “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District. West – Residential properties, zoned “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District. Page 197 of 449 DEVELOPMENT HISTORY: The surrounding area consists of primarily single family dwellings built between 1940 and 1949. PUBLIC /OPEN SPACES/ SCHOOLS: Highland Elementary School and the Expo Alternative Learning Center are approximately 3,500 feet away from the rezone area. Maywood Park is approximately 2,500 feet to the southeast of the rezone area. FLOODPLAIN: No portion of the rezone area is located within a special flood hazard area as indicated by the Federal Insurance Administration's Flood Insurance Rate Map, Community number 190025, Panel number 0306F, dated July 18, 2011. DRAINAGE: A storm water detention plan will not be needed for this request. UTILITIES: WATER, SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER, ETC. There are overhead utility lines running along Bishop Avenue. There is also a 12” Sanitary Sewer Line and an 8” Water Main running in the right-of-way for Bishop Avenue. There is also an easement over the parcel between 1220 Bishop Avenue and 1304 Bishop Avenue, which is vacated city right-of-way. Page 198 of 449 STAFF ANALYSIS – ZONING ORDINANCE The rezone request meets the requirements of the zoning ordinance as all of the buildable parcels are wider than 50 feet, and larger than 6,000 square feet. STAFF ANALYSIS – SUBDIVISION ORDINANCE The applicants are not looking to subdivide the property at this time, but may be looking to subdivide the property at some point in the future. Further approvals may be required for the splitting of lots or a larger subdivision of the land. If a subdivision plat is needed to split the parcels, then a drainage plan will be required. STAFF ANALYSIS – SITE ANALYSIS: The applicant is proposing to rezone 5.29 acres. There are 5 existing parcels in the rezone area. One of the lots is covered by an easement and is not buildable. It was a city right-of-way that was vacated by Ordinance #4769 in April of 2005. There are two homes on two of the other parcels. The rezone from “A-1” Agricultural District to “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District will allow for the parcels to be split, to create more buildable lots. The rezone would allow for homes to be immediately built on one of the lots. One of the lots would be buildable after an access easement was granted for that lot, as it does not have street frontage. If homes were built on those lots, the parcels still could be split in the future. Page 199 of 449 Picture 1: Existing residence at 1304 Bishop. Picture 2: Residence to the north of the site at 1328 Bishop Avenue Page 200 of 449 Picture 3: Residence and accessory structure at 1220 Bishop Avenue and adjacent lot. Picture 4: Accessory structure at 1220 Bishop Avenue. Page 201 of 449 TECH REVIEW AND UPDATES In the Technical Review Committee, the Engineering Department noted that a drainage plan may be needed in the future, depending on how the parcels get split. PLANNING, PROGRAMMING AND ZONING COMMISSION The Planning, Programming and Zoning Commission recommended approval of the request unanimously at their regular meeting on August 11, 2026. RELATIONSHIP TO COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN: The Future Land Use Map, a component of the Comprehensive Plan, designates this area as “Low Density Residential (1 & 2 Family)” This request is in compliance with that designation. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Therefore, staff recommends that the request by Yashpal Saini to rezone approximately 5.29 acres from “A-1” Agricultural District to “R-2” One and Two Family Residence District in order to split the lots to allow for the construction of single- family homes located south of 1220 Bishop to 1304 Bishop, be approved for the following reasons: 1. The request is in conformance with the Comprehensive Plan and Future Land Use Map for this area. 2. The request would not appear to have a negative impact on traffic conditions in the area. Page 202 of 449 3. The request would not appear to have a negative impact upon the surrounding area and would allow for one and two family homes to be built. And with the following conditions(s): 1. That the final site plan meets all applicable city codes, regulations, etc. including, but not limited to, parking, landscaping, screening, drainage, etc. Page 203 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Jamie Knutson, City Engineer Engineering Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE FY 2026 South Business Park - Phase I, Contract No. 1129, RM-8155(789)--9D-07 RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. Bid Tabulation - FY 2026 South Business Park - Phase I, Contract No. 1129, RM-8155(789)-- 9D-07 2. J26425 South Business Park Page 204 of 449 3. J26425 Bonds 4. Peterson Contractors, Inc. Certificate of Insurance for City of Waterloo Page 205 of 449 FY 2026 South Business Park - Phase I, Contract No. 1129, RM-8155(789)--9D-07 Engineer’s Estimate $14,000,000.00 September 10, 2026 Bidder Bid Security Bid Amount Reilly Construction Co., Inc. Ossian, IA 5% $16,509,896.83 C.J. Moyna & Sons Elkader, IA 5% $12,833,468.72 McAninch Corporation Des Moines, IA 5% $13,695,180.26 Peterson Contractors, Inc. Reinbeck, IA 5% $12,644,650.02 Boomerang Corp Anamosa, IA 5% $13,600,970.85 Page 206 of 449 Page 207 of 449 Page 208 of 449 Page 209 of 449 Page 210 of 449 Page 211 of 449 Page 212 of 449 Page 213 of 449 Page 214 of 449 Page 215 of 449 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? INSR ADDL SUBR LTR INSD WVD PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: FAXPHONE (A/C, No):(A/C, No, Ext): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER A : INSURED INSURER B : INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPTYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)(MM/DD/YYYY) AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTEDCLAIMS-MADE OCCUR $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) MED EXP (Any one person)$ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRO-POLICY LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGGJECT OTHER:$ COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $(Ea accident) ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person)$ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident)$AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMITDESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y / N N / A (Mandatory in NH) SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:REVISION NUMBER: CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.ACORD 25 (2016/03) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) $ $ $ $ $ The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 9/16/2026 License # BR-1348703 (319) 874-4182 25658 Peterson Contractors, Inc. Reinbeck Motors Company, Inc. PO Box A/104 Blackhawk St Reinbeck, IA 50669 25674 25496 16535 A 2,000,000 X VTC2K-CO-9X515012-IND-26 7/1/2026 7/1/2027 300,000 Blanket Contractual 10,000 XCU Coverage 2,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000 2,000,000B VTC2J-CAP-9X515024-TIL-26 7/1/2026 7/1/2027 1,000,000C CSX90491203P-00 7/1/2026 7/1/2027 1,000,000 10,000 B UB-C8734105-26-25-K 7/1/2026 7/1/2027 1,000,000 N 1,000,000 1,000,000 D Leased / Rented Equi CPP9267064-15 7/1/2026 Per occurrence 5,000,000 D Installation floater CPP9267064-15 7/1/2026 7/1/2027 Per Occurrence 1,000,000 Re: J26425, Contract #1129, FY 2026 South Waterloo Business Park PH 1, Waterloo, IA. City of Waterloo is listed as an Additional Insured per written contract. City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo, IA 50703 PETECON-06 ARA Highstreet Insurance & Financial Services 302 Main Street, Suite 2 Cedar Falls, IA 50613 Zach Counsell zach.counsell@highstreetins.com The Travelers Indemnity Company Travelers Property Casualty Company of America StarStone National Insurance Company Zurich American Insurance Co XX 7/1/2027 X X X X X X X X X X X X Page 216 of 449 COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI YE A E L I T T IS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES T E POLICY. PLEASE REA IT CA EF LLYH H D R U . BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED – A TOMA IC STA USU T T IF REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT (CONTRACTORS) Thi e dorseme t m d fie i surance prov ded under he f l o ing:s n n o i s n i t o l w COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI Y COVERAG PA TE A E L I T E R The fol owing is ad ed tol d SE TI N II – WHO IS AN (a)C O The Addi ional Insured – Owne s, Le -t r s INSU EDR: see or Contra tors – Scheduled Persos c n or Organizat o endorsem n CG 20 10i n e tAny erson or o ganiza io tha :p r t n t 07 04 o CG 20 10 04 13, the Addi ionalr ta.Yo agree in a writ en cont a t o ag ee ent tou t r c r r m In ured – Owne s, Le see or Con ra -s r s s t ci clu e as an a ditio al insured on thi Cov ragen d d n s e to s – Com le ed Ope ations endorser p t r -Pa t anr ; d m n CG 20 37 07 04 or CG 20 37 04 13,e tb.Ha not been added a an additio al in ured fos s n s r or both o such endo seme ts wi h ei hef r n t t rthe sam proje t by at a hm nt o an en orsee c t c e f d -o ho e ed tio date ; orf t s i n sm n under thi Cov rage Pa t which includee t s e r s (b)Ei her or bot o the fol o ing the Addit h f l w : -such perso or organi at on in the endorsem nt'sn z i e tio al In ured – Owne s, Le sees o Con-n s r s rschedule;tra to s – Scheduled Person Or Organ -c r ii a insured but:s n ,za ion en orsem n CG 20 10, o the Ad-t d e t r a.On y with re pe t to lia ili y fo "bodily injury di ional Insured – Owl s c b t r t ne s, Le see or s s r" or Co tra tors – Com le ed Ope atio s en-n c p t r n"prope ty dam ge that o cur , or fo "perso alr a " c s r n do sem nt CG 20 37, wi hout a edit or e t n i ni ju y caused by an o f n e that is com it ed,n r " f e s m t da e o uch endo sem nt pe i ie ;t f s r e s c f dsubsequent to the signing of that contract or ag ee ent and while that pa t o the cont a t or m r f r c r the person o o gan zat on i an addit onal inr r i i s i -ag ee ent s in e fe t andr m i f c ;sure only i the in ury or dama e i ca sed,d f j g s u b.On y a de cri ed in Paragraph be i whole o in part by al s s b - n r , cts o omssions or i f(1),(2)or (3) y u or you subcont a tor in the pe fo man eo r r c r r clow, whichev r appl e :e i s o "y u work" to whi h the writ en cont act of o r c t r r(1)If the wri ten cont act or ag ee ent speci i a-t r r m f c l ag ee ent ap lie ; or m p s rly require you to prov de addi ional insureds i t (3)If ne ther aragraphi P (1)nor (2)abov appl e :e i scov rage to tha person or organi ation bye t z the se o :u f (a)The perso or o ganizat o is a addin r i n n - tio al i sured only if a d to the ex entn n , n t(a)The Additional Insured – Owners, Les- that the injury o dama e i ca sed by, r g s usee o Cont actors – (Form B) en orses r r d - a t or omi sions o y u o y u subcon-c s s f o r o rm n G 20 10 11 85; ore t C tra to in the pe fo ma ce o "y ur workc r r r n f o "(b)Ei her or bot o the fol o ing the Addit h f l w : -to whi h the wri ten co tra t o agree-c t n c rtio al In ured – Owne s, Le sees o Con-n s r s r m nt applie ; ande stra to s – Scheduled Person Or Organ -c r i (b)Su h pe son o organiza io does notc r r t nzation endorsement CG 20 10 10 01, or qual fy a an addi ional insured with rei s t -the Addit onal Insured – Owne s, Le seei r s s spe t to the independent acts or om s-c ior Co tra tors – Com leted Ope ationsn c p r sio s o uch erson or organizationn f s p .endo sem nt G 20 37 0 01;r e C 1 The insurance prov ded to such addi ional i sured isi t nthe person o o gan zat on i an addit onal inr r i i s i - subje t o he fo lowing p ov sion :c t t l r i ssure only if the inju y or dama e ari e outd r g s s o "y u work" to whi h the writ en cont act of o r c t r r a.If the Lim t o Insurance o thi Cov rage Parti s f f s eag ee ent ap lie ;r m p s shown i the De larat on ex eed the mnim mn c i s c i u (2)If the wri ten cont act or ag ee ent speci i a-t r r m f c l l m t req ired by the wri ten co t act o agree-i i s u t n r r ly require you to prov de addi ional insureds i t m n , the i surance prov ded to the addit o al i -e t n i i n n cov rage to tha person or organi ation bye t z sure wi l be lim ted to such m nim m requi edd l i i u rthe se o :u f l m t . For the purpo es o de erm ni g whethei i s s f t i n r CG 6 04 02 19D © 2017 T e Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reh served.Pa e 1 o 2g f Page 217 of 449 COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI YE A E L I T th s lim tation , the mi im m lim ts requi ed i a claimi i n u i r n . To the ex ent po sible sucht s , by the written co tra t or agreem nt wi l be con- no ice should inn c e l t cl de:u si e ed to incl de the m nim m lim t o any Umd r u i u i s f -(a)How, when and where the "o cur en ec r c "brel a or Ex ess lia il ty cov rage requi ed fo thel c b i e r r or o fe se took la e;f n p caddi ional insured by that written cont a t ot r c r (b)The nam s and add e se o any inj rede r s s f uag ee ent Thi prov sion wil not increa e ther m . s i l s pe sons an witne se ; andr d s sl mt o in urance escribed in Sect oni i s f s d i III – Lim ti s (c)The nature and loca ion o any injury ot f rOf I surancen .dama e a i i g out o the "o cur en e og r s n f c r c " rb.The in uran e prov ded to such a dit onal insureds c i d i o fe se.f ndoe not apply tos :(2)If a claim is ma e o "sui " i brought agai std r t s n(1)Any "bodi y inju y , "property dam ge ol r " a " r the ad it onal nsuredd i i :"pe sonal injury arising out o the prov d ng,r " f i i (a)Im e ia ely re ord the o them d t c for fai ure to prov de, any pro e sional archil i f s -cla m or "suit an the date re eiv d; andi " d c ete tu al, e gineer ng or surv yin se v ce ,c r n i e g r i s i clu ing:n d (b)No i y us a soon a pra ticable an seet f s s c d to i that we re eiv wri ten not ce o thet c e t i f(a)The prepari g, approv ng, or fa l ng ton i i i cla m or "suit a soon ai " s sprepa e o approv , ma s, shop draw-r r e p i g , opin on , repo ts, surv ys, fiel o -n s i s r e d r (3)Im ed ately send us copie o a l legal pam i s f l - de s or change o de s, o the prepari g, pe s re eiv d in r r r r n r c e co ne tion wi h the claim on c t r approv n , o fai ing to prepare or ap- "sui ", coope ate wi h us i g r l t r t in the inv stigat one i prov , drawings and spe i i a ion ; and o the claim o dee c f c t s f r fense agai stn the "suit , and othe wi e com ly with all pol cy" r s p i( )b Su ervso y, in pe t on, archi ect ral op i r s c i t u r condi ion .t sengineerin a t v t e .g c i i i s (4)Te der the de en e and indem i y o anyn f s n t f(2)Any "bodily inj ry or "property dam geu " a " cla m or "sui " to any prov der o o her insur-i t i f tcaused by " work a d included in the" n an e whi h wou d cov r such addit onal i -c c l e i n"produ ts- om leted ope ation hazard" unc c p r s - le s the wri ten con ra t or ag ee ent spe if - sure fo a s t t c r m c i d r loss we cov r. Howev r, this co -e e n cal y require you to prov de such cov ragel s i e di ion does no a fe t whethe the insurancet t f c r fo that addit o al in ured during the pol cyr i n s i prov ded to such addi ional insured is prim ryi t a pe iodr .to o her i suran e av ila le to such ad it onalt n c a b d i i sured whi h cov rs that person o organizan c e r -c.The addit o al insured m st com ly with the i n u p tio a a nam d in ured a descri ed in Pa -n s e s s b rlowing utie :d s ag aphr 4., Ot er In urance o Se tionh s , f c IV –(1)G v us written no ice a soon a pra tica lei e t s s c b Co m rcial General Lia il ty ondit on .m e b i C i so a "o cur en e or an o fe se which mayf n c r c " f n Pa e 2 o 2g f © 2017 T e Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reh served.CG 6 04 02 19D fol- your or settlement practicable. specifics applies result Page 218 of 449 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION – NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice: PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ADDRESS: PROVISIONS If we cancel this policy for any legally permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for Cancellation in the Schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in such Schedule. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the Schedule above at least the number of days shown for Cancellation in such Schedule before the effective date of cancellation. IL T4 05 05 19 © 2019 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved.Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: ISSUE DATE: Page 219 of 449 COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI YE A E L I T T IS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES T E POLICY. PL ASE READ IT CAREFULLY.H H E XTEND ENDORSEMENT FOR CONTRACTORS Thi e dorseme t m d fie i surance prov ded under he f l o ing:s n n o i s n i t o l w COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI Y COVERAG PA TE A E L I T E R GE ERAL D SCRIP ION O CO ERAGE –N E T F V Thi endorsem nt broadens cov rage. Howev r cov rage fo anys e e e , e r i ju y, dama e o me i al ex ense descri ed in any o the provn r g r d c p s b f i ion o ths e dorseme t may bs s f i n n e ex luded orc l mted by anothe endorsem n to this Cov rage Pa t, and the e ci i r e t e r s ov rage broadening prov sions do no ap ly toe i t p the ex en tha cov rage is ex l ded or lim ted by such an ent t t e c u i dorsem n . The fo lo ing li ti g i a ge t l w s n s eneral cov rage de cript on only Read al the prov sions o thi endorse s i . l i f s em nt and the re t o y ur pol cy ca e ulle s f o i r f y to de erm ne r gh s, dut es, and wha i and s not cov red.t i i t i t s i e A.Wh I An Insured – Unnam d Subsid arieo s e i s C.In i ental Medcal Mal racti ec d i p c B.Bla ket Addit onal Insured – Gov rnme taln i e n D.Bla ket Wa v r f Sub ogationn i e O r En it e – Pe mt Or Au ho iza ions Re ati g Tot i s r i s t r t l n E.Co tra tua Liab l ty – Rai roadn c l i i l sOpe atio sr n F.Da a e To Prem se Ren ed o Youm g i s t T P O ISION a.R V S An o ganizat on o he than a pa tnership, jo ntr i t r r i v nture or l m ted liab l ty company; ore i i i iA. WH IS AN INSU ED – UNNAMEDO R b.A rust;tSUBS DIARIESI The fol owing is ad ed tol d SE TION II – WHO ISC a indi a ed in i s nam o the docum n s thas c t t e r e t t AN INSU EDR :gov rn it stru ture.e s c Any o yo r sub idiar e , o her than a pa tnershi ,f u s i s t r p B B ANKET ADD TIONA INSURED –. L I Ljo n v nture o lim ted liabil ty com any, that ii t e r i i p s GO E N ENT L EN IT ES – P RMIT OV R M A T I E S Rno shown as a Nam d Insured in thet e AU H R ZA I N R L TI G T O E AT O ST O I T O S E A N O P R I Ni a am d In ured f:s N e s i The fol owing is ad ed tol d SE TION II – WHO ISCa.Yo are the so e owner o , o ma ntai anu l f r i n AN INSU EDR :ownership intere t o mo e than 50% in, suchs f r Any gov r men al enti y tha ha issued a perm te n t t t s isubsidia y on the fi st day o the pol cy perio ;r r f i d or authoriza ion wit re pe t to ope ationst h s c rand pe fo med by yo or on your behal and that your r u fb.Su h subsidiary i not an in ured undec s s r are required by any o dinance, law, buil ing coder dsi ila o her n urance.m r t i s or written cont act or agreeme t to incl de a anr n u s No such subsidiary i a insured fo "bodily inju ys n r r "addi ional i sured on thi Cov rage Pa t is at n s e r n or "property dama e" tha o curred, o "perso al i sured, but only wi h re pg t c r n n t s e t to liabi i y fo "bodilyc l t r i ju y", "prope ty dam ge" or "perso al andn r r a nand a v rt sing i ju y" caused by an o fe sed e i n r f n adv rti ing inj ry" ari ing ou o uch operatio s.e s u s t f s ncom i ted:m t The in uran e provded to such gov r men als c i e n ta.Be o e you ma ntai ed an ownership intere tf r i n s en ity doe not apply o:t s to mo e than 50% i such ub idiary; orf r n s s a.Any "bodi y inju y , "property dama e ol r " g " rb.Af e the date, i any duri g the poli y periot r f , n c d "pe sonal and adv rti ing injury" a i ing o t or e s r s u fthat yo no longer ma ntain a ownershiu i n p operatio s perfo m d fo the gov r men aln r e r e n ti tere t o ore han 50% n such subsi ia y.n s f m t i d r en ity ort ;Fo purpose o Pa agraphr s f r 1.o Se tionf c II – Who b.Any "bodily inj ry or "property dam geu " a "Is An Insured, ea h such subsidiary wil bec l i clu ed in the "products-co ple edn d m tdeem d to e de ignated in the Declarat on a :e b s i s s operatio s hazard".n CG 3 16 02 9D 1 © 2017 The T avelers Indemnit Company. All rightsr y reserved.Pa e 1 o 3g f Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Of ice, Inc., with its permission.f Declarations Page 220 of 449 COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI YE A E L I T C. IN IDEN AL ED CAL ALPRACTI EC T M I M C pharma eut cal co m t ed by o wi h thec i s m i t , r t k owledge o co sent o , the n uredn r n f i s .1.The fo lo i g repla e Pa agraphl w n c s r b.o thef de i i ion o "o cur en e in thef n t f c r c "5.The fol owing i a ded to thel s d D FIN TIONE I S D FIN TIONE I S Se tion:c Se tio :c n b.An a t o om ssio com i ted i prov dinc r i n m t n i g "In i ental m dcal se vce " m a s:c d e i r i s e nor fa l ng to prov de "incidental me icai i i d l a.Medcal surgi al dental laborato y, x rayi , c , , r -se v ce ", fi st a d o "Good Sam rtanr i s r i r a i or nur ing se vce or treatm n , advce os r i e t i rse v ce " to a person, unle s yo are ir i s s u n i struction o the related fur i hi g on , r n s n fthe busine s or o cupat on o prov dins c i f i g fo d or bev rages; oro epro e sional hea th a e se vce .f s l c r r i s b.The furni hing o di pensing o dru s os r s f g r2.The fo lowi g rep a es the la t paragraph ol n l c s f m dcal dental o surgi al supplie oe i , , r c s rPa ag aphr r 2. .(1)a of SECTI N II – WHO ISO appl a ce .i n sAN INSU EDR : 6.The fol o ing i added to Parag aphl w s r 4.b.,Unle s yo a e in the business or o cupatios u r c n Ex ess In urancec s , of SE TION IV –Co prov di g pro e sional healt ca e se v ce ,f i n f s h r r i s Pa ag aphsr r (1) a)(,(b),(c)and (d)abov doe CO MERCIAL GENE AL LIABI ITM R L Y COND T ONI I Snot apply to :"bodily injury" arising out of prov din o ai ing o rov de:i g r f l t p i Thi i surance i ex e s ov r any v li ans n s c s e a d d (a)"In i ental me ica se v ce " by any oc d d l r i s f col e ti le othe in urance whether prim ry,l c b r s , a y ur "em loyee " who is a nu se, nurseo p s r ex e s, conti gent o on any other ba is, thatc s n r sa sistant, em rgen y me i al techni ias e c d c c n i av ilab e to any o your "em loy es" fos a l f p e ror arame ic; orp d "bo ily injury that ari e ou o prov ding od " s s t f i r fa l n to prov de "i cidental medi al servce "i i g i n c i s(b)F rst ai or "Good Sama itan se v ce " byi d r r i s a y o y u "em loyee " o " to any perso to the ex ent notn f o r p s r n t subje t tocv lunteero Pa ag aphr r 2.a. 1)(o Se t onf c i II – Who Is Anworkers", other than an employed or v lunteer do tor. Any such "em loyee "o c p s In ured.s or "v lu teer wo kers" prov ding o fa l ngo n r i r i i D B ANKET WAIVER O SUB O ATION. L F R Gto prov de fi st aid or "Good Sama i ani r r t The fo lowing is a ded to Paragraphl d 8.,Tra sfen rse v ce " during thei work hou s fo your i s r r r O Righ s O Reco ery Agai st O hers To Usf t f v n t ,wil be deem d to be a t ng wi hin thel e c i t of SE TION IV – CO MERCIAL GENERALC Msco e o thei em loym nt by yo op f r p e u r pe fo m n dutie rela ed to the co du tr r i g s t n c L ABI I Y CO D T ONI L T N I I S: o yo r busine s.f u s If the insured has a ree in a cont act og d r r 3.The fo lo i g repla e the la t se tence ol w n c s s n f ag ee ent to waiv that i sured' righ or m e n s t f Pa ag aphr r 5.of SE TION III – LIMITS OC F re ov ry against any person o o gan zat on, wec e r r i i INSU AN ER C :waiv our right o e ov ry again t uch pe son oe f r c e s s r r organi ation, but only fo pay ents we ma ez r m kFo the purpo e o dete m nin ther s s f r i g be ause o :c fappl cable Ea h Occurrence Lim t, al relatedi c i l a t or omssions com i ted i prov di g oc s i mt n i n r a."Bo ily i ju y" o "property dam ge" thatd n r r afa l n to prov de "inci ental me icai i g i d d l o curs; oc rse vce ", fi st a d o "Good Sam rtanr i s r i r a i b."Pe so al and adv rti ing inj ry" ca sed byr n e s u use vce " to any one perso wil be deeme tor i s n l d an o fe se hat i com it edf n t s m t ;be one "o currence".c 4.The fo lowi g ex lu ion i added to subsequent to the ex cution o thel n c s s e f cont a t or c r Pa ag aphr r 2.,Exclus oni s , of SE TION I –C ag ee ent.r m CO ERAGES – CO ERAGE A – BODI YV V L E. CON RACTUAL IABILIT – RAIL OADT L Y R SINJU Y AND P OP RT DAMAGER R E Y L ABI I YI L T :1.The fol o ing repla e Pa agraphl w c s r c.o thef de i i ion o "insured cont act" i thef n t f r nSa e O Ph rmaceu icalsl f a t D FIN TIONE I S Se tion:c"Bo ily inju y or "property dama e" ari ingd r " g s ou o the v ola ion o a penal stat te ot f i t f u r c.Any ea em nt or l cense agreem nt;s e i e ordi ance rela i g to the sale on t n f Pa e 2 o 3g f © 2017 The T avelers Indemnit Company. All rightsr y reserved.CG 3 16 02 9D 1 Includes copyrighted material of nsurance Services Of iceI f , Inc., with its permission. Page 221 of 449 COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LITYE A E L I 2.Pa ag aphr r f. 1)(o the de init o o "i suredf f i n f n a.Any prem se whi e rented to yo oi s l u r cont a t i ther c " n D FIN TIONE I S Se tion is tem ora i y o cupied by you wi h pe m ssionc p r l c t r i de eted. o he owne ; orl f t r F DAMAGE TO P EMISE EN ED TO YOU b. R S R T .The co tent o any premi e whi e suchn s f s s l prem se i rented to yo , i y u rent suchi s s u f oThe fol owing repla e the de i ition o "prem sel c s f n f i s prem se fo a period o sev n or fewei s r f e rdama e in heg " t DEF NIT ONSI I Se tionc :conse utiv day .c e s"Pre i e dama e m a s "property dama e" to:m s s g " e n g CG 3 16 02 9D 1 © 2017 The T avelers Indemnit Company. All righ sr y t reserved.Pa e 3 o 3g f Includes copyrighted material of nsurance Services Of iceI f , Inc., with its permission. Page 222 of 449 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED – PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY WITH OTHER INSURANCE – CONTRACTORS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM CA T4 99 02 16 © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Page 1 of 1 PROVISIONS 1.The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION Il – COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE : This includes any person or organization who you are required under a written contract or agreement, that is signed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to name as an additional insured for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which this insurance applies and only to the extent of that person's or organization's liability for the conduct of another "insured". 2.The following is added to Paragraph B.5., Other Insurance of SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS : Regardless of the provisions of paragraph a. and paragraph d. of this part 5. Other Insurance , this insurance is primary to and non-contributory with applicable other insurance under which an additional insured person or organization is a named insured when a written contract or agreement with you, that is signed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, requires this insurance to be primary and non- contributory. Page 223 of 449 COMMERCIAL AUTO POLICY NUMBER: ISSUE DATE: THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED FOR COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modi- fied by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage under the Who Is An Insured provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage pro- vided in the Coverage Form. SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is ered Autos Liability Coverage in the Business Auto an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but and Motor Carrier Coverage Forms and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies D.2.of Section I –Covered Autos Coverages of the as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provi- Auto Dealers Coverage Form. sion contained in Paragraph A.1.of Section II – Cov- CA 20 48 10 13 Page 1 of 1 Paragraph © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. Page 224 of 449 Endorsement Effective Countersigned by Policy No. Premium $Insured Insurance Company Endorsement No. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. TO DESIGNATED PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS NOTICE OF CANCELLATION POLICY NUMBER: ENDORSEMENT WC 99 06 R3 (00) - EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY AND WORKERS COMPENSATION Notice Of Cancellation To Designated Persons Or Organizations Name and Address of Designated Persons or Organizations: Number of Days Notice The following is added to PART SIX – CONDITIONS : SCHEDULE If we cancel this policy for any reason other than non-payment of premium by you, we will provide notice of such cancellation to each person or organization designated in the Schedule below. We will mail or deliver such notice to each person or organization at its listed address at least the number of days shown for that person or organiza- tion before the cancellation is to take effect. You are responsible for providing us with the information necessary to accurately complete the Schedule below. If we cannot mail or deliver a notice of cancellation to a designated person or organization because the name or address of such designated person or organization provided to us is not accurate or complete, we have no responsibility to mail, deliver or otherwise notify such designated person or organization of the cancellation. ONE TOWER SQUARE UB-C8734105-26-25-K HARTFORD CT 06183 001 CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ONLY IF: 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE,INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OFSUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSUREDRECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2. WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THIS ENDORSEMENT. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN 30 Page of DATE OF ISSUE: ST ASSIGN: © 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. 07-24-26 11 Page 225 of 449 ENDORSEMENT WC 00 03 13 (00) - POLICY NUMBER: EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY AND WORKERS COMPENSATION WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT 001 ONE TOWER SQUAREHARTFORD CT 06183 UB-C8734105-26-25-K We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit any one not named in the Schedule. SCHEDULE DESIGNATED ORGANIZATION: DESIGNATED PERSON: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION FOR WHICH THE INSURED HAS AGREED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT EXECUTED PRIOR TO LOSS TO FURNISH THIS WAIVER. DATE OF ISSUE: PAGEST ASSIGN: OF Any person or organization for which the employer has agreed by written contract, executed prior to loss, may execute a waiver of subrogation. However, for purposes of work performed by the employer in Missouri, this waiver of subrogation does not apply to any construction group of classifications as designated by the waiver of right to recover from others (subrogation) rule in our manual. 07-24-26 1 1 Page 226 of 449 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION – NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice: PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ADDRESS: PROVISIONS If we cancel this policy for any legally permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for Cancellation in the Schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in such Schedule. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the Schedule above at least the number of days shown for Cancellation in such Schedule before the effective date of cancellation. IL T4 05 05 19 © 2019 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved.Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: ISSUE DATE: Page 227 of 449 COMM RCIAL E ERAL IAB LITYE G N L I c. Meth d O h rin a.o f S a g The sta e e t in th a et m n s e r a cura e a d co p e ec t n m l t ;If al o the o he i sura ce pe m t co t i ut ol f t r n n r i s n r b i n by e u l sha e , w il fo l w t i m t o l oq a r s e wl lo hs e h d as .b.Tho e sta e e ts a e ba e upos t m n r s d n Und r ths e ch in ure co t i ut s re re e t ti n y ue i a s r n rb e p s n a o s o a e to us; nm d a d e ua a o n s unt l it ha pa d it a pl ca lq l m u t i s i s p i b e c.We ha e i sue th s poi y i re i n e up nv s d i l c n l a c ol mt o in ura ce o no e o th l ss re ans,i i f s n r n f e o m i y ur e re e ta i ns.o r p s n to The uni te ti n l o i sio o , o uni t n i na e ron n o a m s n f r n e to l r rIf a y o th o h r i sura ce do s no pe mtn f e t e n n e t r i i , a y i f rm ti n pro i e by y u whi h we rei dn n n o a o vd d o c l eco tr bu i n by e u l sha e , we wil co t i utn i t o q a r s l n r b e up n i issui g th s po i y wil no preu i e y uo n n i l c l t j d c o rby l mt . Und r th s m t o , e ch i sure 'si i s e i e h d a n r ri ht unde th s in ura ce Ho e e , thi pro i i ng s r i s n . w v r s vs osha e is ba e o the ra i o i s a p i a l i ir s d n t o f t p l c be lmt do s no a f ct o r ri h to col ct a di i n le t f e u g t le d t o ao in ura ce to th to a a pl ca l li i s of s n e t l p i be mt f pre i m o to e e ci e o r rig t o ca cel to omu r x r s u h s f n la i n ri sura ce o l nsure s.n n f al i r no re e a i cco d nce wt ppi a l n ura cen n w l n a r a i h a l c b e i s n d P i a y And No -Co trib t ry In u an e If. r m r n n u o s r c l ws o e ul to s.a r r g a i n Req i ed B Wri te o tracu r y t n C n t 7. Se arat o f n u edp i n O I s r s If y u spe i i al a re i a wri t n co t a t oo c f c l y g e n t e n r c r Ex e t wi h re pe t to the Li i s o In ura ce a dc p t s c mt f s n , na re m nt tha the i sura ce a fo d d to ag e e t n n f r e n a y ri h s o du i s a sig e i thsn g t r t e s n d n ii sure un e hi Co e a e Pa t m st p l nn d d r t s v r g r u a py o Co e a e Pa t to the fi st Na e Insure , thsv r g r r m d d ia pri a y ba i , o a pri a y a d no -m r ss r m r n n i sura ce a pl e :n n p i sco tr bu o y ba is, th s i sura ce is pri a y ton i t r s i n n m r a.As i e ch Na e In ure we e the o lf a m d s d r n yo h r in ura ce th t i a al bl ot e s n a s v ia e t Na e n ure ; ndm d I s d awhi h o e s such n ure a a n m d i sure ,c c v r i s d s a e n d b.Se a a ey to e ch in ure a an t who cl ip r t l a s d g i s m ama d we wil no sha e wi h th t o h r in ura cen l t r t a t e s n ,i m d o "sui " i b o g ts a e r t s r u h .pro i e ha :vd d t t 8. Tra sfe O i h s O e o ery Ag i s t ersn r f R g t f R c v a n t O h(1)The "bo iy i j ry o "pro e ty da a e fodl nu " r p r m g " r To Uswhi h co e a e i so gh o cur ; ndc v r g s u t c s a If the i sure ha ri h s to re o e al o pa t o a yn d s g t c v r l r r f n(2)The "pe so a a d a v rt sin i j ry for n l n d e i g n u " r pa m n we ha e m d unde thi Co e a e Pa ty e t v a e r s v r g r ,whi h co e a e is so gh i ca se by ac v r g u t s u d n th se ri ht a e tra sfe re t us. he i sure usto g s r n r d o T n d mo fe se t a i co mt e ;f n h t s m i t d do no hng a te l ss to i p i th m At o r re u st,t i f r o m ar e . u q esubse u nt to the si nng o tha co tr ct oq e g i f t n a r th i sure wil bri g "sui " o tra sfe tho e ri h se n d l n t r n r s g ta re m nt by y ug e e o .to us a d h l s e f rce t e .n ep u n o h m5. P e i m Au ir m u d t 9. Wh n We D N t en we o o R ea.We wi l co p t al p e i m f r hs Co e a el m u e l r mu s o t i v r g If we d ci e n t o r n w hs Co e a e P rt e wile d o t e e t i v r g a , w lPa t i cco d nce wt ur u e a d a e .r n a r a i h o r l s n r t s m i o de i e to th fi st Na e In ure sho n inal r lv r e r m d s d wb.Pre i m sho n in th s Co e a e Pa t amu w i v r g r s th De l ra i n wri te no i e o the no r n wae c a t o s t n t c f n e e la v nce pre i m i a de o i pr mum o l . Ad a mu s p s t e i n y t no l ss th n 0 da s be o e t e e pi a i n da et e a 3 y f r h x r t o t .th clo e o e ch a d t pe i d we wi l co p te s f a u i r o l m u e If no i e is m ie , pro f o m i i g wil be suffi i nt c al d o f al n l ce tth e rn d pre i m fo th t pe i d a d se de a e mu r a ro n n pro f f o i eo o n t c .no i e t th fi st Na e I sure . The du da et c o e r m d n d e t SE TI N V – D F N T O SC O E I I I Nfo a di a d re ro pe ti e p e i m i t e d tr u t n t s c v r m u s s h a e 1."shown as the due date on the bill. If the sum of Ad e t se e t" m a s a no i e th t s br a ca t ov r i m n e n t c a i o d s r pu l she to the ge e a pub i o spe i i m rb i d n r l l c r c f c athe advance and audit premiums paid for the k te poi y pe i d is gre te tha the e rn dl c r o a r n a e se m nt a o t y ur go ds, pro u ts o ser i eg e s b u o o d c r vc s fo th purp se o a t a g custo e s or e o f t r m r rpremium, we will return the excess to the first Na e nsure . supp rt r . o h p r o e o hi de i i i nm d I d o e s F r t e u p s s f t s f n t o : c.The fi st Na e In ure m st k e re o d or m d s d u e p c r s f a.No i e th t a e publ she i cl de m t rat c s a r i d n u a e i l th in o m t o we ne d fo pre i m pl ce o the Int rn t o oe f r a i n e r mu a d n e e r n sim l r ia co p t ti n a d se d us co i s a such t m sm u a o , n n pe t i e m a s o co m ni a i n; a de n f m u c to n a wem yre u st.s a q e b.Re a di g we sit s, o l tha pa t o a we si eg r n b e n y t r f b t 6. Rep es n ati nr e t o s th t is a o t y u go d , pro u ts o se vcea b u o r o s d c r r i s fo th pur o e o a t a custo e s or e p s s f t r m r rBy ti g t i p l cy o gre :p n h s oi , y u a e supp rt r i co si e e a a v rtse e to e s s n d r d n d e i m n . Pa e16 o 21g f CG 1 0 02 1T 0 9© 2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. approach specifically ctin cting electronic acce whichever comes first. Declarations such insured Page 228 of 449 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part,and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE LOSS OFA. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED USE INCREASED LIMITB. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE TRANSPORTATIONC. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO EXPENSES INCREASED LIMIT D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED J. PERSONAL PROPERTY E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS INCREASED K. AIRBAGS LIMITS L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR F. HIRED AUTO LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- LOSS ERAGE INDEMNITY BASIS M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE GLASS N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS PROVISIONS this insurance applies and only to the extent thatA. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED person or organization qualifies as an "insured"The following is added to Paragraph A.1.,Who Is under the Who Is An Insured provision containedAn Insured,ofSECTION II COVERED AUTOS in Section II.LIABILITY COVERAGE: C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTOAny organization you newly acquire or form dur- 1.The following is added to Paragraph A.1.,ing the policy period over which you maintain Who Is An Insured,ofSECTION II COV-50% or more ownership interest and that is not ERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE:separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. An "employee" of yours is an "insured" whileCoverage under this provision is afforded only un- operating an "auto" hired or rented under atil the 180th day after you acquire or form the or-contract or agreement in an "employee's"ganization or the end of the policy period, which-name, with your permission, while performingever is earlier.duties related to the conduct of your busi-B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED ness. The following is added to Paragraph c.in A.1.,2.The following replaces Paragraph b.in B.5., Who Is An Insured,ofSECTION II COVERED Other Insurance,ofSECTION IV BUSI- NESS AUTO CONDITIONS:AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: b.For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover-Any person or organization who is required under age, the following are deemed to be cov-a written contract or agreement between you and ered "autos" you own:that person or organization, that is signed and (1)Any covered "auto" you lease, hire,executed by you before the "bodily injury" or rent or borrow; and"property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an addi-(2)Any covered "auto" hired or rented by tional insured is an "insured" for Covered Autos your "employee"under a contract in Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which an "employee's" name, with your CA T3 53 02 15 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Compa ny. All rights reserved . Page 1 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. POLICY NUMBER: VTC2J-CAP-9X515024-TIL-26 Page 229 of 449 COMMERCIAL AUTO permission, while performing duties (a)With respect to any claim made or "suit" related to the conduct of your busi- brought outside the United States of America, the territories and possessionsness. of the United States of America, PuertoHowever, any "auto" that is leased, hired,Rico and Canada:rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto".(i)You must arrange to defend the "in- sured" against, and investigate or set-D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED tle any such claim or "suit" and keepThe following is added to Paragraph A.1.,Who Is us advised of all proceedings and ac-An Insured,ofSECTION II COVERED AUTOS tions.LIABILITY COVERAGE:(ii)Neither you nor any other involvedAny "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us-"insured" will make any settlementing a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow without our consent.in your business or your personal affairs.(iii)We may, at our discretion, participateE. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS INCREASED in defending the "insured" against, orLIMITSin the settlement of, any claim or 1.The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(2), "suit". of SECTION II COVERED AUTOS LIABIL-(iv)We will reimburse the "insured" forITY COVERAGE:sums that the "insured" legally must (2)Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in- pay as damages because of "bodily cluding bonds for related traffic law viola- injury" or "property damage" to which tions) required because of an "accident" this insurance applies, that the "in- we cover. We do not have to furnish sured" pays with our consent, but only up to the limit described in Para-these bonds. graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of2.The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(4),SECTION II COVERED AUTOSofSECTION II COVERED AUTOS LIABIL-LIABILITY COVERAGE.ITY COVERAGE: (v)We will reimburse the "insured" for(4)All reasonable expenses incurred by the the reasonable expenses incurred"insured" at our request, including actual with our consent for your investiga-loss of earnings up to $500 a day be-tion of such claims and your defensecause of time off from work.of the "insured" against any suchF. HIRED AUTO LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV-"suit", but only up to and includedERAGEINDEMNITY BASIS within the limit described in Para- The following replaces Subparagraph (5)in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of graph B.7.,Policy Period, Coverage Territory, SECTION II COVERED AUTOS of SECTION IV BUSINESS AUTO CONDI-LIABILITY COVERAGE, and not in addition to such limit. Our duty toTIONS: make such payments ends when we(5)Anywhere in the world, except any country or have used up the applicable limit ofjurisdiction while any trade sanction, em-insurance in payments for damages,bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the settlements or defense expenses.United States of America applies to and pro- hibits the transaction of business with or (b)This insurance is excess over any valid within such country or jurisdiction, for Cov- and collectible other insurance available ered Autos Liability Coverage for any covered to the "insured" whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis."auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver for a period of 30 days or less (c)This insurance is not a substitute for re-and that is not an "auto" you lease, hire, rent quired or compulsory insurance in anyor borrow from any of your "employees",country outside the United States, its ter-partners (if you are a partnership), members ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and(if you are a limited liability company) or Canada.members of their households. Page 2 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Compa ny. All rights reserved .CA T3 53 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Page 230 of 449 COMMERCIAL AUTO (2)In or on your covered "auto".You agree to maintain all required or compulsory insurance in any such coun-This coverage applies only in the event of a totaltry up to the minimum limits required by theft of your covered "auto".local law. Your failure to comply with No deductibles apply to this Personal Propertycompulsory insurance requirements will coverage.not invalidate the coverage afforded by K. AIRBAGSthis policy, but we will only be liable to the same extent we would have been liable The following is added to Paragraph B.3.,Exclu- had you complied with the compulsory in-sions,ofSECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE surance requirements.COVERAGE: Exclusion 3.a.does not apply to "loss" to one or(d)It is understood that we are not an admit- more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in-ted or authorized insurer outside the flate due to a cause other than a cause of "loss"United States of America, its territories set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b.and A.1.c., butand possessions, Puerto Rico and Can-only:ada. We assume no responsibility for the furnishing of certificates of insurance, or a.If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre- for compliance in any way with the laws hensive Coverage under this policy; of other countries relating to insurance.b.The airbags are not covered under any war- ranty; andG. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE GLASS c.The airbags were not intentionally inflated.The following is added to Paragraph D.,Deducti- ble,ofSECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for anyCOVERAGE:one "loss". No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than LOSS replaced.The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a.,of H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE LOSS OF SECTION IV BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: USE INCREASED LIMIT Your duty to give us or our authorized representa- tive prompt notice of the "accident" or "loss" ap-The following replaces the last sentence of Para- plies only when the "accident" or "loss" is knowngraphA.4.b.,Loss Of Use Expenses,ofSEC- to:TION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: (a)You (if you are an individual);However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of (b)A partner (if you are a partnership); $750 for any one "accident".(c)A member (if you are a limited liability com- I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE TRANSPORTATION pany); EXPENSES INCREASED LIMIT (d)An executive officer, director or insurance manager (if you are a corporation or other or-The following replaces the first sentence in Para- ganization); orgraphA.4.a.,Transportation Expenses,of SECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER-(e)Any "employee" authorized by you to give no-AGE:tice of the "accident" or "loss". We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in-The following replaces Paragraph A.5.,Transfercurred by you because of the total theft of a cov-Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us,ered "auto" of the private passenger type.of SECTION IV BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS:J. PERSONAL PROPERTY 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery AgainstThe following is added to Paragraph A.4.,Cover- Others To Usage Extensions,ofSECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE:We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the ex-Personal Property tent required of you by a written contractWe will pay up to $400 for "loss" to wearing ap-signed and executed prior to any "accident"parel and other personal property which is:or "loss", provided that the "accident" or "loss" arises out of operations contemplated by(1)Owned by an "insured"; and CA T3 53 02 15 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Compa ny. All rights reserved . Page 3 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Page 231 of 449 COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the The unintentional omission of, or unintentional person or organization designated in such error in, any information given by you shall notcontract.prejudice your rights under this insurance. How- N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ever this provision does not affect our right to col- lect additional premium or exercise our right ofThe following is added to Paragraph B.2.,Con-cancellation or non-renewal.cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud,of SECTION IV BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Page 4 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Compa ny. All rights reserved .CA T3 53 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Page 232 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving an Amendment to the Development Agreement with Iowa Heartland Habitat for Humanity for 408 Vermont Street, to allow for the demolition of the existing home and the construction of a new single-family home, and to extend the completion deadline to July 31, 2029, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said documents. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION Iowa Heartland Habitat for Humanity is requesting an amendment to the Development Agreement for 408 Vermont Street to allow for them to demo the home and build new rather than rehabbing the home. Habitat determined the home was further dilapidated than expected and is not able to be rehabbed. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT New home construction and demolishing of a dilapidated home would have a positive impact on the neighborhood. DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES Infill Development IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES Nuissance Bonds ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Page 233 of 449 Lot 5 in Block 13 in Whitney & Sedgwick’s Addition to the City of Waterloo, Iowa. ATTACHMENTS 1. 1st Amendment to DA - Habitat - 408 Vermont St 2. Habitat DA for 408 Vermont 11-20-24 Page 234 of 449 Prepared By: Austin J. McMahon, McMahon Law Office, 3356 Kimball Ave, Ste. 1000, Waterloo, IA 319-266-5743 FIRST AMENDMENT TO DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT This Amendment to Development Agreement (the “Amendment”) is entered into as of _______________________________, 2026 by and between Iowa Heartland Habitat for Humanity (the “Company”) and the City of Waterloo, Iowa (the “City”). RECITALS A. Company and City are parties to that certain Development Agreement dated December 16, 2024 (the “DA”), recorded with the Black Hawk County Recorder as File No. 2025- 02414. B. The parties desire to amend the DA as set forth in this Amendment. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows: 1. Section 2 “Improvements by Company” is hereby stricken in its entirety and substituted with an amended Section 2 as follows: 2. Improvements by Company. Company acknowledges that it has had a reasonable opportunity to inspect each of the Properties and to conduct other due diligence related to the Project. Company agrees to accept each of the Properties in its “AS IS” condition, without any warranty from City, expressed or implied, as to the condition of each Property, its marketability, or its fitness for any particular purpose. At its own expense, Company shall construct a single-family dwelling as further described and depicted in Exhibit “B” attached hereto. The Improvements shall be completed to a finished state, including installation of sidewalks, driveways and garages, removal of all construction debris, proper leveling or shaping of groundscape, and grassing and/or landscaping (construction and finishing as so described are referred to collectively as the “Improvements”). The Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, all applicable City, state, and federal building codes and shall comply with all applicable City ordinances and other applicable law. Company shall submit specific plans, building designs and site plans for City review and approval before the Page 235 of 449 Page 2 commencement of construction and shall not substantially deviate from such plans, specifications or designs. Company will use its best efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, in a timely manner, all required permits, licenses and approvals, and will meet, in a timely manner, all requirements of all applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations which must be obtained or met before the Improvements may be lawfully constructed. The Properties, the Improvements, and all site preparation and development- related work to be undertaken and completed by Company under this Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Project.” 2. The deadline for completion of the Improvements as stated in Section 3 of the DA, or as stated elsewhere in the DA, is hereby amended to be July 31, 2029. 3. Except as modified herein, the DA shall continue unmodified in full force and effect. Terms in this Amendment that are capitalized but not defined will have the same meanings herein that are ascribed to them in the DA. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts. The DA and this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to Development Agreement by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first set forth above. CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA IOWA HEARTLAND HABITAT FOR HUMANITY By: __________________________ By: ________________________________ David Boesen, Mayor Ali Parrish, Executive Director Attest: ________________________ Kelley Felchle, City Clerk Page 236 of 449 +LEVI ARCHITECTURECMBA3228 Cedar Heights DriveCedar Falls, IA 50613(P) 319.277.5636+PLOT DATE:FILE PATH:SHEETDATE:PROJECTSHEET INDEX 7/24/2025 2:48:18 PMC:\Users\klosel\Documents\Habitat 4 Square- Centered_Central CMBA_klose.l296HZ.rvt4-SQUARE HOUSE-CENTERED PORCH HABITAT FOR HUMANITY WATERLOO, IOWA NO GARAGE G1.0 WATERLOO, IOWA7/11/2504-SQUARE HOUSE-CENTERED PORCHHABITAT FOR HUMANITYCOVER, SHEET INDEX &LOCATIONNO GARAGE GENERAL G1.0 COVER, SHEET INDEX & LOCATION G2.0 LEGEND, NOTES & SYMBOLS ARCHITECTURAL A2.0 FOUNDATION PLAN A2.1 BASEMENT PLAN A2.2 MAIN FLOOR PLAN A2.3 SECOND FLOOR PLAN A2.4 ROOF PLAN A2.5 BASEMENT FINISH PLAN A2.6 MAIN FLOOR FINISH PLAN A2.7 SECOND FLOOR FINISH PLAN A3.0 EXTERIOR ELEVATION- FRONT A3.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION- RIGHT A3.2 EXTERIOR ELEVATION- REAR A3.3 EXTERIOR ELEVATION- LEFT A4.0 ELECTRICAL & LIGHTING PLAN- BASEMENT A4.1 ELECTRICAL & LIGHTING PLAN- MAIN FLOOR A4.2 ELECTRICAL & LIGHTING PLAN- SECOND FLOOR A7.0 ENLARGED KITCHEN PLAN A7.1 KITCHEN CASEWORK ELEVATION A7.2 KITCHEN CASEWORK ELEVATIONS A7.3 KITCHEN CASEWORK ELEVATIONS A7.4 BASEMENT TOILET PLAN & ELEVATION A7.5 MAIN FLOOR TOILET PLAN & ELEVATION A7.6 SECOND FLOOR TOILET PLAN & ELEVATION A8.0 WINDOW & DOOR SCHEDULES 3/16" = 1'-0" ELEVATION Exhibit "B" Page 237 of 449 +/-8'-0" WINDOW TYPE SPOT ELEVATION XX 1i REVISION WALL TAG ASSEMBLY TYPE TOILET ACCESSORIES 1 1 2 DETAIL SIM DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1 A101 BUILDING SECTION / WALL SECTION SECTION DIRECTION SECTION LETTER SHEET NUMBER SIM A A101 ELEVATION LETTER ELEVATION DIRECTION SHEET NUMBER A A101 NEW / EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION ROOM NAME AND NUMBER NEW WALL EXISTING WALL (SCREENED) ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME 101 NEW DOOR NUMBER ROOM NUMBER ALPHABET CHARACTERS USED TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN MULTIPLE DOORS THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH PARTICULAR ROOMS 4 DIGIT 90° SWING 100A EXISTING DOOR NUMBER 45° SWING 4 DIGIT ROOM NUMBER ALPHABET CHARACTERS USED TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN MULTIPLE DOORS THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH PARTICULAR ROOMS 100A INTERIOR ELEVATION A DIAGONAL DIMENSION TICK DIMENSIONS TO THE FACE OF OBJECT • FOR STUD FRAMED WALLS, DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICALLY DIMENSIONED TO THE FACE OF STUD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. • FOR CMU AND CONCRETE WALLS, DIMSENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF THE WALL. • DIMENSIONS NOTED AS "CLEAR" ARE DIMENSIONED TO THE WALL FINISH. • DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF THE WALL FINISH. A DIMENSION DOT DIMENSIONS TO THE CENTER OF OBJECT DIMENSIONS LEGEND EXISTING RESIDENCE FRONT PORCH SIDEWALK GENERAL NOTES DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. REVIEW DOCUMENTS AND VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS. CONFLICTS OR OMISSIONS, ETC., SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK IN QUESTION. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN PARTITION LOCATIONS. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD. FLOOR PLAN BY ARCHITECT OF RECORD SUPERSEDES OTHER PLANS. DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF FINISHES INCLUDING CARPET, PAD, CERAMIC TILE, V.C.T., ETC. 'T.Y.P.' MEANS THAT THE CONDITION IS REPRESENTATIVE FOR SIMILAR CONDITIONS THROUGHOUT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH & INTO WALLS. AT SOUND RATED ASSEBLIES, PROVISE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. AT FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE UL TESTED SYSTEMS TO MAINTAIN RATING. VOID SPACE AROUND CEILING PENETRATIONS INTO ATTIC SPACE TO BE FIRE STOPPED W/ A MATERIAL TESTED & CLASSIFIED FOR USE IN A THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM. PROVIDE MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. PROVIDE CONCEALED BLOCKING OR BACKING FOR SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED CASEWORK AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. ALL FLOOR MATERIAL CHANGES SHALL OCCUR AT CENTER OF DOOR LEAF. ALL WOOD IN WET LOCATIONS OR IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE TO BE PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER. A B C D E F G H I J K GRAPHIC SYMBOLS 1/16" = 1'-0" LANDSCAPE PLAN +LEVI ARCHITECTURECMBA3228 Cedar Heights DriveCedar Falls, IA 50613(P) 319.277.5636+REVISIONS SHEETDATE:PROJECTPLOT DATE:FILE PATH: COPYRIGHT. Permission to reproduce all or part of this drawing is hereby granted solely for the limited purpose of construction of this project or archiving. Unauthorized copying, disclosure or construction use without written permission of Cannon Moss Brygger & Associates is prohibited by copyright law. ©7/24/2025 2:48:23 PMC:\Users\klosel\Documents\Habitat 4 Square- Centered_Central CMBA_klose.l296HZ.rvtG2.0 WATERLOO, IOWA7/11/2504-SQUARE HOUSE-CENTERED PORCHHABITAT FOR HUMANITYLEGEND, NOTES & SYMBOLSRENDERING FOR GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION ONLY NO. DESCRIPTION DATE Page 238 of 449 WH 6' - 0"26' - 0"26' - 0" 26' - 0" BEDROOM 4 CLOSET 4 CLOSET 5 BEDROOM 5 LAUNDRY/ MECH. FD DW FURN.5' - 4"4' - 0"7' - 4"4' - 0"5' - 4"40"x19" CHASE ELECTRICAL PANEL BLOCK OUTBLOCK OUTRADON PIPE SUMP PIT 3 1/2"6' - 9 1/2"3 1/2"3' - 7 1/2" 3 1/2" 3' - 11 1/2" 3 1/2" 5' - 1 1/2"3 1/2" 1 1/2" AIR 8" FDN 14' - 2" 3 1/2" 9' - 4 1/2" 3 1/2" 1/2" AIR 1" RIGID 8" FDN 8" FDN1" RIGID1/2" AIR3 1/2"9' - 4 1/4"3 1/2"2' - 1"3 1/2"2' - 1"3 1/2"9' - 5 1/4"3 1/2"1/2" AIR1" RIGID8" FDN8" FDN1" RIGID1/2" AIR3 1/2"3' - 11 1/2"3 1/2"2' - 7"3 1/2"6' - 1"3 1/2"2' - 7"3 1/2"7' - 5 1/2"3 1/2"1/2" AIR1" RIGID8" FDN301 300302 304 303 LINEN305 306 UP W4 W4 A7.41 FULL FULL BATH AIR EXCHANGER 8" FDN1" RIGID1/2" AIR3 1/2"10' - 4"3 1/2"2' - 1"3 1/2"6' - 7"3 1/2"WINDOW WELL FOR EGRESS WINDOW SILL TO BE MAX +44." ,TYP. 1' - 7" 22' - 10" 1' - 7" 8" FDN 1" RIGID 1/2" AIR 3 1/2" 3' - 2" 3 1/2"W/ MANUF. 5' - 0" (VERIFY) 3 1/2" 1' - 6" 3 1/2" 3' - 7 1/2" 3 1/2" 9' - 4 1/2" 3 1/2" 1/2" AIR 1" RIGID 8" FDN 3 1/2" 3' - 5" 3 1/2" 3' - 1" 3 1/2" 3' - 7 1/2" 3 1/2" CLEAR 3' - 1" WATER MAIN VERIFY W/ STAIRUNEXCAVATED SAND FILL +LEVI ARCHITECTURECMBA3228 Cedar Heights DriveCedar Falls, IA 50613(P) 319.277.5636+REVISIONS SHEETDATE:PROJECTPLOT DATE:FILE PATH: COPYRIGHT. Permission to reproduce all or part of this drawing is hereby granted solely for the limited purpose of construction of this project or archiving. Unauthorized copying, disclosure or construction use without written permission of Cannon Moss Brygger & Associates is prohibited by copyright law. ©7/24/2025 2:48:25 PMC:\Users\klosel\Documents\Habitat 4 Square- Centered_Central CMBA_klose.l296HZ.rvtA2.1 WATERLOO, IOWA7/11/2504-SQUARE HOUSE-CENTERED PORCHHABITAT FOR HUMANITYBASEMENT PLAN1/4" = 1'-0" BASEMENT PLAN NO. DESCRIPTION DATE Page 239 of 449 9"5' - 3"1' - 0"3' - 0"5' - 4"3' - 0"5' - 4"3' - 0"5' - 4"TOILET 47"x19" CHASE KNEE WALL W/ WOOD CAP, +42" KNEE WALL W/ WOOD CAP, +42" LIVING ROOM DINING AREA 26' - 0"26' - 0" 17' - 6"6' - 0"2' - 6"26' - 0"9"5' - 3"1' - 0"3' - 0"10' - 6"3' - 0"2' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 6"4' - 0"3' - 0"4' - 6"3' - 0"4' - 6"3' - 0"4' - 0" WRAPPED COLUMN, TYP. 1' - 1 1/2"3' - 1 1/2" 3 1/2" 3' - 11" 3 1/2" 3' - 9" 3 1/2" 12' - 9" 6"6"12' - 4 1/4" 3 1/2" 12' - 5 1/4"6"6"5' - 9"3 1/2"5' - 5"3 1/2"1' - 7"3 1/2"11' - 5 1/2"PANTRY COATS6"3' - 6" 2' - 3"3 1/2"3 1/2"2' - 2 1/2"3' - 0"6' - 3"6"VERIFY LANDING ELEVATION WITH SITE GRADE DN A7.51 W3 W1 W1 W1W2 W2 W2 100 101 UP 104 CONC. SLAB 1' - 7"9"7' - 2"3' - 6"3' - 6"7' - 2"9"1' - 7" FDN FDN FDN FDN FDNFDN102 103 A7.31 WOOD CAP @ T.O. WALL DW 6"3' - 9 1/2" 3 1/2" 5' - 7" 3 1/2" 2' - 1" 3 1/2" 12' - 9" 6" W1CLEAR3' - 0"A7.1 1 A7.3 2 TYP. 1' - 7"TYP.1' - 7"CONC. STAIRS, VERIFY REQUIRED RISER/TREAD NUMBER W/ SITE GRADE A7.2 1 5' - 1" 7' - 7 1/2"+LEVI ARCHITECTURECMBA3228 Cedar Heights DriveCedar Falls, IA 50613(P) 319.277.5636+REVISIONS SHEETDATE:PROJECTPLOT DATE:FILE PATH: COPYRIGHT. Permission to reproduce all or part of this drawing is hereby granted solely for the limited purpose of construction of this project or archiving. Unauthorized copying, disclosure or construction use without written permission of Cannon Moss Brygger & Associates is prohibited by copyright law. ©7/24/2025 2:48:26 PMC:\Users\klosel\Documents\Habitat 4 Square- Centered_Central CMBA_klose.l296HZ.rvtA2.2 WATERLOO, IOWA7/11/2504-SQUARE HOUSE-CENTERED PORCHHABITAT FOR HUMANITYMAIN FLOOR PLAN1/4" = 1'-0" MAIN FLOOR PLAN PORCH ROOF TRUSSE 5'-6" BOTTOM CHORD? NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 Revision 1 Date 1 Page 240 of 449 4' - 0" 3' - 0" 5' - 0" 2' - 0" 5' - 0" 3' - 0" 4' - 0"13' - 8"3' - 0"9' - 4"16' - 6"3' - 0"6' - 6"15' - 8 1/2" 3' - 0" 7' - 3 1/2"26' - 0"BEDROOM 1 CLOSET 1 BEDROOM 2BEDROOM 3 CLOSET 2 BATH CLOSET 3 LINEN CLOSET 26' - 0"PORCH OUTLINE BELOW 26' - 0"9' - 11 3/4"3 1/2"2' - 1"3 1/2"12' - 4 3/4"6"8' - 9 3/4"3 1/2"3' - 10 3/4"3 1/2"2' - 1"3 1/2"3' - 9"3 1/2"5' - 4"6"6"4' - 6"3 1/2"8' - 2"3 1/2"6" 2' - 6 1/2" 3 1/2" 11" 3 1/2" DN W1 W1W5 W1 W1 W2 207 206 204 202 200 201 203 205W/ MANUF.5' - 0" (VERIFY)3 1/2"7"FULL FULL FULL A7.6 1 VERIFYVERIFY4' - 3" 3 1/2" 6' - 3" 3 1/2" 3' - 9" 3 1/2" 4' - 2 1/2" 3 1/2" 5' - 10 1/2" 6" 6"8' - 6" 3 1/2" 5' - 7" 3 1/2" 10' - 4 1/2" 6"+LEVI ARCHITECTURECMBA3228 Cedar Heights DriveCedar Falls, IA 50613(P) 319.277.5636+REVISIONS SHEETDATE:PROJECTPLOT DATE:FILE PATH: COPYRIGHT. Permission to reproduce all or part of this drawing is hereby granted solely for the limited purpose of construction of this project or archiving. Unauthorized copying, disclosure or construction use without written permission of Cannon Moss Brygger & Associates is prohibited by copyright law. ©7/24/2025 2:48:26 PMC:\Users\klosel\Documents\Habitat 4 Square- Centered_Central CMBA_klose.l296HZ.rvtA2.3 WATERLOO, IOWA7/11/2504-SQUARE HOUSE-CENTERED PORCHHABITAT FOR HUMANITYSECOND FLOOR PLAN1/4" = 1'-0" SECOND FLOOR PLAN NO. DESCRIPTION DATE Page 241 of 449 Preparer: Christopher S. Wendland, P.O. Box 596, Waterloo, Iowa 50704 (319) 234-5701 After recording, return to Community Planning & Development, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA 50703. DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT This Development Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of _______________, by and between Iowa Heartland Habitat for Humanity (“Company”), and the City of Waterloo, Iowa (“City”). RECITALS A. City owns real property at 408 Vermont Street, Waterloo, Iowa (the “Property”), which is legally described as set forth on Exhibit “A” attached hereto. Company desires to undertake a project on the Property. B. City considers development within the City a benefit to the community and is willing for the overall good and welfare of the community to provide financial incentives so as to encourage that goal. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows: 1. Sale of Property; Title. Subject to the terms hereof, City shall convey the Property to Company for the sum of $1.00 (the “Purchase Price”). Conveyance shall be by quit claim deed, free and clear of all encumbrances arising by or through City except: (a) easements, servitudes, conditions and restrictions of record; (b) current and future real estate real property taxes and assessments subject to the agreements made herein; (c) general utility and right-of-way easements serving the Property; and (d) restrictions imposed by the City zoning ordinances and other applicable law. Company may, at its own expense, obtain whatever form of title evidence it desires. If title is unmarketable or subject to matters not acceptable to Company, and if City does not remedy or remove such objectionable matters in timely fashion following written notice of such objections from Company, Company may terminate this Agreement without further obligation. City shall provide any title documents it has in its possession, including any abstracts, to assist in title review. Page 242 of 449 2. Improvements by Company. Company acknowledges that it has had a reasonable opportunity to inspect the Property and to conduct other due diligence related to the Project. Subject to Section 6.B and 6.C, Company agrees to accept the Property in its “AS IS” condition, without any warranty from City, expressed or implied, as to the condition of the Property, its marketability, or its fitness for any particular purpose. At its own cost Company shall renovate the existing structure to create a single-family dwelling to a finished state, including sidewalk, garage and driveway, and shall be responsible for removal of all construction debris, proper leveling or shaping of groundscape, and grassing and/or landscaping (construction and finishing as so described are referred to collectively as the “Improvements”). The Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, all applicable City, state, and federal building codes and shall comply with all applicable City ordinances and other applicable law. Company shall submit specific plans, building designs and site plans for City review and approval before the commencement of construction and shall not substantially deviate from such plans, specifications or designs. Company will use its best efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, in a timely manner, all required permits, licenses and approvals, and will meet, in a timely manner, all requirements of all applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations which must be obtained or met before the Improvements may be lawfully constructed. The Property, the Improvements, and all site preparation and development-related work to be undertaken and completed by Company under this Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Project.” 3. Timeliness of Construction; Possibility of Reverter. The parties agree that Company’s commitment to cause the Project to be undertaken and to construct the Improvements in a timely manner constitutes a material inducement for the City to convey the Property to Company and to extend the incentives provided for in this Agreement, and that without said commitment City would not do so. A. Deadlines to commence and complete. Subject to Unavoidable Delays (defined below), Company must Substantially Complete construction by June 30, 2027 (the “Completion Deadline”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Substantially Complete” means the date on which the Improvements have been completed to the extent necessary for the City to issue a certificate of occupancy relating thereto and the City has verified that Project elemen ts for which no permit was necessary have been substantially completed. All deadlines are subject to Unavoidable Delays as defined in paragraph B below. The City’s Community Planning and Development Director may, but shall not be required to, consent to an extension of time of up to six (6) months for the construction of any phase of the Improvements. Any additional or longer time extensions will require consent of the City Council. B. Events triggering termination and/or reverter of title . If Company does not begin or Substantially Complete construction of the Improvements on the schedule(s) stated above, subject to Unavoidable Delays, then City may Page 243 of 449 terminate this Agreement as set forth in Section 13, and City shall then have no further obligation to Company under this Agreement. If development has commenced within the required period, as the same may be extended, and is subsequently stopped or delayed as a result of an act of God, war, civil disturbance, court order, labor dispute, fire, or other cause beyond the reasonable control of Company (each an “Unavoidable Delay”), the requirement that construction be completed by the Completion Deadline shal l be tolled for a period of time equal to the period of Unavoidable Delay. As promptly as possible, Company shall notify City in writing of the occurrence of any Unavoidable Delay and shall again notify City in writing when the Unavoidable Delay has ended. If City terminates this Agreement as provided in Section 1 3, City shall have no further obligations to Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to any legal or equitable obligation to reimburse Company for any costs expended by Company with respect to the Project or to compensate Company for any value added to the Property by any Improvements. In connection with termination of the Agreement as set forth herein, City may demand reconveyance of the Property in addition to exercising any other available remedies. 4. Reverter of Title; Indemnity. In the event of any reverter of title pursuant to Section 3, Company agrees that it shall, at its own expense, promptly execute all documents, including but not limited to a special warranty deed, or take such other actions as the City may reasonably request to effectuate said reverter and to deliver to City title to the Property free and clear of any lien, claim, charge, security interest, mortgage or encumbrance (collectively, “Liens”) arising by or through Company. Company shall pay in full, so as to discharge or satisfy, all Liens on or against the Property. In connection with any reverter of title, Company shall not be entitled to a refund of the Purchase Price. Appointment of Attorney in Fact: If Company fails to deliver such documents, including but not limited to a special warranty deed, to City within thirty (30) days after written demand by City, then City shall be authorized to execute, on Company’s behalf and as its attorney-in-fact, the special warranty deed or other documents required by this Section, and for such limited purpose Company does hereby constitute and appoint City as its attorney-in-fact. Company further agrees that it shall indemnify City and hold it harmless with respect to any demand, claim, cause of action, damage, cost, expense, liability or injury made, suffered, or incurred as a result of or in connection with the Project, or Company’s failure to carry on or complete same, or any Lien or Liens on or against the Property of any type or nature whatsoever that attaches to the Property by virtue of Company’s ownership of same. If City files suit to enforce the terms of this Agreement and prevails in such suit, then Company shall be liable for all legal expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City. Company’s duties of indemnity pursuant to this Section shall survive the expiration, termination or cancellation of this Agreement for any reason. Page 244 of 449 5. Utilities. Company will be responsible for extending water, sewer, telephone, telecommunications, electricity, gas and other utility services from street right of way to any location on the Property and for payment of any associated connection fees. 6. City Incentives. To aid the Project, City agrees to provide the following assistance: A. Infill Housing Grant. As provided in the City’s infill housing policy, City will pay Company a grant of $5,000.00 within thirty (30) days after Company has Substantially Completed the Improvements and has obtain final inspection on all permits obtained for the Project. B. Asbestos Abatement. City shall pay Company a grant of up to $16,885.00 to cover the actual costs that Company will incur to remove and mitigate any asbestos present on the Property, payable within thirty (30) days after Company provides proof of payment. C. Demolition. Before conveyance of the Property, City shall demolish the front porch and remove all debris from the Property. 7. No Encumbrances; Limited Exception. Until the Improvements are Substantially Completed, Company agrees that it shall not create, incur, or suffer to exist any Liens on the Property, other than such mortgage or mortgages as may be reasonably necessary to finance Company’s completion of the Improvements and of which Company notifies City before Company executes any such mortgage. Company may not mortgage the Property or any part thereof for any purpose except in connection with financing of the Improvements. Any other mortgage shall be void. 8. No Assignment or Conveyance. Company agrees that it will not sell, convey, assign or otherwise transfer its interest in the Property prior to completion of the Project, whether in whole or in part, to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of City. Reasonable grounds for the City to withhold its consent shall include but are not limited to the inability of the proposed transferee to demonstrate to the City’s satisfaction that it has the financial ability to observe all of the terms to be performed by Company under this Agreement. 9. Additional Covenants of Company. In addition to the other promises, covenants and agreements of Company as provided elsewhere in this Agreement, Company agrees as follows: A. Until the Improvements have been Substantially Completed, Company shall make such reports to City, in such detail and at such times as may be reasonably requested by City, as to the actual progress of Company with respect to construction of the Improvements. Page 245 of 449 B. Company will comply with all applicable land development laws and City and county ordinances, and all laws, rules and regulations relating to its businesses, other than laws, rules and regulations where the failure to comply with the same, or where the sanctions and penalties resulting therefrom, would not have a material adverse effect on the business, property, operations, or condition, financial or otherwise, of Company. C. Company will cooperate fully with the City in resolution of any traffic, parking, trash removal or public safety problems which may arise in connection with the construction and operation of the Improvements. D. Company agrees during construction of the Improvements to maintain, as applicable, builder’s risk, property damage, and liability insurance coverages with respect to the Improvements in such amounts as are customarily carried by like companies engaged in activities of comparable size and liability exposure, and shall provide evidence of such coverages to the City upon request. 10. Representations and Warranties of City. City hereby represents and warrants as follows: A. City is not prohibited from consummating the transaction contemplated in this Agreement by any law, regulation, agreement, instrument, restriction, order or judgment. B. Each person who executes and delivers this Agreement and all documents to be delivered hereunder is and shall be authorized to do so on behalf of City. 11. Representations and Warranties of Company. Company hereby represents and warrants as follows: A. It is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization and is duly qualified and in good standing under the laws of the State of Iowa. B. It has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted, and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. C. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, is in full force and effect and is a valid and legally binding instrument of Company that is enforceable in accordance with its Page 246 of 449 terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally. D. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement are not prevented by, limited by, in conflict with, or result in a violation or breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles of organization or operating agreement of Company or of any contractual restriction, evidence of indebtedness, agreement or instrument of whatever nature to which Company is now a party or by which it or its property is bound, nor do they constitute a default under any of the foregoing. E. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting Company in any court or before any arbitrator or before or by any governmental body in which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which could materially adversely affect the business (present or prospective), financial position, or results of operations of Company or which in any manner raises any questions affecting the validity of the Agreement or Company’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement. 12. Default. The following shall be “Events of Default” under this Agreement, and the term “Event of Default” shall mean any one or more of the following events that continues beyond any applicable cure periods: A. Failure by Company to cause the Improvements to be commenced and completed pursuant to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement; B. Transfer by Company of any interest (either directly or indirectly) in the Improvements, the Property, or this Agreement, without the prior written consent of City, except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; C. Failure by any party hereto to substantially observe or perform any covenant, condition, obligation or agreement on its part to be observed or performed under this Agreement; D. Company (1) files any petition in bankruptcy or for any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under the federal bankruptcy law or any similar state law; (2) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (3) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (4) is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; or if a petition or answer proposing the adjudication of Company as a bankrupt or its reorganization under any present or future federal bankruptcy act or any similar federal or state law shall be filed in any court and such petition or answer shall not be discharged or denied within ninety (90) days after the filing thereof; or a receiver, trustee or liquidator of Company, or part Page 247 of 449 thereof, shall be appointed in any proceedings brought against Company and shall not be discharged within ninety (90) days after such appointment, or if Company shall consent to or acquiesce in such appointment; or (5) defaults under any mortgage applicable to the Property; or E. Any representation or warranty made by Company in this Agreement, or made by Company in any written statement or certificate furnished by Company pursuant to this Agreement, shall prove to have been incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect on or as of the date of the issuance or making thereof. 13. Remedies. A. Default by Company. Whenever any Event of Default in respect of Company occurs and is continuing, the City may terminate this Agreement. Before exercising such remedy, City shall give 30 days’ written notice to Company of the Event of Default, provided that by the conclusion of such period the Event of Default shall not have been cured, or the Event of Default cannot reasonably be cured within 30 days and Company shall not have provided assurances reasonably satisfactory to the City that the Event of Default will be cured as soon as reasonably possible. Upon termination, City may exercise any and all remedies available at law, equity, contract or otherwise for recovery of any sums paid by City to Company before the date of termination or to recover ownership of the Property as set forth in this Agreement. B. Default by City. Whenever any Event of Default in respect of City occurs and is continuing, Company may take such action against City to require it to specifically perform its obligations hereunder. Before exercising such remedy, Company shall give 30 days’ written notice to City of the Event of Default, provided that by the conclusion of such period the Event of Default shall not have been cured, or if the Event of Default cannot reasonably be cured within 30 days and City shall not have provided assurances reasonably satisfactory to the Company that the Event of Default will be cured as soon as reasonably possible. C. Remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity or by statute. Waiver as to any particular default, or delay or omission in exercising any right or power accruing upon any default, shall not be construed as a waiver of any other or any subsequent default and shall not impair any such right or power. 14. Indemnification and Releases. A. Company hereby releases City, its elected officials, officers, employees, and agents (collectively, the "indemnified parties") from, covenants Page 248 of 449 and agrees that the indemnified parties shall not be liable for, and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the indemnified parties against, any loss or damage to property or any injury to or death of any person occurring at or about the Property arising after Company’s acquisition of same or resulting from any defect in the Improvements. The indemnified parties shall not be liable for any damage or injury to the persons or property of Company or its directors, officers, employees, contractors or agents, or any other person who may be on or about the Property or the Improvements, due to any act of negligence or willful misconduct of any person, other than any act of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any such indemnified party or its officers, employees or agents. B. Except for any willful misrepresentation, any willful misconduct, or any unlawful act of the indemnified parties, Company agrees to protect and defend the indemnified parties, now or forever, and further agrees to hold the indemnified parties harmless, from any claim, demand, suit, action or other proceedings or any type or nature whatsoever, by any person or entity whatsoever that arises or purportedly arises from (1) any violation of any agreement or condition of this Agreement (except with respect to any suit, action, demand or other proceeding brought by Company against the City to enforce its rights under this Agreement), or (2) the acquisition and condition of the Property and the construction, installation, ownership, and operation of the Improvements, or (3) otherwise as a result of or in connection with the Project or Company’s failure to carry on or complete same. C. The indemnification obligations under this Section shall include attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by any indemnified party. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 15. Materiality of Company’s Promises, Covenants, Representations, and Warranties. Each and every promise, covenant, representation, and warranty set forth in this Agreement on the part of Company to be performed is a material term of this Agreement, and each and every such promise, covenant, representation, and warranty constitutes a material inducement for City to enter this Agreement. Company acknowledges that without such promises, covenants, representations, and warranties, City would not have entered this Agreement. Upon breach of any promise or covenant, or in the event of the incorrectness or falsity of any representation or warranty, City may, at its sole option and in addition to any other right or remedy available to it, terminate this Agreement and declare it null and void. 16. Performance by City. Company acknowledges and agrees that all of the obligations of City under this Agreement shall be subject to, and performed by City in accordance with, all applicable statutory, common law or constitutional provisions and procedures consistent with City’s lawful authority. All covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of City contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of City and not of any Page 249 of 449 governing body member, officer, employee or agent of City in the individual capacity of such person. 17. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. No rights or privileges of any party hereto shall inure to the benefit of any contractor, subcontractor, material supplier, or any other person or entity, and no such contractor, subcontractor, material supplier, or other person or entity shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement. 18. Notices. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, by overnight air courier service, by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile (with an additional copy delivered by one of the foregoing means), and addressed: (a) if to City, at 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, Iowa 50703, Attention: Mayor, with copies to the Community Planning and Development Director. (b) if to Company, at 803 W. 5th Street, Waterloo, Iowa 50702, Attention: Executive Director. Delivery of notice shall be deemed to occur (i) on the date of delivery when delivered in person, (ii) one (1) business day following deposit for overnight delivery to an overnight air courier service which guarantees next day delivery, or (iii) three (3) business days following the date of deposit if mailed by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. A party may change the address for giving notice by any method set forth in this Section. 19. No Joint Venture. Nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be deemed or construed to, create or constitute any joint venture, partnership, agency, employment, or any other relationship between the City and Company nor to create any liability for one party with respect to the liabilities or obligations of the other party or any other person. 20. Amendment, Modification, and Waiver. No amendment, modification, or waiver of any condition, provision, or term of this Agreement shall be valid or of any effect unless made in writing, signed by the party or parties to be bound or by the duly authorized representative of same, and specifying with particularity the extent and nature of the amendment, modification, or waiver. Any waiver by any party of any default by another party shall not affect or impair any rights arising from any subsequent default. 21. Severability; Reformation. Each provision, section, sentence, clause, phrase, and word of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any portion of this Agreement shall be deemed invalid or unenforceable, whether in whole or in part, the offending provision or part thereof shall be deemed severed from this Agreement and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect. If, for any reason, a court finds that any portion of this Page 250 of 449 Agreement is invalid or unenforceable as written, but that by limiting such provision or portion thereof it would become valid and enforceable, then such provision or portion thereof shall be deemed to be written, and shall be construed and enforced, as so limited. 22. Interpretation. This Agreement shall not be construed more strictly against one party than against the other merely by virtue of the fact that it may have been prepared by counsel for one of the parties, it being recognized that the parties hereto and their respective attorneys have contributed substantially and materially to the preparation of each and every provision of this Agreement. 23. Captions. All captions, headings, or titles in the paragraphs or sections of this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and/or reference, and they shall in no way be construed as limiting, extending, or describing either the scope or intent of this Agreement or of any provisions hereof. 24. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. 25. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, including signed counterparts delivered by facsimile or other electronic means, shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. 26. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, discussions, understandings, or agreements, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. 27. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Development Agreement by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first set forth above. CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA IOWA HEARTLAND HABITAT FOR HUMANITY By: __________________________ By: __________________________ Quentin Hart, Mayor Ali Parrish, Executive Director Attest: _________________________ Kelley Felchle, City Clerk Page 251 of 449 EXHIBIT “A” Property Description Lot 5 in Block 13 in Whitney & Sedgwick’s Addition to the City of Waterloo, Iowa. Page 252 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Noel Anderson, Community Planning and Development Director Planning & Zoning Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving an Amendment to the Development Agreement with Dhani RE Waterloo, LLC to increase the number of residential dwellings from twenty-six to twenty-eight and provide $10,000.00 in additional Housing Infill incentives for two new units, amend the completion date to March 31, 2027, and an Amendment to the Minimum Assessment Agreement to have a minimum assessed value of $2,550,000.00, located at 722 Water Street (aka 20 E. 5th Street), and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Approval. SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION Transmitted is a resolution to approve an amendment to the development agreement to increase the number of residential dwellings from 26 to 28 and provide $10,000.00 additional in Housing Infill incentives for the two new units, totaling $140,000.00 for all dwellings, amend the completion date to no later than March 31, 2027, and an amendment to the Minimum Assessment Agreement to have a minimum assessed value of $2,550,000.00, located at 722 Water Street, and authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. The property has subsequently been re-addressed from 722 Water Street to 20 E 5th Street. The original development agreement that was approved was for 26 residential units, for a total infill incentive of $130,000.00 and a $290,000.00 grant, which totaled $420,000.00. Due to adding the two additional units, the total grant amount increases to $430,000.00 as detailed in section 3 of the attached amendment. Note that the $430,000.00 still includes the $290,000.00 grant that was initially approved and there is no change to that grant amount. Adding the two new units will also raise the minimum assessed value by $150,000.00, up from $2,400,000.00. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT The renovation would have another positive impact on Downtown Waterloo, bringing more residents to the central business district for work and patronizing downtown businesses. DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES This project is inline with the city's goal of Elev8 housing by creating more dwelling units. IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION Page 253 of 449 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES Nuisance Bonds/TIF ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. Amendment to Development Agreement 2. Original Development Agreement Page 254 of 449 Page 255 of 449 Page 256 of 449 Page 257 of 449 Page 258 of 449 Page 259 of 449 Page 260 of 449 Page 261 of 449 Page 262 of 449 Page 263 of 449 Page 264 of 449 Page 265 of 449 Page 266 of 449 Page 267 of 449 Page 268 of 449 Page 269 of 449 Page 270 of 449 Page 271 of 449 Page 272 of 449 Page 273 of 449 Page 274 of 449 Page 275 of 449 Page 276 of 449 Page 277 of 449 Page 278 of 449 Page 279 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Jamie Knutson, City Engineer Engineering Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving an Amendment to a Site Lease Agreement for the City-Owned Property Agreement with Croell, Inc., in the amount of $7,500.00, to extend the termination date to November 30, 2026, for continued operation of a portable concrete batch plant, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The contractor responsible for paving Highway 20 between Highway 63 and Highway 58 has requested an extension to lease the southeast corner of Ansborough Avenue and Highway 20 for the continued operation of a temporary concrete batch plant. The proposed timeframe does not conflict with planned activities in the South Waterloo Business Park, and no interference with upcoming development is expected. The original Site Lease Agreement was approved on June 15, 2026, with an approximate termination date of September 15, 2026. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES Page 280 of 449 ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. Croell Signed Lease Extension Through Nov 30 Page 281 of 449 Page 282 of 449 Page 283 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Jamie Knutson, City Engineer Engineering Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving Supplemental Agreement No. 4 to the Professional Services Agreement with AECOM, Inc., of Waterloo, Iowa, in an amount not to exceed $1,599,100.00 for construction-related services, in conjunction with the FY 2026 South Business Park - Phase I Project, Contract No. 1129, and authorizing the Mayor to execute said document. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS Page 284 of 449 1. SA4 WAT South Business Park CRS Page 285 of 449 Page 1 SOUTH BUSINESS PARK IMPROVEMENTS CONSTRUCTION-RELATED SERVICES CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT NO. 4 WHEREAS, a Professional Services Agreement was entered into between the City of Waterloo (Client), 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, Iowa, and AECOM Technical Services, Inc. (ATS), 360 Westfield Avenue, Suite 402, Waterloo, Iowa, dated January 17, 2023, for preliminary engineering service for the South Business Park; and WHEREAS, the Client and ATS entered into Supplemental Agreement No. 1 for the South Business Park Platting and Final Design Services of roadway improvements along Ansborough Avenue dated July 1, 2024; and WHEREAS, the Client and ATS entered into Supplemental Agreement No. 2 for the South Business Park Final Design Services of roadway improvements for the Ansborough Avenue roundabout at the intersection with Highway 20 eastbound off- and on-ramps dated August 4, 2025; and WHEREAS, the Client and ATS entered into Supplemental Agreement No. 3 for South Business Park Winn Street Sanitary Sewer Construction-Related Services dated October 6, 2025; and WHEREAS, the Client and ATS now desire to enter into Supplemental Agreement No. 4 for South Business Park Ansborough Avenue Roundabout at US 20 Eastbound Ramps and South Waterloo Business Park – Phase I Construction-Related Services. NOW THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed to amend the original Professional Service Agreement as follows: I. PROJECT DESCRIPTION This project consists of the development of approximately 210 acres located in the southeast quadrant of the Highway 20 interchange with Ansborough Avenue for the proposed South Business Park in Waterloo, Iowa. The project will include grading, drainage, utilities, roadway, and other construction typical of a large-scale development. The development area includes approximately 182 acres zoned Business Park (B-P) and 25 acres zoned Agriculture District (A-1). This Supplemental Agreement includes construction-related services (CRS) for the construction of the South Business Park Ansborough Avenue Roundabout at US 20 Eastbound Ramps and South Waterloo Business Park – Phase I projects. Construction is anticipated to begin in September 2026. It is estimated that the construction contract completion date is June 30, 2028. The estimated construction costs for the South Business Park Ansborough Avenue Roundabout at US 20 Eastbound Ramps and South Waterloo Business Park – Phase I projects are $14.4M. II. SCOPE OF SERVICES Division I – Construction-Related Services (RISE Grant Eligible) The Scope of Services will encompass and include work, services, materials, personnel, and supplies necessary to provide construction-related services (CRS) for the above-referenced project. These services will include construction staking, field review, materials testing and contract administration. The Scope of Services is further defined as follows: Page 286 of 449 Page 2 Task 1. Conduct a preconstruction conference attended by representatives of the Contractor, Client, ATS and affected utilities. Task 2. Provide construction staking for horizontal and vertical controls for the project as follows: a. Project Control Checks and Establish Additional Construction Control b. Set Stakes for Removals and Clearing and Grubbing Limits c. Set Stakes for Storm Sewer Structures and Pipe d. Set Stakes for Lighting and Components e. Subgrade and Subbase Checks f. Set Stakes for Pavements g. Set Stakes for Signage h. Set Stakes for MidAmerican Coordination Task 3. Review shop drawings and other submittals as required of the Contractor by the contract documents for general conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Task 4. Answer design interpretation questions from the Client, Contractor, review staff and appropriate agencies. Task 5. Prepare bi-weekly applications for payment based on information provided by field review staff and Contractor and forward to the Client for execution with recommendation for approval and payment. Task 6. Perform construction site visits by design personnel at appropriate stages of construction to review the quality of the work and to determine whether the work generally conforms to the contract documents. Task 7. Prepare and assist the Client and Contractor in processing contract change orders. Task 8. Provide field observation during construction to review the work of the Contractor to determine if the work is proceeding in general accordance with the contract documents and that completed work appears to conform to the contract documents. Staffing requirements may be adjusted during the project in relation to the level of construction activity. Task 9. Provide weekly SWPPP reviews along with City of Waterloo and Contractor personnel, as required by Iowa DNR and City of Waterloo. Task 10. Report to the Client work believed to be unsatisfactory, faulty or defective or does not conform to the contract documents and advise the Client of work that should be corrected or rejected. Task 11. Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications and report them with recommendations to the Client. Task 12. Facilitate bi-weekly construction progress meetings of project and complete minutes for each meeting. Task 13. Participate in a review of the project with the Client and review staff near project completion and prepare a list of items to be completed or corrected. Task 14. Participate in a field observation of the completed project with the Client and review staff before a final application for payment is processed for the Contractor. Task 15. Maintain files for correspondence, reports of the job conferences, shop drawings and sample submissions, reproductions of original contract documents including addenda, change orders, field modifications, additional drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the contract, Engineer Page 287 of 449 Page 3 clarifications and interpretations of the contract documents, progress reports and other project-related documents. Task 16. Provide the Client with a copy of revised drawings of the construction plans (record drawings) for the project based on the construction observation records of the field review staff and the Contractor showing those changes made during construction considered significant. Task 17. Prepare and assist the Client with the final close-out documentation received from the Contractor according to Iowa DOT and City of Waterloo requirements. Task 18. Provide monument preservation for the project. This includes resetting property corners and sections after construction as well as preparation and recording of plat. Division II – Construction-Related Services (RISE Grant Non-Participating) The Scope of Services will encompass and include work, services, materials, personnel, and supplies necessary to provide construction-related services (CRS) for the above-referenced project. These services will include construction staking, field review, materials testing and contract administration. The Scope of Services is further defined as follows: Task 19. Provide construction staking for horizontal and vertical controls for the project as follows: i. Project Control Checks and Establish Additional Construction Control j. Set Stakes for Removals and Clearing and Grubbing Limits k. Set Stakes for Storm Sewer Structures and Pipe l. Set Stakes for Sanitary Sewer Structures and Pipe m. Set Stakes for Water Main, Valves, and Hydrants n. Set Stakes for Lighting and Components o. Subgrade and Subbase Checks p. Set Stakes for Pavements q. Set Stakes for Signage r. Set Stakes for MidAmerican Coordination Task 20. Review shop drawings and other submittals as required of the Contractor by the contract documents for general conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Task 21. Answer design interpretation questions from the Client, Contractor, review staff and appropriate agencies. Task 22. Provide field observation during construction to review the work of the Contractor to determine if the work is proceeding in general accordance with the contract documents and that completed work appears to conform to the contract documents. Staffing requirements may be adjusted during the project in relation to the level of construction activity. Task 23. Provide the Client with a copy of revised drawings of the construction plans (record drawings) for the project based on the construction observation records of the field review staff and the Contractor showing those changes made during construction considered significant. Page 288 of 449 Page 4 III. COMPENSATION Compensation for the above services will be on an hourly basis in accordance with Part VI of the original agreement and shall be segregated from the fees in the original agreement and Supplemental Agreement Nos. 1, 2 and 3. The estimated fee is One Million Five Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand One Hundred Dollars ($1,599,100.00) and will not be exceeded without authorization from the Client. Division 1 Construction-Related Services (RISE Grant Eligible) …………………… $1,011,300.00 Division II Construction-Related Services (RISE Grant Non-Participating) ...….…. $ 587,800.00 Total …………………………………………………………………………… $1,599,100.00 IV. In all other respects, the obligations of the Client and the Consultant shall remain as specified in the Professional Services Agreement dated January 17, 2023. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Supplemental Agreement No. 4 as of the dates shown below: APPROVED FOR CITY OF WATERLOO APPROVED FOR AECOM TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. By: By: Printed Name: David Boesen Printed Name: Michelle Sweeney, PE, PTOE Title: Mayor Title: Associate Vice President Date: Date: L:\Secure_DCS\Administration\AGREE\SUPPLE\SA4 WAT South Business Park 8-21-26.docx 8/25/2026 Page 289 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Jamie Knutson, City Engineer Engineering Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving a Street Lighting Agreement with MidAmerican Energy Company, of Des Moines, Iowa, in the estimated amount of $13,342.64, to install streetlights in conjunction with the FY 2026 Parkview Manor and W. 3rd Street Detention Basin Project, Contract No. 1137, and authorizing the Mayor to execute said document. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION Agreement with MAE to install streetlights on Pelican Drive and Fairway Lane in conjunction with the FY 2026 Parkview Manor and W. 3rd Street Detention Basin, Contract No. 1137. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES TIF funds ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Page 290 of 449 ATTACHMENTS 1. MidAmerican Energy - Street Lighting Letter 2026 - 7088112_encrypted_ Page 291 of 449 MidAmerican Energy Attn: Derek Johnson - DMCC PO Box 657 Des Moines, IA 50306 9/9/2026 City of Waterloo Attention: Jamie Knutson Jamie.Knutson@Waterloo-IA.org Dear Jamie, Enclosed is our streetlight proposal for Parkview Manor near Upland Drive in Waterloo, IA. MX: 7088112. This proposal includes the installation of streetlights on: Pelican Drive & Fairway Lane We Propose To: The cost for MidAmerican Energy Company to install these streetlights is $13,342.64. Payment is required before installation can begin. These lights will be installed on steel poles and served by underground conductors, but will be billed to the city at the wood pole, overhead rate because the developer has agreed to pay the streetlight facilities charge. MidAmerican Energy Company’s street light proposal is based on the approved street light analysis provided by the City. MidAmerican Energy Company will install the lights based on the staked locations provided in the field by the customer. Pursuant to MidAmerican’s tariff, the Applicant is required to pay actual permit fees. Permit fees may not be offset by Revenue Credit and are to be paid regardless of whether the applicant is required to pay a Refundable Advance or a Nonrefundable Contribution. If a permit is required for design approval and the local government agency requests a modification of the proposed design, any additional cost incurred will be paid by the applicant and conversely if the modification results in a lower cost a refund will be issued. Install: 2 100W LED streetlights on 28’ steel poles Page 292 of 449 MidAmerican Energy Attn: Derek Johnson - DMCC PO Box 657 Des Moines, IA 50306 9/9/2026 Page 2 If this proposal is satisfactory, please sign and return one (1) copy to me. MidAmerican Energy Company will release the work for scheduling upon receipt of the signed proposal, payment of $13,342.64, and site readiness. This proposal is valid for 90 days and if MidAmerican Energy Company construction has not commenced within 12 months it may be voided. Sincerely, MidAmerican Energy Company Derek Johnson Customer Project Coordinator Enclosures: Design Map Accepted By: ________________________________________________ Date Service Required: ______________ Page 293 of 449 Page 294 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Jamie Knutson, City Engineer Engineering Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving an agreement with MidAmerican Energy Company, of Des Moines, Iowa, in the estimated amount of $50,806.54, to install underground electric distribution facilities in conjunction with the FY 2026 Parkview Manor and W. 3rd Street Detention Basin Project, Contract No. 1137, and authorizing the Mayor to execute said document. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION Agreement with MAE to provide electric service to lots in Parkview Manor and to install underground electric distribution facilities in conjunction with the FY 2026 Parkview Manor and W. 3rd Street Detention Basin, Contract No. 1137. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES TIF funds ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Page 295 of 449 ATTACHMENTS 1. MidAmerican Energy - Plat - Electric Distribution - No Bond Info 2026 - 6732795_encrypted_ Page 296 of 449 MidAmerican Energy Attn: Derek Johnson - DMCC PO Box 657 Des Moines, IA 50306 September 9, 2026 City of Waterloo Attention: Jamie Knutson Jamie.Knutson@Waterloo-IA.org Dear Jamie, We are pleased to submit the Electric Distribution System Proposal for Parkview Manor near Upland Drive in Waterloo, IA. MX 6732795. Please sign and return the proposal when you are ready to commit to the work. You may withhold payment until 30 days before MidAmerican Energy Company is ready to schedule the work. Meanwhile, please keep me informed of your schedule. After we have received your payment, we will sign and return a copy of the proposal for your records. Sincerely, MidAmerican Energy Company Derek Johnson Customer Project Coordinator Enclosures: Design Map Page 297 of 449 MidAmerican Energy Attn: Derek Johnson - DMCC PO Box 657 Des Moines, IA 50306 MidAmerican Energy Company ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROPOSAL MX: 6732795 MidAmerican Energy Company, an Iowa Corporation, its successors and assigns and City of Waterloo ("Applicant"), agree as follows: 1. Applicant has platted in the City of Waterloo, Iowa an Official Plat known as Parkview Manor and has divided the same into numbered lots for building purposes as shown in the plat attached hereto. 2. MidAmerican Energy Company furnishes electric service in Waterloo, Iowa and is willing to provide electric service to lots in Parkview Manor and to install underground electric distribution facilities upon the terms and conditions set forth in this proposal. Electric distribution is defined as that utility plant normally operated at fewer than 15,000 volts, constructed on public right-of-way or easements, and normally intended to provide service to more than one customer. Service conductors installed between the distribution system and the customer's point of attachment are not provided for in this proposal. This proposal is valid for 90 days and if MidAmerican Energy Company construction has not commenced within 12 months it may be voided. 3. MidAmerican Energy Company agrees to engage in construction in consideration of the receipt of $50,806.54, which is a Refundable Advance. MidAmerican Energy Company agrees to construct the necessary underground electric distribution facilities as set forth below: a. Install primary and secondary distribution conductors to serve lots one (1) through sixteen (16) within said development. b. Install transformers as required to serve the individual lots. Transformers may be installed at the time of cable installation or, at MidAmerican Energy Company’s option, be installed when individual building construction is started. Costs are included in paragraph 3 above. c. MidAmerican Energy Company will not provide streetlights under the terms of this proposal. 4. Pursuant to MidAmerican Energy Company’s electric tariff, Refundable Advances are paid by the customer prior to construction, and may be refunded in whole or in part based upon the following terms and conditions. Nonrefundable Contributions, which cover expenses such as excess facilities and installation of temporary facilities, are not subject to any refund. If a permit is required for design approval and the local government agency requests a modification of the proposed design, any additional cost incurred will be paid by the applicant and Page 298 of 449 MidAmerican Energy Attn: Derek Johnson - DMCC PO Box 657 Des Moines, IA 50306 conversely if the modification results in a lower cost a refund will be issued. If the estimated cost of construction is over $100,000, Applicant is required by tariff to pay actual costs upon completion of the work, which could result in an additional charge or a refund to the Applicant. a. The Refundable Advance is equal to the amount identified in section 3. b. Refundable Advance shall be subject to refund to the Applicant for a ten- year period from the date of the original Refundable Advance payment. c. Refundable Advance shall not accrue interest. d. Refunds shall be made annually on or about the anniversary date of the original advance payment. e. Annual refunds will be based on the number of new customers at the identified lots that have directly connected to the electric distribution expansion in the prior year. The amount refunded will be equal to the estimated three-year base revenue from those customers less any additional costs to extend service to them. Base revenue is equal to estimated annual revenue, less fuel expenses and energy efficiency cost recovery charges, based on revenue received from similarly situated customers. Base revenue amounts to be applied to new customers are re- estimated each year using the most current information available and may adjust upward or downward depending on the circumstances. f. No refunds shall be made for revenue received after ten (10) years from the date of the original advance payment. g. At no time shall the total of refunds exceed the original Refundable Advance payment. h. No refunds shall be made for customers served from a further extension of the above described electric line extension. Distribution System Expansions without end-user attachments shall not be eligible for refunds unless the following circumstances are met: If a Distribution System Expansion connected during the ten-year period off of an already existing Distribution System Expansion, the Revenue Credit shall be applied to the new Expansion first. Any Revenue Credit remaining shall be applied to the connected existing Expansions provided that they have not received a full reimbursements for its Refundable Advance and are within the ten- year attachment period. The Revenue Credit will continue to apply to connected existing Expansions until the Revenue Credit is either exhausted, the ten-year attachment period has closed, or all Refundable Advances have been reimbursed in full. Total refunds for any Expansion Page 299 of 449 MidAmerican Energy Attn: Derek Johnson - DMCC PO Box 657 Des Moines, IA 50306 shall not exceed the original Refundable Advance. 5. If the installation is underground and MidAmerican Energy Company is caused by Applicant to work during winter construction season, Applicant agrees to pay the additional costs as a Refundable Advance for all required trenching, bell holes, pedestals and transformer basements. Additional cost incurred for extra work by such conditions as obstructions or changes in grade shall be charged to the developer or applicant. 6. Pursuant to MidAmerican’s tariff, the Applicant is required to pay actual permit fees. Permit fees may not be offset by Revenue Credit and are to be paid regardless of whether the applicant is required to pay a Refundable Advance or a Nonrefundable Contribution. 7. MidAmerican Energy Company, at its option, may install aerial electric facilities to provide temporary electric service to any lot in the development pending the completion of final grading or other permanent improvements to the premises. When such temporary electric service is furnished, the expense of installation and removal, less salvage, shall be paid by the applicant. 8. Nothing herein contained shall obligate MidAmerican Energy Company to extend its electric facilities or provide electric service to the premises or property outside the platted limits of the development. 9. Applicant shall: a. Provide MidAmerican Energy Company with check indicated in paragraph 3. Such payment amount may be subject to change if not submitted to MidAmerican Energy Company together with this signed Proposal by 12/9/2026. b. Grade the underground primary cable route to within four (4) inches of final grade and clear the route of construction materials, obstructions, etc. Extra costs for additional excavation beyond normal trenching operations due to unforeseen underground obstructions shall be paid by Applicant. c. Provide conduit as shown on MidAmerican Energy Company design drawings (as needed) and stake the ends of the conduit. d. Stake all lot corners. e. Provide, without cost to MidAmerican Energy Company, such easements as are necessary and incidental to such installation and use of MidAmerican Energy Company facilities on private property within the development. If a 3rd party easement is required any cost associated in Page 300 of 449 MidAmerican Energy Attn: Derek Johnson - DMCC PO Box 657 Des Moines, IA 50306 obtaining the easement will be paid by the Applicant. Applicant will stake these easements. f. Be responsible for locating and marking all privately owned systems such as water services, culverts, irrigation systems, drainpipes, septic lines, and underground wiring prior to MidAmerican Energy Company's construction. g. Provide three (3) copies of committed plat showing all platted easements. h. Be responsible for complying with all aspects of compliance as required by any local, state, or federal permit or plan associated with storm water pollution prevention or erosion control. It is specifically understood and agreed that MidAmerican Energy Company is providing the service requested by the Applicant solely for the Applicant. MidAmerican Energy Company will not become or agree to become a co-permittee or operator for the purpose of applicants’ compliance with any local, state or federal permit or plan associated with storm water pollution prevention or erosion control. i. Agree to indemnify and hold MidAmerican Energy harmless from any and all damages that may result from the non-tamping of backfill operations conducted by MidAmerican Energy. In case any actions brought against MidAmerican Energy or any of its agents or employees, relative to such backfill operations, the applicant shall assume full responsibility for the defense thereof. Upon failure to do so on proper notice, MidAmerican Energy reserves the right to defend such action and charge all costs to the applicant, provided, however, that nothing shall be construed as an assumption of liability by the Applicant for damages and claims attributable to MidAmerican Energy's negligence. 10. Within the area described above, MidAmerican Energy Company will render its standard electric service to customers eligible for such service, at their request, at rates from time to time in effect, subject to the terms of MidAmerican Energy Company's electric service rules and regulations; and statutes, laws, and ordinances; and any rules or regulations promulgated by the state or federal regulatory authorities. It is specifically understood and agreed that any distribution systems or other facilities constructed or installed by MidAmerican Energy Company under terms of this Proposal shall remain the sole property of MidAmerican Energy Company and MidAmerican Energy Company shall determine, as its own judgment indicates, the manner and method of utilization thereof and to extend the same or connect other facilities thereto and serve other customers there from as it shall see fit, subject only to such obligations as MidAmerican Energy Company shall have assumed in this Proposal; and no other person Page 301 of 449 MidAmerican Energy Attn: Derek Johnson - DMCC PO Box 657 Des Moines, IA 50306 shall have any right, title, interest, or claim, in or to the said distribution system or other facilities by virtue of any provision of this Proposal. Proposed this 9th day of September, 2026. MIDAMERICAN ENERGY COMPANY BY: TITLE: Accepted this day of , 2026. APPLICANT: BY: TITLE: Page 302 of 449 Page 303 of 449 Page 304 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Jamie Knutson, City Engineer Engineering Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving award of bid to Brock Even Construction, LLC, of Jesup, Iowa, in the amount of $104,440.83, approving the contract, bonds, and certificate of insurance, in conjunction with the FY 2027 Sidewalk Repair Assessment Program - Zone 5B Project, Contract No. 1156, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said documents. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION This project is generally located in an area bounded by: E. Ridgeway Avenue – East City Limit Line -South City Limit Line - Kimball Avenue NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES Property owner assessments. ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION Page 305 of 449 ATTACHMENTS 1. Cont 1156 Bonds 2. Cont 1156 Contract for Council 3. Brock Even Construction Liability Certificate Page 306 of 449 Page 307 of 449 Page 308 of 449 Page 309 of 449 Page 310 of 449 Page 311 of 449 Page 312 of 449 Page 313 of 449 Page 314 of 449 Page 315 of 449 Page 316 of 449 Page 317 of 449 Page 318 of 449 Page 319 of 449 Page 320 of 449 Page 321 of 449 Page 322 of 449 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER F : INSURER E : INSURER D : INSURER C : INSURER B : INSURER A : NAIC # NAME:CONTACT (A/C, No):FAX E-MAILADDRESS: PRODUCER (A/C, No, Ext):PHONE INSURED REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. OTHER: (Per accident) (Ea accident) $ $ N / A SUBR WVD ADDL INSD THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. *LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LIMITS SHOWN ARE INCLUSIVE OF AMOUNTS REQUESTED BY THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER AND MAY NOT REFLECT POLICY LIMIT AMOUNTS IN EXCESS OF THOSE REQUESTED. *Not Applicable in WY $ $ $ $PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY (Per accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT AUTOS ONLY AUTOSAUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED SCHEDULEDOWNED ANY AUTO AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y / N WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below If yes, describe under ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE $ $ $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT EROTH-STATUTEPER LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EXP(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EFFPOLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTRINSR DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) EXCESS LIAB UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE $AGGREGATE $ OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION $ $PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $GENERAL AGGREGATE $PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $MED EXP (Any one person) $EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO-JECT LOC CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) CANCELLATION AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2025/12)© 1988-2025 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. CERTIFICATE HOLDER The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD HIRED AUTOS ONLY Page 323 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Chris Youngblut, Information Services Director Information Services Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving a Professional Services Agreement with ePlus Technology Inc., in the amount of $1,788,288.62 in conjunction with the Enterprise Network Equipment and Services project as part of the fiber backbone project, and authorizing the Mayor to execute said document. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Recommendation of approval - they are able to supply technology and services from both a network and compute storage standpoint and have shown excellent knowledge of necessary industry standards and architecture as designed by Entrust as part of the backbone fiber project. SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION This is the Enterprise Network Equipment and Services project that is part of the larger fiber backbone project. This is the core network equipment and services that will be required to connect all city buildings, facilities and operational endpoints (such as lift stations, well houses, traffic locations, etc.) utilizing backbone fiber that is currently being installed. The architecture design creates "network rings" connecting the city infrastructure and maintains connection even if there is a break in a single "ring" at some point. Not included in the proposal here that will be needed later is the endpoint switch - we have been able secure pricing on those switches through another vendor - as we have been using them for about a year now in getting current sites connected. The pricing of those is about $662.00 per switch. So instead of getting those all upfront - we intend to purchase as needed and will come back to council as those as needed. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION Page 324 of 449 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES FIber Backbone Project ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. City of Waterloo Network Equipment and Services RFP Final 2. Attachment 1 - ePlus References and Corporate Qualifications 3. Attachment 2 - Architecture Rack Elevations Waterloo 4. City of Waterloo-DC Refresh-182753-Proposal V1 5. ePlus Response - City of Waterloo Enterprise RFP 6. Everpure-Forever 60 Months ASP #23600555 7. HPE Aruba #23603708 8. QTY 8 Dell PowerEdge R760 Server #23601239 9. Quotes by line 10. Solarwinds Quote 11. Veeam Quote Page 325 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL WATERLOO ENTERPRISE NETWORK EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES City of Waterloo, IA June 2026 Page 326 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP Table of Contents 1. INTRODUCTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION 3. FORM AND CONTENT OF PROPOSALS 4. SCOPE OF WORK 5. SPECIFICATIONS 6. EVALUATION AND SELECTION 7. CONTRACTUAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS Page 327 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose The City of Waterloo Department of Information Technology (Owner), is seeking proposals from qualified value-added resellers (VARs) to provide hardware, software, installation, and virtual workload migration services to implement a new enterprise network and compute/storage infrastructure connecting 260 sites and 2 geo-diverse data centers. The Owner is in process of considering a new property for relocation of City Hall including the data center facilities and virtualized workloads currently located there. The Owner is seeking a turnkey solution including all required hardware, software, installation materials, and professional services to implement the network described in this RFP by November 15, 2026. Proposed Solutions that cannot commit to meet this deployment schedule may be disqualified. The Owner wishes to contract with a Seller able to provide the turn-key go-live ready system specified in this RFP. The Owner currently operates systems from Dell, Hewlett Packard/Aruba, Fortinet, VMWare, and TrendNET within their enterprise network and prefers a solution that builds on that installed base and staff experience. Therefore, Proposed Solutions that build on the Owner’s existing expertise with these manufacturers are preferred. Scope of work service requirements are more particularly identified in Section 4 of this RFP. Specifications and compatibility requirements are more particularly identified in Section 5 of this RFP. The City of Waterloo IA (City) has contracted the services of ENTRUST Solutions to manage the selection, procurement, and integration of their new network. All references to “Owner”, Waterloo Enterprise IT”, and “IT personnel” include both City and ENTRUST staff by extension. The Seller is solely responsible for ensuring all equipment, software, and services required to fully commission the network as described by this RFP and its supporting documents are included in their Proposed Solution. Page 328 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP 1.2 Definitions The City of Waterloo IA has made every effort to use industry standard terminology throughout this RFP and to provide clear definitions unique to the context. If the prospective Seller has questions on terminology or context, it is the responsibility of the Seller to request clarification in writing. Likewise, the Seller should define terms that may be unclear in their proposal. The following definitions and clarifications are provided: Term Definition Owner The City of Waterloo enterprise IT department is responsible for operating the network being procured by this RFP. RFP (Request for Proposal) Consists of this requirements document with all its exhibits and attachments. Proposed Solution Defined as all materials, software, licensing, and labor necessary to implement the turn-key system described and required by this RFP. Shall Designates a requirement of the Proposed Solution. VAR (Value Added Reseller) An IT vendor providing a turnkey solution for the Owner including multi-vendor hardware and software along with significant pre-sale and post- sale services. Seller A VAR submitting a Proposed Solution purported to satisfy the requirements of the RFP. Contract The contract(s) entered into with the successful Seller(s) as described in Section 7.1. Qualified Seller A Seller that has the capability in all material respects to perform the scope of work and specifications of the Contract. In determining whether a Seller is a Qualified Seller, the Owner may consider various factors including, but not limited to, the Seller’s bid price, competence and qualifications to provide the goods or services requested, integrity and reliability, the past performance of the Seller and the best interest of the Owner. Qualified Proposal A Proposal that complies with the material provisions of this RFP. ISP (Inside Plant infrastructure) All racks, cable management, power, cooling, electronics, and installation components located inside an environmentally controlled structure. OSP (Outside Plant Infrastructure) Fiber optic cable, vaults, cabinets, pedestals, splice enclosures, and installation components located underground and/or aerially on poles. Project Completion Defined as the time when the Seller has: Page 329 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP delivered, installed, configured, and successfully tested the proposed network, and provided all required documentation and training, and received final acceptance from the Owner General Terms and Conditions The General Terms and Conditions for Services Contracts. 1.3 Overview of the RFP Process This RFP is designed to provide Sellers with the information necessary to develop a Proposed Solution. The RFP process is for the Owner’s benefit and is intended to provide the detailed and competitive information required to assist in the selection process. It is not intended to be a comprehensive engineering design. Each Seller is solely responsible for determining all factors affecting the design, configuration, and implementation of a comprehensive proposal that will accomplish the technical and business goals described by this RFP. 1.4 RFP Schedule The Owner will make every effort to adhere to the following schedule leading to the award of a contract; however, this schedule is subject to change. Sellers will be notified of significant schedule changes: Action Responsible Party Target Date Issuance of RFP Owner June 16, 2026 Non-mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference via Microsoft Teams video conference, Owner June 23, 2026 Submission of Questions Sellers June 30, 2026 Submission of Proposals Sellers July 16, 2026 Evaluation of Proposals Owner August 3, 2026 Contract Award (anticipated) Owner August 17, 2026 Desired test sites turn-up Seller/Owner November 2, 2026 1.5 Proposal Submission The Seller shall submit a digital copy of their completed and signed Proposal to Waterloo City Clerk’s Office, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA, no later than 1:00 p.m. CT on the designated due date. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all proposals that are deemed out of compliance with the RFP requirements and to waive any irregularities within a particular proposal. Proposals received after the deadline for submission of proposals as stated herein shall not be considered and shall be returned to the late proposer unopened. Page 330 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP 1.6 Project Acceptance The Seller must demonstrate to the Owner full and complete compliance with all requirements in the RFP and successfully complete an Acceptance Test Plan (ATP) to validate the operational performance of the installed network to receive final acceptance for Project Completion. The Owner reserves the right to withhold final payment until the Seller meets all requirements in this RFP to the Owner’s satisfaction. The Seller shall provide as part of their proposal a list of acceptance tests in addition to those in Section 4 that they believe best demonstrate the operation and performance of the Owner network as described in this RFP. The specific acceptance tests and procedures to perform them will be developed jointly by the Owner and Seller during implementation of the network. After completion of the network implementation, the Owner will review the scope of work in Section 4 to determine if the Proposed Solution as installed satisfies the RFP requirements. The Owner will document in writing any deficiencies discovered, and upon the Seller’s completion or correction of these items, the Owner shall authorize final payment to the Seller. 1.7 Deployment Strategy and Schedule To reduce storage space, preserve manufacturer warranties, and prevent premature maintenance expenses, the Seller shall align shipment of the Proposed Solution with the estimated installation schedule. Project Completion shall be defined as the Proposed Solution being fully deployed and operational across City Hall and Public Works data centers, designated city sites and utility/traffic cabinets being connected, virtual workloads migrated to the new compute/storage system, completion of acceptance testing, and delivery of training/documentation. The Owner will install, power, and cross-connect any remaining site and cabinet switches. The Seller shall provide in their Proposal an estimated timeline relative to the contract award date with projected milestones including equipment delivery, high level design, equipment installation, VM workload migration, acceptance testing, and Project Completion. No equipment shall be shipped or invoiced without prior written approval from the Owner. 1.8 Project Contract Requirements The Owner understands that the solution set for Owner can be provided in multiple configurations with differing costs and will therefore evaluate proposals using criteria included in this RFP to select a Seller and award a contract. This RFP with all stated requirements, Seller responses, and clarifications will become part of the final contract. Deviations to the above listed terms and conditions may be considered cause for immediate disqualification of the Seller’s proposal from further consideration, at the Owner’s discretion. 1.9 Bid Bond Requirements The Owner does NOT require a Bid Bond for this project. 1.10 Performance Bond Requirements Page 331 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP The Owner does NOT require a Performance Bond for this project. 1.11 RFP Attachments and Exhibits The Proposed Solution should be developed to incorporate the network architecture, service integrations, and traffic capacities described and required by this RFP. A list of Attachments and Exhibits accompanying this RFP to assist the Seller include: Attachment A - Waterloo Enterprise Network Architecture- provides a high-level conceptual diagram showing the network components, connectivity of components and sites, and the estimated link speeds of the Owner network. Exhibit A - Point by Point Response – provides for the Seller’s description of, and point-by- point response to, the RFP requirements and specifications. Exhibit B - Proposal Materials and Pricing – provides the format and tab structure for submission of Seller’s detailed bill of materials, services, and pricing for the Proposed Solution. Exhibit C – VM Workload Migration Plan and MoP – provides for the Seller’s description of their proposed plan and method of procedure (MoP) to migrate the Owner’s virtual workloads from the existing VMWare host to the new geo-diverse cluster. Exhibit D – Site Connectivity – provides detail on lateral and ring connections to inform Seller’s port/ring counts, aggregation switch capacities, and transceiver types in the Proposed Solution. Some sections of this RFP require a description of the Proposed Solution and a point-by-point response to the specifications. The Seller shall describe their Proposed Solution for each section of Exhibit A - Point by Point Response and identify its level of compliance with any requirements listed. Compliance shall be indicated with “Y” = Yes, “P” = Partial, or “N” = No for each item. The terms Understood” and “Read and Understood” are unacceptable. The point-by-point response provided by the Seller shall be for the system as proposed and shall reflect the costs included in Exhibit B – Proposal Materials and Pricing. The Seller shall only indicate Compliant to items qualified with “Support” if the Proposed Solution includes all the necessary components to satisfy the requirement. The Seller shall only indicate Compliant to Items qualified with “Option” if it is generally available from the manufacturer. Otherwise, they shall indicate “P” or “N” as the case may be to that requirement. The proposed plan and MoP for VM workload migration described in Exhibit C – VM Workload Migration Plan and MoP shall provide enough detail to clearly communicate the required tasks and expected timeline for pre-migration planning, migration MoP, and post-migration validation/testing of all documented workloads to the new compute/storage solution. Exhibit D – Site Connectivity is an Excel workbook that contains detailed information for each connected site to assist the Seller in calculating switch port capacity, throughput, link speeds, and transceiver types for their proposed solution. In addition, it provides fiber termination/cross-connect information for each site within the data centers. The tab “Legend” provides definition for the data contained in the relevant columns of tab Sites. Page 332 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 2 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION 2.1 Restriction on Communication From the issue date of this RFP until a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract is issued, Sellers may contact only the Issuing Officer, Chris Youngblut, Director of Technology. The Issuing Officer will respond only to written questions regarding the procurement process. Questions related to the interpretation of this RFP must be submitted as provided in Section 2. Oral questions related to the interpretation of this RFP will not be accepted. Sellers may be disqualified if they contact any City of Waterloo employee or official other than the Issuing Officer about the RFP. This section shall not be construed as restricting communications related to the administration of any contract currently in effect between a Seller and the City of Waterloo. 2.2 Downloading the RFP from the Internet The RFP document and any addenda to the RFP will be posted at the Waterloo municipal government bids website. The Seller is advised to check the website periodically for Addenda to this RFP. It is the Seller’s sole responsibility to check daily for addenda to posted documents. 2.3 Procurement Timetable The dates provided in the procurement timetable within this RFP are provided for informational and planning purposes. The City reserves the right to change the dates. If the City changes any of the deadlines for Seller submissions, the City will issue an addendum to the RFP. 2.4 Non-Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference The City will receive sealed proposals for the above-named project until 1:00 PM CT on July 16, 2026, at the Office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA 50703. Any sealed proposal received after the specified time and date will not be considered. A Non-Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held at 10:00 am CT on June 23, 2026, at Mollenhoff Conference Room, City Hall, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA 50703 in person or join via Microsoft Teams video conference, Inquiries For Information Should Be Directed to: Chris Youngblut via email only at: chris.youngblut@waterloo-ia.org. All questions must be submitted via e-mail before 5:00 pm CT on June 30, 2026. RFP documents may be examined at the City Clerk’s Office. Electronic copies of RFP documents in PDF format are available for download on the the Waterloo municipal government bids website. It shall be the responsibility of the Seller to monitor the City’s website and above noted e-procurement websites for published addenda. All fully executed addendum must be returned to the City with proposal submission. The City will not accept faxed or emailed addenda. In Compliance with this RFP and to All the Conditions Imposed Therein and Hereby Incorporated by Reference, the Undersigned Offers, And Agrees to Furnish Services requested in the solicitation. Page 333 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP The pre-bid conference may be recorded. Questions asked at the conference that cannot be adequately answered during the conference may be deferred. A copy of the questions and answers will be sent to Sellers who submit a letter of intent to propose and will be posted in the form of an addendum at: the Waterloo municipal government bids website. 2.5 Questions, Requests for Clarification, and Suggested Changes Sellers are invited to submit written questions and requests for clarifications regarding the RFP. Sellers may also submit suggestions for changes to the specifications of this RFP. The questions, requests for clarifications, or suggestions must be in writing and received by the Issuing Officer on or before the date and time listed within the RFP. Oral questions will not be permitted. If the questions, requests for clarifications, or suggestions pertain to a specific section of the RFP, Seller shall reference the page and section number(s). The City will send written responses to questions, requests for clarifications, or suggestions received from Sellers before the date listed within the RFP. The City’s written responses will become an addendum to the RFP and be provided to all potential Sellers. If the City decides to adopt a suggestion that modifies the RFP, the Owner will issue an addendum to the RFP. The Owner assumes no responsibility for oral representations made by its officers or employees unless such representations are confirmed in writing and incorporated into the RFP through an addendum. 2.6 Amendment to the RFP The City reserves the right to amend the RFP at any time using an addendum. The Seller shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda in its Proposal. 2.7 Amendment and Withdrawal of Proposal The Seller may amend or withdraw and resubmit its Proposal at any time before the Proposals are due. The amendment must be in writing, signed by the Seller and received by the time set for the receipt of Proposals. Electronic mail and faxed amendments will not be accepted. Sellers must notify the Issuing Officer in writing prior to the due date for Proposals if they wish to completely withdraw their Proposals. 2.8 Proposal Opening The City will open Proposals at 1pm CT on the Proposal due date. The Proposals will remain confidential until the City has issued a Notice of Intent to Award a Contract. However, the names of Sellers who submitted timely Proposals will be publicly available after the Proposal opening. The announcement of Sellers who timely submitted Proposals does not mean that an individual Proposal has been deemed technically compliant or accepted for evaluation. 2.9 Costs of Preparing the Proposal The costs of preparation and delivery of the Proposal are solely the responsibility of the Seller. 2.10 No Commitment to Contract The City reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals received in response to this RFP at any time prior to the execution of the Contract. Issuance of this RFP in no way constitutes a commitment by the City to award a contract. Page 334 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP 2.11 Rejection of Proposals The City may reject outright and not evaluate a Proposal for reasons including, without limitation: 2.11.1 The Seller fails to deliver a complete Proposal. 2.11.2 The Seller acknowledges that a mandatory specification of the RFP cannot be met. 2.11.3 The Seller’s Proposal changes a material specification of the RFP or the Proposal is not compliant with the mandatory specifications of the RFP. 2.11.4 The Seller’s Proposal limits the rights of the Owner. 2.11.5 The Seller fails to include information necessary to substantiate that it will be able to meet a specification of the RFP as provided in Section 5 of this RFP. 2.11.6 The Seller fails to timely respond to the City’s request for information, documents, or references. 2.11.7 The Seller presents the information requested by this RFP in a format inconsistent with the instructions of the RFP or otherwise fails to comply with the specifications of this RFP. 2.11.8 The Seller initiates unauthorized contact regarding the RFP with a City employee or official other than, Chris Youngblut, Issuing Officer. 2.11.9 The Seller provides misleading or inaccurate responses. 2.11.10 The Seller’s Proposal is materially unbalanced. 2.11.11 There is insufficient evidence (including evidence submitted by the Seller and evidence obtained by the City from other sources) to satisfy the City that the Seller is a Qualified Seller. 2.12 Reference Checks The City reserves the right to contact any reference to assist in the evaluation of the Proposal, to verify information contained in the Proposal and to discuss the Seller’s qualifications and the qualifications of any subcontractor identified in the Proposal. 2.13 Information from Other Sources The City reserves the right to obtain and consider information from other sources concerning a Seller, such as the Seller’s capability and performance under other contracts, the qualifications of any subcontractor identified in the Proposal, the Seller’s financial stability, past or pending litigation, and other publicly available information. 2.14 Verification of Proposal Contents Page 335 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP The content of a Proposal submitted by a Seller is subject to verification. If the City determines in its sole discretion that the content is in any way misleading or inaccurate, the City may reject the Proposal. 2.15 Proposal Clarification Process The City reserves the right to contact a Seller after the submission of Proposals for the purpose of clarifying a Proposal. This contact may include written questions, interviews, site visits, a review of past performance if the Seller has provided goods and/or services to the City of Waterloo or any other political subdivision wherever located, or requests for corrective pages in the Seller’s Proposal. The City will not consider information received from or through Seller if the information materially alters the content of the Proposal or the type of goods and/or services the Seller is offering to the City. An individual authorized to legally bind the Seller shall sign responses to any request for clarification. Responses shall be submitted to the City within the time specified in the City’s request. Failure to comply with requests for additional information may result in rejection of the Proposal. 2.16 Disposition of Proposals All Proposals become the property of the City and shall not be returned to the Seller. Once the City issues a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract, the contents of all Proposals will be public records available for inspection by interested parties. 2.17 Copyright Permission By submitting a Proposal, the Seller agrees that the City may copy the Proposal for purposes of facilitating the evaluation of the Proposal or responding to requests for public records. By submitting a Proposal, the Seller consents to such copying and warrants that such copying will not violate the rights of any third party. The Owner shall have the right to use ideas or adaptations of ideas that are presented in Proposals. 2.18 Release of Claims By submitting a Proposal, the Seller agrees that it will not bring any claim or cause of action against the City based on any misunderstanding concerning the information provided in the RFP or concerning the City’s failure, negligent or otherwise, to provide the Seller with pertinent information in this RFP. 2.19 Evaluation of Proposals Submitted Proposals that are submitted on time and not rejected will be reviewed and evaluated in accordance with Section 6 of the RFP. The City will not necessarily award a Contract resulting from this RFP to the Seller offering the lowest cost. Instead, the City will award the Contract(s) to the Qualified Seller(s) whose Qualified Proposal the Owner believes will provide the best value to the City. 2.20 Award Notice and Acceptance Period Notice of Intent to Award the Contract(s) will be sent to all Sellers submitting a timely Proposal and may be posted at the website listed within the RFP. Negotiation and execution of the Contract(s) shall be completed no later than thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Intent to Award or such other time as designated by City. The Seller’s form of contract may be utilized and the City reserves the right to Page 336 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP negotiate the terms of the agreement. If the successful Seller fails to negotiate and deliver an executed Contract by that date, the City, in its sole discretion, may cancel the award and award the Contract to the remaining Seller the Owner believes will provide the best value to the City. 2.21 No Contract Rights until Execution No Seller shall acquire any legal or equitable rights regarding the Contract unless and until the Contract has been fully executed by the successful Seller and the City. 2.22 Choice of Law and Forum This RFP and the Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa. Changes in applicable laws and rules may affect the award process or the Contract. Sellers are responsible for ascertaining pertinent legal requirements and restrictions. Any and all litigation or actions commenced in connection with this RFP shall be brought in the appropriate Iowa forum. 2.23 No Minimum Guaranteed The City does not guarantee any minimum level of purchases under the Contract. Page 337 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 3 FORM AND CONTENT OF PROPOSALS 3.1 Instructions These instructions prescribe the format and content of the Proposal. They are designed to facilitate a uniform review process. Failure to adhere to the Proposal format may result in the rejection of the Proposal. 3.2 Submission of Proposals The Seller shall submit an electronic copy of their proposal on a flash drive that includes: an executive summary of the Proposed Solution a diagram of the Proposed Solution showing the components, connectivity, and link speeds proposed rack elevations showing equipment power connections and breaker requirements a completed copy of Exhibit A - Point by Point Response a completed copy of Exhibit B – Proposal Materials and Pricing a completed copy of Exhibit C – VM Workload Migration Plan and MoP a completed copy of Exhibit D – Site Connectivity any other pertinent documentation such as data sheets, diagrams, and training catalogs references and contact information The electronic copy shall be submitted in the most appropriate format of each item including MS Word, MS Excel, MS Visio, and/or Adobe Acrobat formats. All Exhibits required in the submission shall be completed and submitted in the format they were provided in the RFP. Sellers submitting incomplete or materially deficient proposals may be disqualified. 3.3 References and Contact Information The Owner requires sufficient corporate, financial, and reference information to adequately assess the qualifications of the Seller to sell, install, and support the Proposed Solution. The reference information will be used by the Owner to differentiate between Sellers with similar Proposed Solutions, and shall be provided in a separate document including the following information: Corporate Information The Seller shall provide an overview of their corporate structure. The overview should address the following specific items: Name, address, and contact information of the Company and representative Company History and Formation Ownership (Public or Privately Held) Number of Employees Organizational chart of the management and implementation teams for the project A detailed history of all mergers or acquisitions (if applicable). Seller’s financial condition and supporting documentation (ie. audited annual reports, etc.) Page 338 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP Implementation Experience Seller shall provide a brief summary of their experience implementing and supporting municipal IT networks, compute/storage systems, and workload migrations including the following: Implementations of municipal networks with similar architectures List of certifications relative to the Proposed Solution held by the implementation team List of partner certifications relative to the Proposed Solution held by the Seller Proven experience in VMware infrastructure design and workload migration Familiarity with VMware SRM and vSAN technologies Experience migrating workloads in the context of VMWare replacement Sellers with specialization in HPE/Aruba, VMWare, Fortinet, and Dell/EMC products are preferred. Copies of formal manufacturer-conferred certifications including the certification name, description, requirements, and date of award/renewal should be provided in the Seller’s response. The Seller shall submit a list of three (3) references who have deployed similar networks and compute/storage architectures within the last three (3) years. The reference information shall include the company name with dates of implementation along with the name, address, and phone number of the individual(s) that may be contacted at the company. The Seller shall provide a summary of their Proposed Solution for this section and indicate its compliance with each of the requirements in Exhibit A – Point by Point Response. 3.4 Termination, Litigation, Debarment 3.4.1 The Seller must provide any information regarding contract termination, litigation, and debarment for the past five (5) years 3.4.2 Has the Seller had a contract for goods and/or services terminated for any reason? If so, provide full details regarding the termination. 3.4.3 Describe any damages or penalties assessed against or dispute resolution settlements entered into by Seller under any existing or past contracts for goods and/or services. Provide full details regarding the circumstances, including dollar amount of damages, penalties and settlement payments. 3.4.4 Describe any order, judgment or decree of any Federal or State authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting the right of the Seller to engage in any business, practice or activity. 3.4.5 A list and summary of all litigation or threatened litigation, administrative or regulatory proceedings, or similar matters to which the Seller or its officers have been a party. 3.4.6 Any irregularities discovered in any of the accounts maintained by the Seller on behalf of others. Describe the circumstances and disposition of the irregularities. Page 339 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP 3.4.7 Failure to disclose these matters may result in rejection of the Proposal or termination of any subsequent Contract. The above disclosures are a continuing requirement of the Seller. Seller shall provide written notification to the Owner of any such matter commencing or occurring after submission of a Proposal, and with respect to the successful Seller, following execution of the Contract. 3.5 Payment Methods 3.5.1 Seller agrees to submit monthly invoices and accept payment in the form of check or ACH. 3.6 Acceptance of Terms and Conditions By submitting a Proposal, Seller acknowledges its acceptance of the terms and conditions of the RFP and the General Terms and Conditions without change except as otherwise expressly stated in its Proposal. If the Seller takes exception to a provision, it must identify it by page and section number, state the reason for the exception, and set forth in its Proposal the specific RFP or General Terms and Conditions language it proposes to include in place of the provision. If Seller’s exceptions or responses materially alter the RFP, or if the Seller submits its own terms and conditions or otherwise fails to follow the process described herein, the Owner may reject the Proposal, in its sole discretion. 3.7 Firm Proposal Terms The Seller shall guarantee in writing the goods and/or services offered in the Proposal are currently available and that all Proposal terms, including price, will remain firm for the number days indicated on the RFP cover sheet 90 days following the deadline for submitting Proposals. 3.8 Proposal Shall Include Only Generally Available Equipment and Software a) All Seller supplied programs and software must be field operational before the date the proposal is submitted. b) Demonstrations must utilize the proposed equipment, programs or software precisely as proposed. c) Unless otherwise specified in the specifications, all items on which a Seller submits a proposal must be new, of the latest model or manufacture, and be at least equal in quality to that specified in the bidding documents. 3.9 Seller Required to Identify Patented Items, and Copyrighted Text, Information, Data, or Software Included in Its Proposal; Seller Required to Include with Its Proposal any Licenses that Owner Will be Expected to Execute. Sellers shall identify any patented equipment, processes, materials, or hardware, or any copyrighted text, information, data, or software that it proposes to supply as part of the goods or services it is required to provide under the RFP. Every Seller shall likewise identify the licensing agent for the patented or copyrighted items, and shall provide with its proposal a copy of any licensing or user agreement that the Owner will be expected to execute for the use of patented equipment, processes, materials, or hardware, or copyrighted text, information, data, or software included in a proposal, as well as the anticipated cost to the Owner, if any, for use under a license or agreement. The Seller to whom the contract is awarded warrants that the intellectual property Page 340 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP rights of third parties (e.g. copyright, trademark, or patent) will not be violated by the Seller's or the Owner's use of any equipment, process or service provided in response to the RFP. Page 341 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 4 SCOPE OF WORK The Seller shall provide the services to the Owner in accordance with the requirements of this Scope of Work (SoW) and indicated in their response to Exhibit A-D. It is the Seller’s responsibility to ensure full interoperability of all proposed hardware, software, and protocols required for the network described in this RFP. All planning and tasks required by this section shall begin upon award of a contract to the Seller. The Proposed Solution must include professional services to fully commission the network including, but not limited to: 4.1 Pre-installation Site Survey (Onsite) Evaluate readiness of data centers, LAN sites, and ring sites for equipment installation Evaluate rack elevations Evaluate power, distribution, and receptacle types Evaluate fiber distribution panel locations and connector profiles Evaluate current compute/storage hardware, software, and virtual workloads Evaluate current backup system hardware, software, and operations Identify required fiber strands/ports Verify availability of direct Internet access (DIA) services Develop a list of installation materials and procurement plan o Fiber and copper jumper cables o Equipment power wiring, fusing, and grounding components o Equipment mounting hardware o Power whips and power distribution units (PDUs) o Determine sourcing for procurement All power whips provided by the Seller shall be rated for use in a data center environment and shall be halogen-free, low smoke cables. The Seller shall adhere to all NEC and TIA/EIA-942 grounding and bonding requirements for the proposed equipment installation. Provide pre-migration planning requirements to Owner for VMWare workload migrations. Assist Owner in creating BoM for procurement of installation materials. 4.2 High Level Configuration Design – (Remote) Conduct interactive logical network and compute/storage design sessions with Owner Define requirements for transport architecture Define requirements for L2/L3 services and QoS Define requirements for ERPS network major and sub-rings Define requirements for routing protocols Define IPv4/v6 subnets, numbering plans, and address assignments Define requirements for geo-diverse compute/storage architecture Define requirements for virtual machine configurations Develop a detailed virtual workload migration plan with timelines and milestones Define requirements for backup/restore of new compute/storage system and endpoint devices Define strategy for recovery of VMs, endpoint devices, and disaster events Define management network requirements and design Page 342 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP Create network planning document (NPD) using inputs from interactive design sessions Validate and finalize NPD with Owner 4.3 Installation and Configuration of Network Equipment – (Onsite) Install power whips and PDUs Rack/Stack/Power equipment in data centers Rack/Stack/Power equipment in designated city department and ring sites Install fiber jumpers and cabling as required by the NPD Coordinate with internet providers to turn-up and test DIA services Develop low level configurations and documentation Install latest stable release software Create and load individual device configurations Validate and test low-level design and device configurations 4.4 Installation and Configuration of Compute/Storage Equipment (Onsite) Install and configure compute/storage system across data center sites Create and configure resources required for virtual workload migrations Migrate virtual workloads with minimal downtime Ensure data integrity and consistency during the transition Implement failover and failback tests to ensure disaster recovery readiness Install and configure backup/restore system to support site recovery 4.5 Installation and Configuration of Management Network – (Onsite) Create virtual machines for management software Install and configure alarm monitoring software Install and configure performance monitoring software Install and configure logging software Provide DHCP, DNS, and IP address (DDI) configuration requirements to Owner staff. Install and configure out-of-band management hardware and software Coordinate and assist with installation and configuration of Owner-supplied firewalls 4.6 Acceptance Testing Plan (ATP) – (Onsite) Specific acceptance tests to be developed cooperatively by Owner and Seller Simulate component and link failures to ensure proper operation of hardware and software redundancy mechanisms Verify operations of all L2/L3/services failover and high availability functionality Configure and test DIA service failover and verify route updates Perform end-to-end testing to validate network performance Verify performance of compute/storage system and virtual machines o Test hardware fault tolerance o Test VM operation and fault tolerance Page 343 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP o Test application performance o Test VM replication, snapshot, and backup operations Provide ATP performance report including each test, execution methodology, corrective actions, and results. 4.7 Training – (Onsite and/or Remote) Seller shall provide “Day 2” operational training on: o hardware configuration o L2/L3 services and IP routing o compute/storage hypervisor functionality o backup/restore system operation o network and application performance monitoring o high-level troubleshooting techniques o management network o firewall management o ring management and troubleshooting o IPAM operation, alarm monitoring, and logging 4.8 Documentation – (Deliverables) Cable, panel, and equipment labeling Detailed documentation of network (format to be determined) o Rack elevations o Power, fiber, copper cross-connects o Detailed L2 and L3 network diagrams o Shelf level diagrams o IP address and subnet assignments o Subscriber IP address pools for DHCP Electronic backups of all element configurations on portable media Detailed documentation of the new compute/storage environment The Seller shall deliver and maintain a detailed project plan with timelines to deploy the new infrastructure within 7 days of the project kick-off meeting. The Seller shall deliver a detailed VM migration plan with timelines within 7 days of the pre-installation site survey. For purposes of this proposal, tasks marked “Onsite” should include travel in the professional services pricing. Owner reserves the right to coordinate with the Seller to modify the services and their delivery to reduce their overall cost. Page 344 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 5 SPECIFICATIONS 5.1 Overview The City of Waterloo desires to procure equipment and services to deploy a new IT infrastructure connecting 260 city, utility, and traffic sites to 2 geo-diverse data centers and to migrate production applications from a single VMWare system to redundant compute/storage clusters. The Proposed Solution must include all the hardware, software, and services necessary for the Seller to provide the turn-key solution, implementation, documentation, and operational training described in this RFP. Should the Owner decide to relocate City Hall to the new facility, the Proposed Solution shall include components for temporary connectivity of the existing City Hall data center to the new core network until it is abandoned in mid-2027 for migration of IT services. The Owner desires a solution that builds on their working experience, spares, and maintenance practices with HP/Aruba, TRENDnet, Dell/EMC equipment, Fortinet, and VMWare. Proposals must identify any deviations and/or non-compliance with the specifications. If the Seller deviates from or cannot satisfy the specification(s) of this RFP, the Owner may reject the Proposal. The Seller shall be solely responsible for ensuring the Proposed Solution contains all the necessary components to support the specifications of this RFP, is configured with sufficient port capacity and software features for the architecture and connectivity described, is fully interoperable regarding components and protocols used to deploy the network, and serves the application requirements described in this RFP. 5.2 Architecture The physical network architecture will connect a total of 263 city sites consisting of 54 offices and parks, 76 utility cabinets, 130 traffic signal controllers with surveillance cameras, 2 data center sites located in the Public Works and City Hall buildings, and possibly the existing data center for migration of IT services to a new City Hall facility. The two data centers will be connected in a physical ring over a 288-count fiber backbone and will contain aggregation switches connecting the 54 offices and parks over fiber laterals and the 206 utility/traffic sites over fiber rings. The offices and parks will connect to one or both data centers depending on the fault tolerance requirements of each. This RFP will designate connected sites as P1 for the data centers, P2 for sites with two lateral uplinks to both data centers (redundant), P3 for sites with one lateral uplink to one data center (non- redundant), or P4 for a ring site. Refer to Attachment A and Attachment D for the total counts of P2, P3, and P4 sites connecting to each of the two P1 data centers for sizing of core/aggregation switch port capacity. The new compute/storage solution for hosting city applications will consist of two VMWare vSphere clusters located within the data centers. All hardware will be configured for component fault-tolerance. The logical network architecture will consist of a 100Gbps routed core connecting city sites to the distributed compute/storage clusters and direct Internet access (“DIA”) services. City office sites will connect to one (P3) or both (P2) data centers over 10Gbps uplinks using L3 protocols. Utility/traffic sites (P4) will connect over eighteen (18) 1Gbps rings using ITU G.8032v2 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS). Each ring will contain no more than 16 nodes and connect through both data centers to provide fault tolerance in the event of an aggregation switch failure. The new compute/storage Page 345 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP solution will host city application workloads migrated from the existing VMWare system and network management software for DNS/DHCP, alarm/performance monitoring, and logging. All network links, protocols, and services shall be configured for Layer 2/3 fault-tolerant operations in the event of an individual link or component failure. 5.3 IP Service Edge The IP service edge will be configured to support redundant Direct Internet Access (DIA) services over 10GE links using IPv4 and BGP. The Owner network will be configured as dual-stack IPv4/IPv6 to simultaneously support IPv4 and IPv6 services. 5.4 Core/Aggregation Network The core/aggregation network shall be configured to support the link types, capacities, and configurations shown in Attachment A and the additional specifications in this section. The core equipment shall consist of HPE 8360 or equivalent routers located at both City Hall and Public Works, connected in a 100GE routed ring. The aggregation equipment shall consist of HPE 6300 or equivalent switches with 50GE uplinks to the core network and 1GE/10GE links to the city endpoint sites and ERPS rings. The core equipment shall support bi-directional switching throughput of 4.8Tbps and shall include a minimum integrated port mix of 12x 1/10/25/50GE and 4x 40/100GE. Each router shall be configured with redundant AC power supplies. The aggregation equipment shall support bi-directional switching throughput of 1.76 Tbps switching capacity, 400 Gbps stacking bandwidth, and shall include a minimum integrated port mix of 24x 1/10GE and 4x 1/10/25/50GE. Each router shall be configured with redundant AC power supplies. The operating software shall include support for OSPF and BGP routing, multi-chassis LAG, dynamic VXLAN, and ITU G.8032v2 ERPS. The aggregation equipment at each P1 site must be equipped with the following optical SFP/SFP+ types and counts for connectivity of city sites as detailed in Exhibit D – Site Connectivity: The Seller shall provide a summary of their Proposed Solution for this section and indicate its compliance with each of the requirements in Exhibit A – Point by Point Response. Page 346 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP 5.5 Access Network The access network shall be configured to support the port/ring counts, link types, capacities, and configurations shown in Attachment A and the additional specifications in this section. The Proposed Solution shall serve two different access architectures including Ethernet Line Service (E-Line) for city office site connections and Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) for utility/traffic site connections. The E-Line access network shall contain HPE 6200M or equivalent switches at the office and park sites connected over 1/10Gb links to the aggregation network. The E-Line switches shall support dual AC power supplies and support a minimum integrated port mix of 48x 1000BASE-T PoE+ ports and 4x 10GE SFP+ ports. City office sites are designated as P2 or P3 connections for protected and unprotected uplink to the aggregation network. The P2 sites will have fiber connections to each of the two data centers for geo-diverse redundancy. The Seller shall assist the Owner in the installation of up to five city sites in the Proposed Solution. In addition, the Seller shall provide optional per-site pricing to install additional city sites while they are onsite. The ERPS access network shall contain TRENDnet TI-PG102i or equivalent hardened switches at the utility/traffic (P4) sites connected over eighteen (18) 1Gb physical rings to the aggregation network for uplink of signal controllers, SCADA devices, and surveillance cameras in non-environmentally controlled cabinets. The utility/traffic switches shall support DIN rail powering and shall include a minimum integrated port mix of 8x 1000Base-T PoE+ ports and 2x SFP+ ports. Each physical ring shall contain no more than 16 nodes including the aggregation switches at each of the two data centers and shall be configured using ITU G.8032 v2 sub-rings connecting to major rings in the core network. The rings will interconnect between the data centers over 10GE trunk ports, and to the core network through routed interfaces on each ring at each data center. The Owner currently sources these switches but will consider sourcing through the Seller depending on price and availability. The Seller shall assist the Owner in the installation, configuration, and testing of up to five ERPS rings and their connected nodes in the Proposed Solution. In addition, the Seller shall provide optional per-ring pricing to install additional ERPS rings while they are onsite. The WAN SFP/SFP+ type and bandwidth of the access equipment may be derived from Exhibit D – Site Connectivity. All P2/P3/P4 fiber lateral distances are <10km, and connection of the access links to the aggregation equipment at each P1 site shall be distributed equally across the available equipment. The Seller shall provide a summary of their Proposed Solution for this section and indicate its compliance with each of the requirements in Exhibit A – Point by Point Response. 5.6 Compute/Storage Network The Owner currently maintains a single VMware cluster with three ESXi hosts and one VCenter instance running vSphere 8 Standard. The host serves 40+ virtual machines (VMs) running various workloads with a local storage area network (SAN) and a basic networking setup. The current environment has no capabilities for failover or fault tolerance. The Seller shall supply and install a fully redundant dual-cluster VMWare solution to replace and migrate the existing cluster at the existing City Hall data center and a backup/recovery solution. The Seller will assist the Owner in migrating the VMware environment and workloads from the existing compute/storage cluster to the Page 347 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP new geographically redundant infrastructure. This initiative aims to enhance system availability, disaster recovery capabilities, and overall operational resilience. The new compute/storage architecture will consist of: Two VMware clusters across two geographically separated sites Implementation of VMware vCenter Server for centralized management A shared storage solutions with redundancy (e.g., VMware vSAN) Advanced networking configurations supporting failover and load balancing Integration with disaster recovery tools such as VMware Site Recovery Manager (SRM) A solution supporting full backup and recovery of the virtual environment and other endpoints The Seller shall provide two options for storage that are appropriately configured for geo-diverse redundancy and support of the specified workloads. Option 1 shall consist of a Dell EMC solution configured as an upgrade to the current Dell EMC system and will be evaluated on its price and compatibility with the Owner’s current staff experience and maintenance processes. Option 2 shall consist of a next-generation solution providing an all-flash, unified platform capable of handling block, file, and object workloads with integrated compute convergence options for hybrid environments. It shall support non-disruptive upgrades via a subscription model, deliver high data reduction ratios through global deduplication and compression, ensure zero RPO/RTO replication for mission-critical applications, and incorporate cloud-native orchestration for containerized deployments. The system must achieve superior energy efficiency (at least 80% reduction in power usage versus legacy systems), predictive management via AI analytics, and guaranteed six-nines availability. Capacity and performance scaling must be independent, with built-in sustainability monitoring to minimize environmental footprint. The Seller shall provide a comprehensive backup and restore solution fully integrated with vCenter Server for centralized management. The backup solution shall support agentless protection of virtual machines with application-aware processing, Changed Block Tracking (CBT), instant VM recovery, granular file and application item restore, replication for disaster recovery between data centers, automated verification of recovery points, and low RPO/RTO for critical workloads including public safety and SCADA-related applications. It shall provide endpoint backup and restore for Windows and macOS physical and virtual devices including full system image, bare-metal recovery, file-level backup, source-side deduplication, compression, and incremental processing. It shall also include selective secure backup for Android and iOS mobile devices with integration to enterprise MDM platforms where applicable. The solution shall support backup to local storage media and integration with cloud storage services. All backups shall employ AES-256 encryption for data in transit and at rest, immutable storage capabilities, ransomware protection features including anomaly detection and air-gapped/immutable copies, and support for the 3-2-1 backup rule with verified recovery points and integration with cloud storage services. The system shall feature high-availability management across both data centers with automatic failover, centralized web-based console with role-based access control, multi-factor authentication, auditing, alerting, and compliance support for CJIS, NIST, and governmental data protection standards. Page 348 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP The Seller shall provide a summary of their Proposed Solution for this section and indicate its compliance with each of the requirements in Exhibit A – Point by Point Response. 5.7 Management and Security The Proposed Solution shall include components for network monitoring, element management, log management, and out-of-band access. The network will be protected by a pair of existing Fortinet firewalls in a high-availability production configuration at the IP edge. The firewalls will be configured by the Owner and will be used to provide remote virtual private network (VPN) access for Seller’s implementation of the network. The network monitoring solution (NMS) shall be an SNMP-based system providing automatic network discovery, device and protocol support for all equipment in the Proposed Solution, a customizable alarm management and alerting system with multiple avenues of notification, comprehensive performance monitoring including device and traffic statistics, service monitoring of OSI Layer 4 network services, a mobile-friendly web interface, customizable dashboards and visualization tools, collection and storage of device configurations, native iOS and Android apps, and access control for user/group security management. The element management solution (EMS) shall provide access to device configuration, properties, telemetry data, and software updates of the network hardware through a web-based UI and mobile app. The EMS may be premise or cloud based. The log management solution (LMS) shall be an open-source platform with a commercial enterprise upgrade path. The solution shall provide centralized log management, multiple common log formats, advanced search across large volumes of log data, configurable data retention policies, creation of dashboards to visualize log data trends, alert configurations based on custom log content and conditions, and notifications via multiple common methods. The proposed management network shall include an LTE-based out-of-band access solution (OAS) with support for both Ethernet and serial console ports, configured to support all core, aggregation, and business network equipment at the two data centers. The equipment shall be AC powered, and the Seller shall provide the power loading requirements necessary for the Owner to supply battery backup support. The Owner currently uses Microsoft Active Directory for DNS, DHCP, and IP address management DDI), but is interested in considering alternative solutions. In this context, the Seller shall propose an optional DDI solution that provides automated subnet discovery, IP scanning, IP address history tracking/viewing, and IP address conflict management. The system shall provide integration with SolarWinds User Device Tracker to facilitate DHCP troubleshooting using device and switch port information. The system shall be deployed on a compute/storage VM and shall support VMware Aria Automation Orchestrator for IP address assignments in virtual environments. Pricing for this optional component shall be included in Exhibit B tab 5.7 under the total line and will not count toward evaluation of the bid pricing. Should the Owner not elect to purchase this optional solution, the Owner will be responsible for configuration of DDI services as required by the Seller for implementation of the Proposed Solution. Page 349 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP The Seller shall provide a summary of their Proposed Solution for this section and indicate its compliance with each of the requirements in Exhibit A – Point by Point Response. 5.8 Warranty, Maintenance, and Technical Support Owner shall require maintenance and support services including hardware repair/replace, software fix/features, and technical support for all components in the Proposed Solution. Owner requires 24 x 7 access to a manufacturer-certified technical support center (TAC) and major/maintenance software releases for each of the proposed components. Owner shall require next business day hardware replacement and TAC access for fault resolution during business hours with option for hourly extension. All critical core/aggregation and compute/storage components shall include spare parts for items that can be field replaced. Optical transceivers shall include one manufacture-branded spare for each type of transceiver in the Proposed Solution. Maintenance and support services shall be quoted for 1-year, 3-year, and 5-year terms. Manufacturer warranty on hardware components shall be a minimum of 1 year from delivery to Owner. The Seller shall provide a summary of their Proposed Solution for this section and indicate its compliance with each of the requirements in Exhibit A – Point by Point Response. Page 350 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 6 EVALUATION AND SELECTION 6.1 Introduction This section describes the evaluation process that will be used to determine which Proposal(s) provides the greatest value to the Owner. Owner will not necessarily award the Contract to the Seller offering the lowest cost to the Owner. Instead, the Owner will award to the Seller whose Qualified Proposal the Owner believes will provide the best value to the Owner. 6.2 Evaluation Committee The Owner will conduct a comprehensive, fair, and impartial evaluation of Proposals received in response to this RFP. The Owner will use an evaluation committee to review and evaluate the Technical Proposals. The evaluation committee will recommend an award based on the results of their evaluation to the Owner or to such other person or entity who must approve the recommendation. 6.3 Proposal Evaluation and Scoring The evaluation of the proposals and any requested oral presentations will be based on the following criteria: 1. Overall Price (lowest cost / proposal cost) 0-30 points 2. Exhibit A - Point by Point Response Compliance Score Y=1; P=0.5; N=0 sum of all items / total items) 0-30 points 3. Exhibit C – VM Workload Migration Planning and MoP tasks and timeline are clear, thorough, and considerate of the Owner’s operating environment. 0-15 points 4. Section 1 response thoroughness (-1 point for each unfulfilled requirement) 0-10 points 5. Section 3 response thoroughness (-1 point for each unfulfilled requirement) 0-15 points TOTAL POINTS AWARDED 0-100 points Page 351 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 7 CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS 7.1 Contract Terms and Conditions The Contract that the Owner expects to award as a result of this RFP shall comprise all or the specifications, terms and conditions of the RFP, written clarifications or changes made by the Owner to the RFP through an amendment to the RFP in accordance with the provisions of the RFP, the General Terms and Conditions, the offer of the successful Seller contained in its Proposal, and any other terms deemed necessary by the Owner. No objection or amendment by a Seller to the provisions or terms and conditions of the RFP or the General Terms and Conditions shall be incorporated into the Contract unless Owner has explicitly accepted the Seller’s objection or amendment in writing. The Owner reserves the right to either award a Contract(s) without further negotiation with the successful Seller or to negotiate Contract terms with the successful Seller if the best interests of the Owner would be served. 7.2 Contract Length The term of the Contract will be for three (3) years. The Owner shall have the sole option to renew the Contract upon the same or more favorable terms and conditions. 7.3 Insurance The Contract will require the successful Seller to maintain insurance coverage(s) in the minimum amounts set forth below, unless otherwise required by the Owner. Type of Insurance LIMIT AMOUNT General Liability (including contractual liability) written on an occurrence basis General Aggregate Products – Comp/Op Aggregate Personal injury Each Occurrence 2 million 1 Million 1 Million 1 Million Automobile Liability (including contractual liability) written on an occurrence basis Combined single limit $1 Million Excess Liability, Umbrella Form Each Occurrence Aggregate 1 Million 1 Million Errors and Omissions Insurance Each Occurrence $1 Million Cyber Insurance Each Occurrence $3 Million Workers Compensation (Coverage A) Employer Liability (Coverage B) As Required by Iowa law Bodily Injury by Accident/Disease As required by Iowa law 100,000 Page 352 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP Seller shall name the Owner as an additional insured on a primary and non-contributory basis including a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Owner. Seller shall also provide certificates of insurance to the Owner with submission of the RFP, and upon request by the Owner. Acceptance of the insurance certificates by the Owner shall not act to relieve Seller of any obligation under this Contract. It shall be the responsibility of Seller to keep the respective insurance policies and coverages current and in force during the life of this Contract. Seller shall be responsible for all premiums, deductibles and for any inadequacy, absence or limitation of coverage, and the Seller shall have no claim or other recourse against the Owner for any costs or loss attributable to any of the foregoing, all of which shall be borne solely by the Seller. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, Seller shall be fully responsible and liable for meeting and fulfilling all of its obligations under this section of the Contract. 7.4 Termination and Adjustment A. If Seller fails to fulfill its obligations under this Contract, the Owner may terminate this Contract after giving the Seller ten days written notice to cure such failure. The ten day cure period will begin on the date shown on the written notification from the Owner. If within the 10 day period Seller fails to cure to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner, then the Owner may give notice that it is terminating this Contract and Seller shall cease all activity associated with this Contract at such time as the notification is received. The Owner has the right to set off the cost of procuring another contractor to perform or complete the Scope of Work in the event Seller fails to perform the Work satisfactorily. B. At any time prior to completion of the Work, the Owner may, in its sole discretion, terminate the contract by providing the Seller written notice of its intention to terminate. Unless the notification provides otherwise, Seller shall cease all activity associated with this Contract at the time the notification is received. If the termination is without fault of the Seller, the Owner shall pay for Work satisfactorily performed to the date of termination and reimburse Seller for unrecoverable expenses Seller incurred prior to receiving the notification. 7.5 Indemnification Requirements For purposes of this section 7.5, the term “Owner” means the City of Waterloo and its elected and appointed officials, agents, employees, volunteers, and others working on its behalf. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Seller agrees to defend, pay on behalf of, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner against any and all claims, demands, suits, damages or losses, together with any and all outlay and expense connected therewith including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and court costs that may be asserted or claimed against, recovered from or suffered by the Owner by reason of any injury or loss including, but not limited to, personal injury, bodily injury including death, property damage, including loss of use thereof, and economic damages that arise out of or are in any way connected or associated with Seller’s work or services under this Contract, including that of its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors and others under the control of Seller, except to the extent caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the Owner. Seller’s obligation to indemnify the Owner contained in this Contract is not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable under any workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefits acts. Page 353 of 449 Waterloo Enterprise IT Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP The Owner shall not be liable or in any way responsible for any injury, damage, liability, claim, loss or expense incurred by Seller arising out of or in any way connected or associated with Seller’s work or services under this Contract, including that of its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors and others under control of Seller, except to the extent caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the Owner. Seller expressly assumes responsibility for any and all damage caused to Owner property arising out of or in any way connected or associated with Seller’s work or services under this Contract, including its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors and others under the control of Seller. 7.6 Ownership of Documents The Seller agrees that the Owner is the sole and exclusive owner of all designs, design plans, images, drawings, models, survey notes, reports, specifications, studies, records and other data and documents, in whatever form, prepared under this Contract (the "Design Documents"). The Seller hereby irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys to the Owner all right, title and interest in and to the Design Documents and all intellectual property rights and proprietary rights arising out of the Design Documents, including copyrights, patents, trademarks, and derivative works and interests. The Seller warrants to the Owner that the Design Documents will be free from any claims or encumbrances of intellectual property or proprietary rights of the Seller and any third party, including any employee, agent, contractor, sub-Contractor, subcontractor, subsidiary or affiliate of Seller. Upon completion or termination of this Contract, the Seller shall immediately turn over to the Owner all Design Documents not previously delivered to the Owner. To the extent any of the Seller's rights in the Design Documents are not subject to assignment or transfer, including any moral rights and any rights of attribution and integrity, the Seller hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives such rights, and the enforcement of them, and agrees not to challenge the Owner's rights in and to the Design Documents. 4910-8280-4913-1\11310-157 Page 354 of 449 References and Corporate Qualifications| City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP Attachment 1 - References and Corporate Qualifications Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP City of Waterloo, Iowa | July 23, 2026 Submitted by: ePlus Technology Prepared by: John Deavers, Sr. Solutions Architect Account Executive: Nick Perry | (906) 282-3372 | Nick.Perry@ePlus.com Page 355 of 449 Page 1 Exhibit A – Point-by-Point Response | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 1 — CORPORATE INFORMATION 1.1 Company Overview ePlus Technology, inc. is a wholly owned operating subsidiary of ePlus inc. (NASDAQ: PLUS), a leading national provider of technology solutions, professional services, and managed services. Founded in 1990, ePlus has more than three decades of continuous operation serving public sector, enterprise, healthcare, financial services, and telecommunications clients across the United States and internationally. ePlus partners with more than 4,200 customers and maintains relationships with over 1,500 OEM vendor partners. The company carries more than 5,500 technical certifications and accreditations across its engineering and services workforce, enabling it to deliver complex, multi-vendor infrastructure solutions at scale. 1.2 Corporate Data Field Detail Legal Name ePlus Technology, inc. (wholly owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.) Parent Company ePlus inc. (NASDAQ: PLUS) Headquarters 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, Virginia 20171 General Phone 888-482-1122 General Email info@eplus.com Website www.eplus.com Year Founded 1990 (incorporated as MLC Holdings, Inc.; renamed ePlus inc. in 1999) Ownership Structure Public company — traded on NASDAQ under ticker PLUS Total Employees Approximately 2,148 employees as of March 31, 2026 (2,094 U.S. / 29 India / 25 U.K.) Locations 30+ locations in the United States, United Kingdom, Europe, and Asia -Pacific Annual Revenue (FY2026) $2.44 billion net sales; $3.84 billion gross billings (fiscal year ended March 31, 2026) Market Capitalization Approximately $1.9 billion (NASDAQ: PLUS) Customers Served Approximately 4,200 active customers — primarily mid-market to large enterprise and SLED institutions SLED Revenue 13% of FY2026 net sales derived from State, Local Government, and Education (SLED) clients Page 356 of 449 Page 2 Exhibit A – Point-by-Point Response | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP 1.3 Company History & Key Milestones ▪ 1990 — ePlus founded as MLC Holdings, Inc., Herndon, Virginia, focused on IT leasing and procurement. ▪ 1996 — Initial Public Offering on NASDAQ; stock ticker PLUS. ▪ 1999 — Renamed ePlus inc.; ePlus Technology, inc. established as primary IT solutions subsidiary. ▪ 2001–2015 — Expanded through strategic acquisitions in networking, security, cloud, and professional services. ▪ 2021–2024 — Accelerated growth in cloud, AI, data center, and managed security services; 27 acquisitions since IPO. ▪ 2022 — Acquired Future Com, expanding Texas and Midwest public sector and municipal network footprint. ▪ 2024 — Acquired Bailiwick Services, LLC (August), significantly expanding professional services delivery capacity. ▪ 2025 — Divested domestic financing business to PEAC Solutions (June 30, 2025), sharpening focus on technology solutions and services. ▪ 2026 — FY2026 net sales $2.44B (+22.1% YoY); Adjusted EBITDA $204.8M (+49.5% YoY). HPE North America Networking Partner of the Year (June 2026). 1.4 Financial Condition As a publicly traded company (NASDAQ: PLUS), ePlus inc. files annual and quarterly reports with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The following financial highlights are drawn from the Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended March 31, 2026: Financial Metric (FY2026) Value Net Sales $2,442.5 million (+22.1% year-over-year) Gross Billings $3,838.5 million (+17.0% year-over-year) Gross Profit $616.1 million (+20.3% year-over-year) Net Earnings from Continuing Operations $124.1 million (+62.4% year-over-year) Adjusted EBITDA $204.8 million (+49.5% year-over-year) Total Stockholders' Equity $1,069.0 million as of March 31, 2026 Cash and Cash Equivalents $411 million (healthy balance sheet) SEC Filings Available at www.sec.gov (CIK 1022408) and www.eplus.com/investor- relations ePlus maintains a strong balance sheet with no significant debt concerns, a $500 million Wells Fargo distribution credit facility, and a consistent dividend program. Full audited financial statements are available in the SEC Form 10-K filed May 28, 2026. Page 357 of 449 Page 3 Exhibit A – Point-by-Point Response | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP 1.5 Organizational Structure ePlus inc. operates through three segments: Product Sales, Professional Services, and Managed Services. For this proposal, the relevant operating entity is ePlus Technology, inc., the IT solutions and services subsidiary. ePlus inc. (NASDAQ: PLUS) — Mark Marron, President & CEO ePlus Technology, inc. (IT Solutions & Services) Proposal Entity ePlus, Software, LLC (Software Solutions) Ken Farber, President ePlus Government, inc. (Federal/Government) Public Sector Division ePlus Technology Delivery Team — City of Waterloo RFP Nick Perry, Senior Account Executive | John Deavers, Senior Solutions Architect | Delivery Engineering Team (Midwest Region) Page 358 of 449 Page 4 Exhibit A – Point-by-Point Response | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 2 — PARTNER CERTIFICATIONS & DESIGNATIONS 2.1 Manufacturer Partner Status ePlus Technology maintains elite partner status with all major technology manufacturers proposed for the City of Waterloo solution. These designations represent the highest tiers of technical expertise, sales volume, and customer satisfaction as recognized by each manufacturer. HPE Platinum Partner HPE North America Networking Partner of the Year (2026) HPE Aruba Networking Partner VMware Pinnacle Solution Provider (Broadcom) Broadcom Cross-Cloud Managed Service Provider Dell Technologies Titanium Partner Cisco Gold Partner AWS Advanced Tier Consulting Partner Palo Alto Networks ASC Premium Partner Tenable Platinum Partner Pure Storage / Everpure Elite Partner & ASP/STaaS Rubrik Elite Plus Partner & MSP/BUaaS Veeam Pro Partner & MSP Partner 2.2 Technical Staff Certifications ePlus employs more than 5,500 technical certifications and accreditations across its engineering workforce. Certifications relevant to this engagement include: ▪ HPE ASE/MASE — Data Center and Hybrid Cloud (Server, Storage, Networking) ▪ HPE Aruba ACMP — Aruba Certified Mobility Professional ▪ HPE Aruba ACSP — Aruba Certified Switching Professional (AOS-CX) ▪ VMware VCP-DCV — vSphere / vCenter data center virtualization ▪ VMware VCAP-DCV / VCIX — Advanced data center design and implementation ▪ Cisco CCNP / CCIE — Enterprise and Data Center tracks ▪ AWS Solutions Architect (Associate and Professional) ▪ Rubrik Certified Systems Engineer (RCSE) ▪ Veeam Certified Engineer (VMCE) ▪ SolarWinds Certified Professional (NPM, NCM) ▪ CompTIA Security+, CySA+, CASP+ Copies of specific engineer certifications relevant to this engagement are available upon request. Page 359 of 449 Page 5 Exhibit A – Point-by-Point Response | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 3 — IMPLEMENTATION EXPERIENCE 3.1 Municipal & Public Sector Network Experience ePlus Technology has extensive experience delivering enterprise network infrastructure, compute/storage modernization, and managed services to state and local government and utility clients. Municipal and public sector clients represent 13% of ePlus's annual revenue — a long-tenured and growing segment of the business. Relevant implementation capabilities include: ▪ Enterprise LAN/WAN infrastructure design and deployment (HPE Aruba, Cisco, Juniper) ▪ ERPS ring network design and implementation for utility and traffic control environments ▪ Industrial hardened switch deployment (DIN-rail, outdoor enclosures, -40°C to 75°C rated environments) ▪ VMware vSphere, vSAN, vCenter, and Site Recovery Manager (SRM) implementations ▪ Geo-diverse dual data center designs with synchronous replication and DR failover ▪ Backup and recovery implementations (Rubrik, Veeam, Cohesity, Commvault) ▪ Storage modernization (Pure Storage / Everpure, HPE Alletra, Dell EMC PowerVault) ▪ SolarWinds NPM/NCM/UDT deployment and management ▪ Out-of-band management and OAS (Cradlepoint, Opengear) implementations ▪ Iowa and Midwest municipal utility and government infrastructure projects 3.2 Key Differentiators for City of Waterloo ▪ Regional Presence — ePlus serves Iowa and Midwest municipal clients from the Chicago-area and Central region offices, enabling rapid on-site response and reducing travel costs. ▪ HPE Aruba Specialization — Named HPE North America Networking Partner of the Year (June 2026) for expertise in campus network transformation — directly aligned with this RFP's HPE Aruba CX platform. ▪ Utility & Industrial Network Experience — Proven ERPS ring network deployments serving municipal utilities with TRENDnet industrial and hardened switch platforms. ▪ VMware Pinnacle Partner — Highest Broadcom/VMware partner tier, with certified SRM and vSAN engineers for the geo-diverse cluster migration required in Exhibit C. ▪ Full Lifecycle Delivery — ePlus manages design, procurement, installation, migration, testing, and post-implementation support under a single engagement, reducing City coordination burden. Page 360 of 449 Page 6 Exhibit A – Point-by-Point Response | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 4 — CLIENT REFERENCES (RFP SECTION 3.3) The following references represent similar enterprise network and infrastructure engagements delivered by ePlus Technology within the past three years. All references are available to speak with City of Waterloo evaluators upon request. Reference 1 Organization Cedar Falls Utilities Project Description Fiber to the home & enterprise network ongoing upgrades. SCADA, Statewide and Metro IP Networks, DWDM, and voice/video. CFU has been a customer for 10+ years. Project Dates Ongoing Contact Name Josh Hoppes Contact Phone (319) 266-1761 Contact Address 1 Utility Pkwy, Cedar Falls, IA 50613 Reference 2 Organization Waterloo Fiber Project Description Fiber infrastructure and network services engagement — relevant to the ISP connectivity, BGP multi-homing, and fiber ring architecture proposed for the City of Waterloo Enterprise Network. Project Dates Fall 2024 to Spring 2025 Contact Name John Rath Contact Phone (319) 291-0175 Contact Address 402 E 4th St, Waterloo, IA 50703 Page 361 of 449 Page 7 Exhibit A – Point-by-Point Response | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP Reference 3 Organization County of Delaware, Pennsylvania Project Description Aruba Network-as-a-Service network upgrade to replace Cisco and legacy Aruba. Included all wired and wireless components for 60+ buildings. Project Dates Started and completed in 2024 Contact Name John Becht Contact Phone 610-891-4675 Contact Address 201 W Front St, Media, Pennsylvania 19063 Page 362 of 449 Page 8 Exhibit A – Point-by-Point Response | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services RFP SECTION 5 — DISCLOSURES (RFP SECTION 3.4) 5.1 Contract Terminations for Cause ePlus Technology, inc. has not had any contracts terminated for cause within the past five (5) years. All engagements have been completed in accordance with contractual obligations or mutually resolved in good faith. 5.2 Pending Litigation ePlus Technology, inc. has no pending litigation that is relevant to this proposal, that would impair its ability to perform under a resulting contract with the City of Waterloo, or that represents a material conflict of interest with the City of Waterloo's interests. As a publicly traded company (NASDAQ: PLUS), ePlus inc. discloses all material legal proceedings in its SEC filings. The most recent Form 10-K (filed May 28, 2026, SEC CIK 1022408) reflects no material pending litigation affecting the company's operations. 5.3 Debarment History ePlus Technology, inc. has not been debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local government agency. ePlus holds active contracts and standing relationships with numerous state and local government entities, including Iowa-based clients. 5.4 Certification The undersigned representative of ePlus Technology, inc. certifies that the information provided in this References & Corporate Qualifications document is accurate and complete to the best of their knowledge and belief. Page 363 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations City of Waterloo, Iowa Network Equipment & Services RFP Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Prepared by ePlus Technology, Inc. Confidential & Proprietary | July 2026 Contact: Nick Perry, Senior Account Executive | Nick.Perry@ePlus.com | (906) 282-3372 Page 364 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option A (5.6 Opt 2): HPE ProLiant DL380 Gen11 + HPE Alletra MP + Veeam Page 365 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option B (5.6 Opt 3): HPE ProLiant DL380 Gen11 + Everpure FlashArray//X R5 + Veeam Page 366 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option C (5.6 Opt 1): Dell PowerEdge R760 + Dell PowerVault ME5224 + Veeam Page 367 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option A (5.6 Opt 2) — Data Center 1 (Primary Site, 625 Glenwood St) Page 368 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option A (5.6 Opt 2) — Data Center 2 (DR/Secondary, 715 Mulberry St) Page 369 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option B (5.6 Opt 3) — Data Center 1 (Primary Site, 625 Glenwood St) Page 370 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option B (5.6 Opt 3) — Data Center 2 (DR/Secondary, 715 Mulberry St) Page 371 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option C (5.6 Opt 1) — Data Center 1 (Primary Site, 625 Glenwood St) Page 372 of 449 Solution Architecture & Rack Elevations Option C (5.6 Opt 1) — Data Center 2 (DR/Secondary, 715 Mulberry St) Page 373 of 449 ePlus Technology, inc. | www.eplus.com City of Waterloo 182753 - Network / Datacenter Refresh RFP 09/17/2026 ePlus Account Team Account Executive: Nick Perry Senior Solutions Architect: John Deavers Senior Solutions Architect: Mike Schieuer Services Review Documentation Budget Numbers & Details Please Note: This document is not an official ePlus Statement of Work or a legally binding contract. The purpose of this document is to provide budgetary labor pricing with a high-level review of the level of effort for the customer’s reference, and is subject to change based on final agreement between ePlus and customer. An official ePlus Statement of Work will need to be signed by both the customer and ePlus to constitute a formal project. Page 374 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 1 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details ePlus Company Information ePlus is a customer first, services led, results driven and trusted industry leader that helps organizations secure, modernize, optimize, and scale their IT. For more than 30 years, we have stood side by side with over 4,300 customers across the U.S., Europe, and Asia, helping navigate an increasingly complex and dynamic IT, regulatory and workforce environment. Backed by an unparalleled bench of technical experts, more than 5,000 certifications and accreditations, top industry recognition, and a relentless commitment to innovation on behalf of everyone we serve, ePlus drives truly transformational results. We achieve these outcomes via expertise across Data Center, Cloud, Security, Networking and Collaboration, as well as a robust set of professional, managed, consultative and other services. It’s equal parts strategy, execution, and results, always with our customers at the core. Each day. Every day. The Company is headquartered at 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA, 20171, USA. For more information, visit www.eplus.com, call 888-482-1122, or email info@eplus.com. Financial Overview Founded in 1990, ePlus inc. (NASDAQ NQGS: PLUS) is a public company with annual adjusted gross billings of $3.1B and shareholders equity of $782.3M as of its most recent fiscal year ending March 31, 2023. Our full financial statements of quarterly and annual audited financials can be viewed at http://www.eplus.com/investors/financial-reporting/annual-reports or www.sec.gov. National Headquarters ePlus Technology, inc. 13595 Dulles Technology Drive Herndon, VA 20171 Phone: 703-984-8400 Fax: 703-984-8600 www.eplus.com Page 375 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 2 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details Executive Summary This Statement of Work ("SOW") sets forth the professional services to be performed by ePlus Technology, Inc. ("ePlus" or "Seller") for the City of Waterloo, Iowa ("Owner" or "City") in connection with the City's Enterprise Network Equipment and Services Request for Proposal (the "RFP"). The Owner's issuing officer for this engagement is Chris Youngblut, Director of Technology, who serves as the primary contracting authority for the City. ePlus is engaged to deliver a turnkey enterprise network modernization program spanning the City's two geo-diverse data centers and up to two hundred sixty (260) City sites, encompassing network, compute, storage, and management infrastructure design, remote implementation services, configuration, testing, training, and documentation in support of the City's preferred solution architecture. The engagement is anchored by two data center facilities that serve as the primary and secondary/disaster-recovery hubs for the City's enterprise environment. Data Center 1 ("DC1"), the primary facility and production site, is located at 625 Glenwood St, Waterloo, IA, at the City's Public Works location. Data Center 2 ("DC2"), the disaster-recovery and secondary facility, is located at 715 Mulberry St, Waterloo, IA 50703, at City Hall. DC1 will operate as the hot production site hosting the active VMware VVF virtualization and Veeam backup environment, while DC2 will operate as a cold standby disaster-recovery site for compute, storage, and backup services, with core and access network infrastructure active at both locations to maintain resiliency and remote management capability. Under this SOW, ePlus will provide remote professional services to implement the City's preferred design, which includes four (4) Dell PowerEdge servers per site (eight total), one Pure Storage FlashArray per site, a VMware vSphere Foundation (VVF) platform at both DC1 and DC2, and Veeam Backup & Replication deployed at both sites. Physical installation activities (rack, stack, power, cabling, PDUs, optics, and physical labeling) will be performed by the City or its designated contractors, while ePlus focuses on design, configuration, migration, validation, training, and documentation. For this preferred solution, ePlus is proposing a single, consolidated professional-services option representing the full scope of network, compute, storage, management, VMware, and Veeam services described in Sections 1 through 4 of this SOW, with a budgetary services estimate of $273,311, inclusive of $7,540 LAB Integration and pre-staging services for the HPE Aruba CX switching infrastructure. This estimate is strictly budgetary and subject to refinement based on final design, workload validation, and agreed change orders. Page 376 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 3 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details Project Scope Section 1 — Scope Overview & Purpose The purpose of this SOW is to define, in complete and binding detail, the professional services that ePlus will provide to design, configure, test, document, and transition to the Owner a modernized enterprise network, compute, and storage environment supporting the City of Waterloo's operational, administrative, and public-safety-adjacent functions. ePlus is providing turnkey professional services across the full lifecycle of the project — from remote pre-installation review of site readiness and high-level configuration design, through remote implementation and configuration of network, compute, storage, and management infrastructure, to acceptance testing support, Day-2 operational training, and final documentation and handoff. All services described herein are performed by ePlus using its own senior consulting, virtualization, and project management personnel, and are designed to result in a fully operational, tested, and documented enterprise environment ready for City operations, with physical installation activities performed by the City. The scope of this SOW is structured around a single preferred professional-services option that implements the City’s chosen architecture across the following major workstreams: • Enterprise network planning, LAB Integration, and configuration for approximately fifty (50) HPE Aruba CX switches: twenty-five (25) CX 6200 48-port access switches, fifteen (15) CX 6200 24-port access switches, six (6) CX 6300 aggregation switches, and four (4) CX 8360 core switches. • Compute and storage deployment and configuration support for eight (8) Dell PowerEdge servers and two (2) Pure Storage FlashArray systems, with VMware VVF and Veeam services at both DC1 and DC2. • Management network and monitoring deployment, including out-of-band access, SolarWinds, and configuration assistance for Owner-supplied Fortinet firewalls. • VMware VVF cluster architecture, Site Recovery Manager (SRM) disaster-recovery design, and VM workload migration planning and execution for the existing VMware environment. • Acceptance Testing Plan (ATP) support, Day-2 operational training, and comprehensive documentation deliverables. All services, deliverables, staffing levels, and technical designs set forth in this SOW are aligned to satisfy the technical and programmatic requirements articulated in the RFP, including compressed timeline milestones and explicit deliverable checkpoints (project plan within seven days of award, VM migration plan within seven days of site readiness assessment). Page 377 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 4 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details Section 2 — In-Scope Services The following subsections define, by project phase, the professional services that ePlus will perform. Unless otherwise noted, all physical, onsite tasks are the responsibility of the City, while ePlus services are delivered remotely from ePlus facilities via secure connectivity. 4.1 Pre-Installation Site Readiness & Technical Assessment (Remote) ePlus Senior Consultants will conduct remote site-readiness reviews for DC1 and DC2 based on City-provided rack elevations, power and PDU information, fiber distribution panel capacity, and DIA circuit service details, supplemented by the agreed solution architecture and rack-elevation documentation. Using these inputs, ePlus will validate that sufficient rack space, power, cooling, and cable plant exist to support the preferred design and will identify any material gaps that must be remediated by the City prior to implementation. In parallel, ePlus will perform a technical assessment of the City’s existing compute and storage environment and VMware vSphere platform, including current VM inventory and storage utilization, to confirm the baseline workloads and dependencies that will be addressed by the VM Workload Migration Plan. These findings will be used to finalize migration sequencing, storage allocation, and network dependencies for the VMware and Veeam configuration and migration phases. 4.2 High-Level Configuration Design — Network, VMware, and Veeam (Remote) Following completion of the site-readiness and technical assessment work, ePlus will lead remote logical design sessions with City stakeholders to finalize: • IP addressing schema and subnetting. • VLAN segmentation and tagging strategy. • Dynamic routing design (BGP/OSPF as required). • Quality of Service (QoS) policy framework. • Management and out-of-band access strategy. The outputs will be consolidated into a formal Network Planning Document (NPD), which will serve as the authoritative technical blueprint for all subsequent configuration and validation activity. The NPD will be reviewed and approved by the City prior to configuration. Concurrently, the ePlus Virtualization Architect and VMware Practice Lead will design a geo-diverse VMware VVF cluster architecture spanning DC1 and DC2, comprising four (4) hosts per site and an SRM-based disaster-recovery strategy providing replication and orchestrated failover between the two facilities. As part of this workstream, the Virtualization Architect will develop a VM Workload Migration Plan for the in-scope virtual machines, to be delivered within seven (7) calendar days of completion of the site-readiness assessment. Veeam design, including backup jobs, retention policies, and DC1–DC2 replication, will be integrated into this plan. Page 378 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 5 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details 4.3 Remote Configuration — Network Equipment (LAB Integration and Production) To support the preferred solution, ePlus will provide remote configuration services for approximately fifty (50) HPE Aruba CX switches: • Twenty-five (25) CX 6200 48-port access switches. • Fifteen (15) CX 6200 24-port access switches. • Six (6) CX 6300 aggregation switches. • Four (4) CX 8360 core switches. Services include: • LAB Integration and pre-staging for all switches (included as $7,540 in the budgetary estimate), covering template-based configuration build, software image standardization, and configuration validation prior to shipment. • Remote support for City-led physical installation at DC1, DC2, and designated sites, including review of installation photos and rack-elevation updates. • Remote configuration push for all switches based on the approved NPD, including VLANs, IP interfaces, routing adjacencies, QoS policies, and secure management. • Remote validation and troubleshooting support for network turn-up, including connectivity tests, routing verification, and DIA circuit integration at both data centers. City personnel will perform all physical activities — including installation of power whips and PDUs, fiber and copper jumpers, and cabinet work — with ePlus providing remote guidance and configuration support. 4.4 Remote Configuration — Compute, Storage, VMware VVF, and Veeam ePlus will provide remote professional services to configure the preferred compute and storage environment, comprising eight (8) Dell PowerEdge hosts and two (2) Pure Storage FlashArray systems, together with VMware VVF and Veeam Backup & Replication at both DC1 and DC2. Services include: • Remote configuration of Pure Storage FlashArray systems, including volumes, LUNs, host mapping, and integration with VMware storage policies. • Remote configuration and commissioning of the VMware VVF cluster architecture, including vCenter deployment, host registration, cluster configuration, and SRM setup for DC1–DC2 replication and orchestrated failover. • Remote deployment and configuration of Veeam Backup & Replication, including backup jobs, repositories, retention, and cross-site replication policies aligned with the City’s disaster-recovery objectives. • Execution of the VM Workload Migration Plan in coordinated migration waves, using vMotion and related VMware tools, together with validation of workload functionality and performance post-migration. Physical installation of servers, storage arrays, and any Veeam appliances (racking, cabling, power) will be performed by the City. Page 379 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 6 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details 4.5 Remote Configuration — Management Network and Monitoring ePlus will provide remote services to design and configure the management network, out-of-band (OOB) access, and monitoring platform. Services include: • Definition and remote configuration of a dedicated management VLAN and OOB access strategy, integrated with City-installed console servers and LTE OOB solutions where applicable. • Remote deployment and configuration of SolarWinds Network Performance Monitor (NPM), Network Configuration Manager (NCM), and User Device Tracker (UDT), including dashboard creation, performance baselines, and alerting policies. • Configuration assistance and best-practice guidance for the Owner-supplied Fortinet firewall platform, strictly limited to configuration support; procurement, warranty, and hardware support for Fortinet firewalls remain the City’s responsibility. 4.6 Acceptance Testing Support (Remote) ePlus will jointly develop an Acceptance Testing Plan (ATP) with the City covering network, VMware, SRM, and Veeam functionality and resilience. ePlus will: • Define test cases and success criteria with City stakeholders prior to execution. • Provide remote guidance while City personnel execute physical and logical test cases (e.g., link and device failure, DIA failover, SRM failover/failback, Veeam backup and restore tests). • Document test results, provide remediation recommendations, and deliver a formal ATP performance report summarizing test activity and outcomes. 4.7 Training — Day-2 Operational (Remote) ePlus will deliver remote Day-2 operational training sessions for City IT staff covering: • Network operations and troubleshooting for the HPE Aruba CX environment (Layer 2/Layer 3 services, routing, VLANs, QoS). • Administration and use of SolarWinds NPM, NCM, and UDT. • Veeam backup and restore operations and day-to-day backup administration. • VMware VVF and vSphere operations, including vCenter administration and SRM failover/failback procedures. Training will be designed to leave City personnel fully equipped to operate, monitor, and troubleshoot the environment independently following project completion. Page 380 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 7 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details 4.8 High-level timeline and services plan Based on the defined scope and remote-only delivery model, ePlus anticipates that the services described in this SOW can be completed in approximately 14 weeks from project kickoff, depending on the City’s maintenance windows, change-approval timelines, and application-owner availability. Actual schedule and milestones will be finalized in the project plan and may be adjusted through the change- control process. Weeks 1–3: Project initiation and design • Conduct remote project kickoff, stakeholder alignment, and detailed discovery workshops for network and data-center scope. • Confirm final preferred architecture, VLANs, routing, security boundaries, DR model, and in- scope VM workloads. • Develop and baseline the integrated project plan, risk/issue register, and status-reporting cadence. • Produce and obtain approval for the Network Planning Document, low-level configuration plan, VM migration Method of Procedure (MoP), and Acceptance Test Plan (ATP). Weeks 3–6: Network pre-staging and LAB Integration • Perform ePlus LAB Integration and pre-staging for all 50 HPE Aruba CX switches (25 CX 6200 48-port, 15 CX 6200 24-port, 6 CX 6300, 4 CX 8360). • Validate switch inventory and software versions; load approved firmware and apply base configurations and device naming. • Configure management addressing, configuration templates, logging, NTP, AAA, and remote- access settings. • Prepare configuration backups and pre-staged templates for production deployment. Weeks 4–9: Data-center buildout (remote) • Remotely configure four Dell PowerEdge R760 servers per site (eight total), including BIOS, firmware, and hypervisor preparation. • Remotely configure one EverPure FlashArray//X20 R5 per site, including storage pools, volumes/datastores, host connectivity, multipathing, and protection policies. • Deploy and configure VMware VVF at both sites: vCenter integration, cluster configuration, virtual networking, datastore presentation, and baseline operational settings. • Configure Site 1 as the production hot site and Site 2 as the cold-standby DR site, aligned with the preferred architecture. Page 381 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 8 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details Weeks 6–11: Network implementation and validation • Support City personnel as they rack, stack, power, and cable all network equipment at both sites. • Apply pre-staged configurations to the 50 HPE Aruba CX switches and complete site-specific adjustments (interfaces, VLANs, routing). • Configure Layer 2/Layer 3 services, trunks, link aggregation, routing, resiliency, telemetry, logging, authentication, and monitoring integration. • Execute remote functional testing (per ATP) and assist with corrective actions for configuration- related issues. Weeks 7–12: Veeam deployment and baseline protection • Deploy and configure Veeam at both sites, including VMware integration, repositories defined in the approved design, backup jobs, schedules, and retention policies. • Configure application-aware processing where supported and establish recovery workflows and any agreed replication or backup-copy jobs. • Perform representative backup and restore tests, including VM recovery exercises aligned with ATP scenarios. Weeks 9–13: VM migration and DR validation • Execute the approved VM migration MoP in waves, including readiness checks, change approvals, rollback criteria, and post-migration validation. • Coordinate with application owners and the City’s change-management process for each migration event. • Perform controlled DR validation tests using the configured DR environment at Site 2, within the constraints of the cold-standby operating model. • Document results and refine operational procedures based on test findings. Weeks 13–14: Documentation, knowledge transfer, and acceptance • Finalize and deliver all required deliverables: as-built diagrams, configuration backups, runbooks, MoP and ATP results, and Day-2 operations documentation for network, compute, storage, VMware, and Veeam. • Conduct remote knowledge-transfer sessions with City operations staff for network, VVF, Veeam, and DR procedures. • Close open issues, apply agreed fixes, and obtain formal acceptance once ATP criteria have been met or documented exceptions are approved. Page 382 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 9 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details 4.9 Documentation and Deliverables (Remote) ePlus will author and deliver: • Network Planning Document (NPD) and final Layer 2/Layer 3 network diagrams (Visio and PDF). • VMware VVF, SRM, and Veeam design and configuration documentation. • VM Workload Migration Plan and completed migration report. • Acceptance Testing Plan (ATP) and ATP performance report. • Day-2 operations runbook describing network, VMware, and Veeam operational procedures, escalation paths, and maintenance guidance. Rack-elevation drawings, cable labeling, and TIA-606 physical labeling will be maintained by the City, with ePlus incorporating City-provided documentation into the as-built design package where appropriate. Section 3 — Out of Scope The following items are expressly excluded from this SOW, unless separately negotiated via change order: • Physical installation services (rack, stack, power, cabling, PDUs, optics, physical labeling) at DC1, DC2, or any City site. • Civil or electrical work, or any modification to building infrastructure (structural changes, HVAC modifications, electrical service upgrades). • Procurement of ISP/DIA circuits; ePlus only coordinates turn-up on circuits procured directly by the City. • Procurement, warranty, and hardware support for Owner-supplied Fortinet firewalls. • Configuration, imaging, or support of end-user devices (PCs, laptops, tablets). • Ongoing managed services, help-desk support, or post-project operational support beyond Day-2 training and documentation. • Any TRENDnet or Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) Phase 4 ring installation, configuration, or commissioning; such services are not part of the preferred solution and are excluded entirely. Page 383 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 10 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details Proposed Price Description: Budgetary professional-services estimate for remote network, compute, storage, VMware VVF, and Veeam implementation, including LAB Integration and pre-staging for HPE Aruba CX switches. Amount: $273,311.00 (budgetary; subject to refinement based on final design, discovery, and agreed change orders). This amount includes the $7,540 LAB Integration services cost and the approved 10% risk contingency and 25% project management allocation applied to risk-adjusted engineering hours. It excludes all hardware, software licensing, support contracts, and travel. Customer Responsibilities • Provide adequate rack space, power, cooling, PDUs, and cable plant at both DC1 and DC2 prior to ePlus remote configuration. • Perform all physical installation activities (rack, stack, cabling, optics, labeling) for network, compute, storage, management, and firewall equipment. • Supply and stage Owner-furnished Fortinet firewall hardware at appropriate locations before the management network phase. • Ensure all equipment procured under Exhibit B is delivered on schedule and in working condition. • Designate a single technical point of contact for each site and maintain active participation in design, migration, ATP, and training. • Review and approve the IP addressing schema, VLAN plan, Network Planning Document (NPD), and VM Workload Migration Plan before configuration and migration. • Furnish ISP circuit details (handoff type, circuit IDs) in advance of DIA turn-up. • Keep the existing production environment stable and available throughout the migration window. • Provide timely written sign-off on ATP results and final deliverables upon successful completion. Customer Assumptions • DC1 and DC2 are fully constructed, powered, cooled, and ready data-center environments; no civil, electrical, or HVAC buildout is required. • All hardware procured under Exhibit B is delivered on schedule and in working condition; vendor lead-time delays may require schedule adjustment. • DIA circuits at DC1 and DC2 are provisioned and active (or scheduled to be active) by the time ePlus reaches configuration and turn-up. • The in-scope VM workload baseline is accurate and stable; material increases in VM count or storage use beyond agreed thresholds may require a change order. • City IT staff will be available and responsive throughout the engagement and will actively participate in design sessions, testing, and training. • ePlus personnel will have secure remote access to management interfaces (VPN, jump hosts, or other approved methods) necessary to perform configuration and testing. Page 384 of 449 ePlus Confidential & Proprietary Page 11 Services Review Document – Budget Numbers & Details • The ePlus Difference • The ePlus Difference The future of the modern enterprise will be one driven by rapidly scaling technologies that connect everyone and everything, securely, intelligently, and automatically. Their possibilities for innovation are unimaginable, as are the challenges for any IT, business, and finance leader whose tomorrows depend on getting it right today. Helping organizations prepare and leverage market shifts and optimize technology for maximum financial results and possibility, is why ePlus exists. Customer first. Results driven. Trusted industry leader. With the right solutions, at the right time, in the most efficient way. The ePlus portfolio of solutions and services spans the following: • CLOUD & DATA CENTER – Support digital transformation and modernization initiatives by modernizing data center infrastructure, extending those capabilities to cloud, accelerating cloud migrations and optimizing cloud platforms (and spend) to meet dynamic and evolving business needs. • SECURITY – Ensure security and reliability by design from end to end with cutting-edge solutions, tools, intelligence and managed services that help diagnose, predict, map, secure and protect every facet of an environment. • NETWORKING – Build a resilient, efficient, agile, defensive and intelligent network capable of supporting modern initiatives. Design and deploy next-generation enterprise and service provider networks to ensure that all domains are supported with high-performing, fault- tolerant, secure, intelligent and application-aware solutions. • COLLABORATION – Empower hybrid work and unleash productivity from anywhere, simply and securely. With full integration into existing business tools and processes, modern collaboration solutions accelerate workplace/workspace transformation, enhance employee and customer experiences and ensure secure interactions with predictable cost models. • SERVICES – Maximize return on IT investments, facilitate implementations and enhance technology performance through our broad portfolio of consultative and managed services. Driven by technical expertise, our award-winning team brings a modular approach to designing, developing, protecting, optimizing and managing the technology that fuels our customers’ business at every stage of their lifecycle. • FINANCING AND CONSUMPTION MODELS – Boost investment power by aligning technology and payment solutions to provide cost predictability, flexible contract terms and fast, easy access to hardware, software and services. • • Page 385 of 449 Nick Perry Senior Account Executive Phone: 906-282-3372 Email: nick.perry@eplus.com City of Waterloo Enterprise Network Equipment and Services July 23, 2026 Page 386 of 449 ePlus • 13595 Dulles Technology Drive • Herndon, VA 20171 • v: 703.984.8400 • f: 703.984.8600 • www.eplus.com 2 July 23, 2026 City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Dear Chris Youngblut, Thank you for offering ePlus Technology, inc. (“ePlus”) the opportunity to respond to your RFP for Enterprise Network Equipment and Services. We have reviewed City of Waterloo’s stated goals and requirements contained in your RFP. We are confident that our solution provides a proven approach – combining appropriate practices, technology, and intellectual capital to meet and exceed your process improvement and cost savings objectives. The following response and attachments will clearly demonstrate how ePlus will assist you in achieving your goals. Our proposal contains all the supporting information you should need. ePlus is submitting its proposal on the understanding and with the expectation that the City of Waterloo and ePlus Technology, inc. will have the opportunity to work together to enter into a mutually acceptable contract for the products and services described in an agreed upon statement of work. The experience that ePlus will demonstrate throughout the process will highlight how our strengths and expertise can be applied to your organization to generate positive business results. We look forward to the opportunity in the very near future to personally present our solution. Thank you for your consideration. Sincerely, Don McLaughlin Senior Vice President Page 387 of 449 ePlus 3 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services Table of Contents Executive Summary ....................................................................................................................................... 5 References and Contact Information ............................................................................................................ 6 Termination, Litigation, Debarment ............................................................................................................. 8 Acceptance of Terms and Conditions ........................................................................................................... 9 Firm Proposal Terms ................................................................................................................................... 10 Proposal Shall Include Only Generally Available Equipment and Software ............................................... 10 Patented Items and Copyrighted Text ........................................................................................................ 10 ePlus Company Information ....................................................................................................................... 11 Exhibits: Exhibit A – Point by Point Response Exhibit B – Proposal Materials and Pricing Exhibit C – VM Workload Migration Plan and MoP Exhibit D – SiSte Connectivity Attachments: Attachment 1 – ePlus References and Corporate Qualifications Attachment 2 – Architecture Rack Elevations Waterloo Attachment 3 – City of Waterloo RFP Data Sheets Page 388 of 449 ePlus 4 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services COPYRIGHT AND TRADEMARKS OneSource, OneSource Procurement, Content+, and Manage+ are the trademarks of ePlus. OneSource, Procurement, Content+, and Manage+ software products are copyrighted and all rights reserved by ePlus. The style and format of this proposal is copyrighted and all rights reserved by ePlus. All other company and product names are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. © 2000 – 2026 ePlus 13595 Dulles Technology Drive Herndon, VA 20171 703.984.8400 All rights reserved. ePlus as a Reseller ePlus is fully committed to holding the discount structure contained in our bid response for the life of the contract but is subject to future potential manufacturer changes in overall pricing models to its resellers. ePlus would require the opportunity to amend its committed discount in order to maintain an equivalent level of margin to be able to continue the supply. ePlus will provide the documentation to support manufacturer modification that supports a change any pricing structure. It is possible that changes can also occur in other manufacturer terms such as changes in warranty terms that are outside of ePlus’ control and we reserv e the right to modify this schedule from time to time to accommodate these potential changes by providing written notice. I f changes of this nature are not something for which you would consider an exception, ePlus would merely require the opportunit y to vacate the particular award(s) effected by the manufacturer's changes which are outside of our control. PROPOSAL VALIDITY PERIOD PLEASE NOTE: The manufacturer has advised that SKUs included in our proposal may be subject to order cancelation and/or requoting due to significant shortages in the supply chain. ePlus will use all reasonable efforts to fulfill your order at th e quoted pricing, but as an authorized reseller we reserve the right to cancel quotes and orders in accordance with such manufacturer decisions. Due to the instability in the market, ePlus is unable to provide pricing validity for 90 days. We will continue to work with you to provide the most competitive solution we can at the time of purchase. As such, the pricing on our quote expires July 31, 2026. Page 389 of 449 ePlus 5 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services Executive Summary Dear Chris Youngblut, Thank you for the opportunity to submit this proposal in response to the City of Waterloo, Iowa's Request for Proposals for Enterprise Network Equipment and Services. ePlus Technology, inc. ("ePlus") has thoroughly reviewed the RFP, all attachments, and Exhibits A through D. We are confident that our proposed solution delivers a proven, fully compliant approach -- combining enterprise-grade network infrastructure, resilient compute and storage architecture, and rigorous professional services delivery -- to meet and exceed every requirement outlined in the RFP. The following proposal response and exhibits clearly demonstrate how ePlus, will assist the City of Waterloo and ENTRUST Solutions in achieving your infrastructure modernization objectives. Our response includes a complete Point-by-Point Exhibit A, VM Workload Migration Plan (Exhibit C), Site Connectivity detail (Exhibit D), and fully itemized Proposal Materials and Pricing (Exhibit B). All required elements have been completed and are submitted for your review. Our team -- led by Senior Account Executive Nick Perry, Senior Solutions Architect John Deavers, and Senior Solutions Architect Mike Schieuer -- stands ready to serve as a trusted technology partner for the City and ENTRUST Solutions throughout every phase of this engagement, from pre-award design through post-acceptance support. We look forward to the opportunity to personally present our solution. Thank you for your consideration. Sincerely, Nick Perry Senior Account Executive ePlus Technology, inc. (906) 282-3372 | Nick.Perry@ePlus.com Page 390 of 449 ePlus 6 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services References and Contact Information Corporate Information The Seller shall provide an overview of their corporate structure. The overview should address the following specific items: • Name, address, and contact information of the Company and representative ePlus Response: ePlus Technology, inc. Don McLaughlin, Senior VP 703-984-8400; info@eplus.com 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA 20171 • Company History and Formation ePlus Response: ePlus is a customer first, services led, results driven and trusted industry leader that helps organizations secure, modernize, optimize, and scale their IT. For more than 30 years, we have stood side by side with over 5,000 customers across the U.S., Europe, and Asia, helping navigate an increasingly complex and dynamic IT, regulatory and workforce environment. Backed by an unparalleled bench of technical experts, more than 7,000 certifications and accreditations, top industry recognition, and a relentless commitment to innovation on behalf of everyone we serve, ePlus drives truly transformational results. We achieve these outcomes via expertise across Artificial Intelligence, Data Center, Cloud, Security, Enterprise and Carrier-Grade Networking and Collaboration, as well as a robust set of professional, managed, consultative and other services. It’s equal parts strategy, execution, and results, always with our customers at the core. • Ownership ( Public or Privately Held) ePlus Response: ePlus is publicly owned. • Number of Employees ePlus Response: Over 1,800 employees. • Organizational chart of the management and implementation teams for the project ePlus Response: • A detailed history of all mergers or acquisitions ( if applicable). ePlus Response: You can learn about ePlus acquisitions at https://www.eplus.com/who-we-are/investor- relations/why-invest. • Seller’ s financial condition and supporting documentation ( ie. audited annual reports, etc.) ePlus Response: Our full financial statements of quarterly and annual audited financials can be viewed at http://www.eplus.com/investors/financial-reporting/annual-reports or www.sec.gov. Implementation Experience Seller shall provide a brief summary of their experience implementing and supporting municipal IT networks, compute/ storage systems, and workload migrations including the following: • Implementations of municipal networks with similar architectures ePlus Response: See ePlus References and Corporate Qualifications. • List of certifications relative to the Proposed Solution held by the implementation team ePlus Response: See ePlus References and Corporate Qualifications. Page 391 of 449 ePlus 7 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services • List of partner certifications relative to the Proposed Solution held by the Seller ePlus Response: See “Attachment 1 – ePlus References and Corporate Qualifications”. • Proven experience in VMware infrastructure design and workload migration ePlus Response: See “Attachment 1 – ePlus References and Corporate Qualifications”. • Familiarity with VMware SRM and vSAN technologies ePlus Response: See “Attachment 1 – ePlus References and Corporate Qualifications”. • Experience migrating workloads in the context of VMWare replacement ePlus Response: See “Attachment 1 – ePlus References and Corporate Qualifications”. Sellers with specialization in HPE/ Aruba, VMWare, Fortinet, and Dell/ EMC products are preferred. Copies of formal manufacturer- conferred certifications including the certification name, description, requirements, and date of award/ renewal should be provided in the Seller’ s response. The Seller shall submit a list of three ( 3) references who have deployed similar networks and compute/ storage architectures within the last three ( 3) years. The reference information shall include the company name with dates of implementation along with the name, address, and phone number of the individual(s) that may be contacted at the company. The Seller shall provide a summary of their Proposed Solution for this section and indicate its compliance with each of the requirements in Exhibit A – Point by Point Response. ePlus Response: Please see our response for this section in “Exhibit A – Point by Point Response” Page 392 of 449 ePlus 8 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services Termination, Litigation, Debarment The Seller must provide any information regarding contract termination, litigation, and debarment for the past five (5) years ePlus Response: ePlus hasn’t had any contract termination, litigation, and debarments in the past 5 years. Has the Seller had a contract for goods and/ or services terminated for any reason? If so, provide full details regarding the termination. ePlus Response: ePlus hasn’t had any contracrs contract for goods or services terminated for any reason. Describe any damages or penalties assessed against or dispute resolution settlements entered into by Seller under any existing or past contracts for goods and/ or services. Provide full details regarding the circumstances, including dollar amount of damages, penalties and settlement payments. ePlus Response: ePlus doesn’t have any damages or penalties assessed, or dispute resolution settlements. Describe any order, judgment or decree of any Federal or State authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting the right of the Seller to engage in any business, practice or activity. ePlus Response: ePlus has not order, judgment or decree of this kind. A list and summary of all litigation or threatened litigation, administrative or regulatory proceedings, or similar matters to which the Seller or its officers have been a party. ePlus Response: ePlus has no litigation, proceedings, or similar matters. Any irregularities discovered in any of the accounts maintained by the Seller on behalf of others. Describe the circumstances and disposition of the irregularities. ePlus Response: Does not apply. Failure to disclose these matters may result in rejection of the Proposal or termination of any subsequent Contract. The above disclosures are a continuing requirement of the Seller. Seller shall provide written notification to the Owner of any such matter commencing or occurring after submission of a Proposal, and with respect to the successful Seller, following execution of the Contract. ePlus Response: Understood and acknowledged. Page 393 of 449 ePlus 9 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services Acceptance of Terms and Conditions By submitting a Proposal, Seller acknowledges its acceptance of the terms and conditions of the RFP and the General Terms and Conditions without change except as otherwise expressly stated in its Proposal. If the Seller takes exception to a provision, it must identify it by page and section number, state the reason for the exception, and set forth in its Proposal the specific RFP or General Terms and Conditions language it proposes to include in place of the provision. If Seller’ s exceptions or responses materially alter the RFP, or if the Seller submits its own terms and conditions or otherwise fails to follow the process described herein, the Owner may reject the Proposal, in its sole discretion. ePlus Response: ePlus acknowledges its acceptance of the terms and conditions of the RFP and the General Terms and Conditions, except as noted for the pricing validity period. All pricing offered in our response is only valid until July 31, 2026. We will continue to work with you to provide the most competitive solution we can upon down-select. Page 394 of 449 ePlus 10 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services Firm Proposal Terms The Seller shall guarantee in writing the goods and/ or services offered in the Proposal are currently available and that all Proposal terms, including price, will remain firm for the number days indicated on the RFP cover sheet 90 days following the deadline for submitting Proposals. ePlus Response: The manufacturer has advised that SKUs included in our proposal may be subject to order cancelation and/or requoting due to significant shortages in the supply chain. ePlus will use all reasonable efforts to fulfill your order at the quoted pricing, but as an authorized reseller we reserve the right to cancel quotes and orders in accordance with such manufacturer decisions. Due to the instability in the market, ePlus is unable to provide pricing validity for 90 days. We will continue to work with you to provide the most competitive solution we can at the time of purchase. As such, the pricing on our quote expires July 31, 2026. Proposal Shall Include Only Generally Available Equipment and Software a) All Seller supplied programs and software must be field operational before the date the proposal is submitted. ePlus Response: Understood and acknowledged. b) Demonstrations must utilize the proposed equipment, programs or software precisely as proposed. ePlus Response: Understood and acknowledged. c) Unless otherwise specified in the specifications, all items on which a Seller submits a proposal must be new, of the latest model or manufacture, and be at least equal in quality to that specified in the bidding documents. ePlus Response: Understood and acknowledged. Patented Items and Copyrighted Text Seller Required to Identify Patented Items, and Copyrighted Text, Information, Data, or Software Included in Its Proposal; Seller Required to Include with Its Proposal any Licenses that Owner Will be Expected to Execute. Sellers shall identify any patented equipment, processes, materials, or hardware, or any copyrighted text, information, data, or software that it proposes to supply as part of the goods or services it is required to provide under the RFP. Every Seller shall likewise identify the licensing agent for the patented or copyrighted items, and shall provide with its proposal a copy of any licensing or user agreement that the Owner will be expected to execute for the use of patented equipment, processes, materials, or hardware, or copyrighted text, information, data, or software included in a proposal, as well as the anticipated cost to the Owner, if any, for use under a license or agreement. The Seller to whom the contract is awarded warrants that the intellectual property rights of third parties (e.g. copyright, trademark, or patent) will not be violated by the Seller' s or the Owner' s use of any equipment, process or service provided in response to the RFP ePlus Response: Understood and acknowledged. Page 395 of 449 ePlus 11 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services ePlus Company Information ePlus is a customer first, services led, results driven and trusted industry leader that helps organizations secure, modernize, optimize, and scale their IT. For more than 30 years, we have stood side by side with over 5,000 customers across the U.S., Europe, and Asia, helping navigate an increasingly complex and dynamic IT, regulatory and workforce environment. Backed by an unparalleled bench of technical experts, more than 7,000 certifications and accreditations, top industry recognition, and a relentless commitment to innovation on behalf of everyone we serve, ePlus drives truly transformational results. We achieve these outcomes via expertise across Artificial Intelligence, Data Center, Cloud, Security, Enterprise and Carrier-Grade Networking and Collaboration, as well as a robust set of professional, managed, consultative and other services. It’s equal parts strategy, execution, and results, always with our customers at the core. Each day. Every day. The Company is headquartered at 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA, 20171, USA. For more information, visit www.eplus.com, call 888-482-1122, or email info@eplus.com. ePlus is dedicated to fostering, cultivating, and preserving a culture that embraces diversity and enables inclusion. We are dedicated to customer and community service, acting with integrity in all things, and putting our ethics into practice. Financial Overview Founded in 1990, ePlus inc. (NASDAQ NQGS: PLUS) is a public company with annual adjusted gross billings of $3.8B and shareholders equity of $1,069.0M as of its most recent fiscal year ending March 31, 2026. Our full financial statements of quarterly and annual audited financials can be viewed at http://www.eplus.com/investors/financial- reporting/annual-reports or www.sec.gov. Locations National Headquarters ePlus Technology, inc. 13595 Dulles Technology Drive Herndon, VA 20171 Phone: 703-984-8400 Fax: 703-984-8600 www.eplus.com List of all ePlus Locations/Offices Partnerships and Expertise Our customers benefit from our deep collaborative partnerships with leading technology providers, enabling us to create solutions that connect the dots between IT investments and business outcomes so technology means more, and does more, for them. ePlus maintains deep partnerships with top manufacturers, including Arista, AWS, Check Point, Cisco, Crowdstrike, Dell Technologies, Digital Realty, Everpure (formerly Pure Storage), Extreme, F5, Fortinet, Gigamon, HP, HPE, HPE Juniper Networks, Intel, Lenovo, Microsoft Azure, NetApp, Nutanix, Nvidia, Palo Alto Networks, Proofpoint, Rubrik, Schneider Electric, Varonis, Vertiv and Zoom—many who look to us for their own technology needs. Page 396 of 449 ePlus 12 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services ePlus Awards and Accreditations Awards 2026 Assured Data Protection North America Top Revenue Partner CRN® 2026 Managed Service Provider 500 Elite 150 CRN® 2026 Tech Elite 250 Dell Technologies Strategic Impact Partner of the Year Digital Realty Americas Partner of the Year Everpure Innovative Partner of the Year KnowBe4 Partner to Watch SenitnelOne 2026 Momentum Award 2025 Broadcom Growth Partner of the Year for VMWare Cisco 2025 Americas East Security Partner of the Year CRN® 2025 Managed Service Provider 500 Elite 150 CRN® 2025 Tech Elite 250 CRN® 2025 Solutions Provider 500 Cybersecurity Association Mid Atlantic Defender of the Year Digital Realty Rising Star Partner of the Year F5 BeF5 Partner of the Year Lenovo North American Infrastructure Partner of the Year Nutanix Portfolio Partner of the Year Ragan Workplace Wellness Award for Physical Wellness 2024 Cisco Global Mass Scale Infrastructure Partner of the Year Cisco Americas Mass Scale Infrastructure Partner of the Year Cisco U.S. East Collaboration Partner of the Year Cisco U.S. East Software Partner of the Year Cisco U.S. Northeast Partner of the Year. CRN® 2024 Managed Service Provider 500 Elite 150 CRN® 2024 Tech Elite 250 CRN® 2024 Solutions Provider 500 Cybersecurity Excellence Awards: Cyber Portfolio Management F5 North America 2023 Strategic Solutions Partner of the Year Juniper Partner of the Year for Cloud-Ready Data Center Lenovo U.S. Infrastructure Solutions Partner of the Year z Northrup Grumman Supplier Excellence Award Varonis Growth Partner of the Year Page 397 of 449 ePlus 13 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services Cisco: Preferred Partner Competencies (continued) + Cisco and Splunk Observability + Splunk Observability Solutions + Industrial IOT + Webex Contact Center Authorization Dell Technologies: Global Titanium Solution Provider Portfolio and Solution Competencies: + Core Client + Server + Storage + Networking + Data Protection Fortinet Expert Partner Level + SD-WAN Specialization + Cloud Business Model Certified + Integration Business Model Certified Harmonic + Platinum Partner HP Inc. Amplify Partner Program + Power Partner Hewlett Packard Enterprise Triple Platinum Plus + HPE Solutions for AI Competency + GreenLake Competency Compute Platinum + HPE HPC for Enterprise Competency Hybrid Cloud Platinum + Data Protection and Disaster Recovery Solutions Competency + Private Cloud Solutions for Business Competency + Private Cloud with Virtualization Competency HPE Aruba Networking Platinum + Central Competency + ClearPass Competency + SD-WAN Competency + Security Service Edge Competency Arista + Elite Partner A10 Networks + Elite Partner Amazon Web Services + Advanced Consulting Partner + Public Sector Partner + Solution Provider Partner + Immersion Day Partner + AWS Marketplace CPPO Partner + Storage Competency + Windows on EC2 Delivery Partner Calix + Elite Partner Check Point + 4 Star Partner + ASCP(EMS) Certified + Harmony Specialization Ciena + Elite Partner Cisco: Preferred Partner Cisco Portfolio Designations + Preferred Cloud and AI Infrastructure Partner + Preferred Collaboration Partner + Preferred Networking Partner + Preferred Security Partner + Preferred Services Partner Managed Services Provider: Cisco Powered Services + Business Communications + Cloud Managed Security + Catalyst SD-WAN + Meraki Security & SD-WAN + Meraki Access + Webex Contact Center Cisco Competencies + Environmental Sustainability Business Practice + Extended Detection and Response + Secure Enterprise Infrastructure Accreditations AICPA SSAE Type 2 SOC 1 OneSource Family of Software Products AICPA SSAE Type 2 SOC 1 Managed Services Center AICPA SSAE Type 2 SOC 1 Service Desk AICPA SSAE Type 2 SOC 2 Cloud Hosted Services HIPAA and HITECH Cloud Hosted Services ISO9001 QMS Warehouse Operations Advanced Authorizations and Staff Certifications Strategic alliances with the industry’s leading manufacturers keep ePlus engineers and sales professionals at the forefront of technology, enabling them to deliver industry-leading solutions to our clients. With an extensive roster of staff certifications, we also hold the following partnership designations: Page 398 of 449 ePlus 14 Enterprise Network Equipment and Services Hewlett Packard Enterprise (continued) HPE Juniper Networking + Global Elite + AIDE – Wired and Wireless + AIDE-SSR + Cloud + Data Center + Routing + Security + Managed Network Provider Microsoft Gold Level Partner + Cloud Solutions Provider + Gold Application Integration + Gold Data Center + Gold Cloud Platform + Gold Cloud Productivity + Gold Windows and Devices NetApp Solution Specializations + FlexPod Specialized Implementation Services Certified + E-Series + HCI + ONTAP Integration Services Certified + E-Series + ONTAP + ONTAP SAN NetApp Keystone Sell-with Professional Services Certified + ONTAP SAN Support Services Certified Nokia + Broadband Access Networks Expert + Fixed Wireless Access Expert + IP Routing + Optics NUTANIX Pioneer Level Partner NVIDIA Elite Partner + Generative Sales AI Advisor + Generative Technical AI Advisor + DGX Ready Offerings + NVIDIA DGX SuperPOD Specialization + NVIDIA DGX-Ready Managed Services certification Palo Alto Diamond Innovator Partner Level SASE Specialization Partner Everpure Elite Partner Service Delivery Partner (Managed Service Provider) Rubrik Elite Plus Partner Level VMware Principal Partner + Data Center Master Services Competency + Networking Master Services Competency + VMware Cloud on AWS Master Services Competency + Data Center Virtualization Transform Networking and Security + Empower Digital Workspace Cloud Management and Automation + Cloud Provider + Cloud Native Additional Key Vendors Page 399 of 449 Customer Name:City of Waterloo, IA Quote No:23600555 Quote Name:Everpure-Forever 60 Months ASP Quotation Date:09/11/2026 Sales Support Contact:KARA PHILPOT Sales Support Phone:703-984-8194 Sales Support Email:KPHILPOT@EPLUS.COM Account Executive: Account Executive Phone: Account Executive Email: Customer PO No: Order No: Expiration Date:09/30/2026 ePlus Technology inc, 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA, 20171 External Notes:By accepting this Quote and purchasing the Products listed herein, End User of such Products agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Everpure End User Agreement, which may be found here: https:// www.everpuredata.com/legal/pure-end-user-agreement.html (or other agreement executed between Everpure and the End User covering the subject matter) Totals 570,616.80 001 FA0560805 EVERPURE FA//X20R5NO LOM W/CHASSIS GEN2, 2 PORT ETH10/25G, AND45T Line Note: Part Number:FA-X20R5-NL-CG2-ETH-45TB-20x2.2TB 1 192,578.40 192,578.40 002 FA0291009 EVERPURE FA-X20R5-45TB ASP L1/L2 1 MONTH EVERGREEN FOREVER SUBSCRIPTION, NBD DELIVERY, 24 60 1,545.50 92,730.00 003 FA0560805 EVERPURE FA//X20R5NO LOM W/CHASSIS GEN2, 2 PORT ETH10/25G, AND45T Line Note: Part Number:FA-X20R5-NL-CG2-ETH-45TB-20x2.2TB 1 192,578.40 192,578.40 004 FA0291009 EVERPURE FA-X20R5-45TB ASP L1/L2 1 MONTH EVERGREEN FOREVER SUBSCRIPTION, NBD DELIVERY, 24 60 1,545.50 92,730.00 PRODPROD PROD Sub-Total (USD)285,308.40PRODSub-Total (USD)285,308.40 DRDR DR Sub-Total (USD)285,308.40DRSub-Total (USD)285,308.40 Line No. Part Number MFG Description/Line Notes QTY Unit Price Ext Price Page 400 of 449 Shipping: Packing: Sub Total (USD):570,616.80 Trade/Discount (USD):0.00 Est. Tax (USD):TBD if Applicable Freight (USD):0.00 Total (USD):570,616.80 All orders are governed by your organization's signed agreement with ePlus or applicable public sector contract; if there is no such agreement the Customer Terms and Conditions for Products and/or Services located at www.ePlus.com govern. No additional or contrary terms in a purchase order shall apply, and ePlus' performance shall not be deemed acceptance of any preprinted PO terms. Use of software, subscription services or other products resold by ePlus is subject to manufacturer/publisher end user agreements or subscription terms. Any periodic payment obligations for specific offerings, along with customer-incurred overages, consumption fees, add-ons, quantity adjustments and automatic renewals are non-cancelable for any reason except by public sector customers required by law to terminate due to non-appropriation of funds. PLEASE NOTE: Recent supply chain disruption and tariffs on certain imports are causing price increases for many IT products, with little or no notice, and beyond ePlus' control. As a result, this quote is subject to change without notice, even before the expiration date reflected above. Related manufacturer policy changes may result in orders being non-cancelable and products non-returnable except in accordance with the manufacturer warranty. Please confirm pricing and other restrictions prior to order placement. Unless freight amount is indicated, or is zero, freight will be added to the invoice. Unless Bill-To company is exempt from Sales Tax, it will be added to the invoice. Recognizing that the global pandemic has disrupted operations for many organizations, ePlus will ship products for delivery in accordance with customer's written ship-to instructions and products will be deemed delivered notwithstanding any failure of customer personnel to sign for receipt due to facility closing or otherwise. Supply chain disruption and tariffs on certain imports in accordance with applicable law may cause price increases for many IT products, with little or no notice, and beyond [SELLER’S] control. When such increases occur, this quote is subject to change without notice, even before the expiration date reflected above. Customer Acceptance Bill To Ship To Signature: ____________________________________ Name: _______________________________________ Title: _________________________________________ Date: ________________________________________ Customer PO #: _______________________________ CITY368 715 Mulberry ST WATERLOO IA 50703 City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry ST WATERLOO IA 50703 UNITED STATES ©2026 ePlus inc. All rights reserved. *NGDC P2 4.2.4.3 Page 401 of 449 Customer Name:CITY OF WATERLOO Quote No:23603708 Quote Name: Quotation Date:09/17/2026 Sales Support Contact:KARA PHILPOT Sales Support Phone:703-984-8194 Sales Support Email:KPHILPOT@EPLUS.COM Account Executive:NICHOLAS PERRY Account Executive Phone: Account Executive Email:Nick.Perry@eplus.com Customer PO No: Order No: Expiration Date:09/24/2026 ePlus Technology inc, 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA, 20171 Totals 403,176.27 Shipping: Packing: Sub Total (USD):403,176.27 Est. Tax (USD):TBD if Applicable Shp&Hnd (USD):TBD Total (USD):403,176.27 001 JL658A HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING CX 6300M 24-PORT SFP+ AND 4- P ORT SFP56 SWITCH 7 8,736.67 61,156.69 002 JL085A#ABA HPE ARUBA X371 12VDC 250W 100-240VAC POWER SUPPLY UNIT ED STATES ENGLISH, FOR THE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING 3 810 SWITCH, WEIGHT- 7 210.56 1,473.92 003 S2P31A HPE HPE ANW 10G LR SFP+ LC 10KM SMF C-XCVR 96 636.04 61,059.84 004 J4859D HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING 1G SFP LC LX 10KM SMF TRANSCE IVER - J4859D - TYPE: SFP - TRANSFER SPEED: 1 GB - MAXIMUM DISTANCE:10 36 248.36 8,940.96 005 S0V65A HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING 50G LR 10KM SMF TRANSCEIVER 6 1,881.00 11,286.00 006 J9150D HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING 10G SFP+ LC SR 300M OM3 MMF T RANSCEIVER - DATA TRANSFER RATE:10 GBPS- DIMENSION S:1.5 X 5.6 X 1.3 CM 1 355.43 355.43 007 S2P30A HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING - TRANSFER SPEED 10 GB - SR SFP+ LC - MAXIMUM DISTANCE 400M - OM4 MMF CCLASS T RANSCEIVER - S2P30A 3 231.49 694.47 008 R8Q70A HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING CX 6200 SWITCH SERIES - QUAD CORE ARM CORTEX A72 1.8 GHZ - 48X PORTS 10/100/100 0BASE-T CLASS 4 POE 25 3,629.72 90,743.00 009 JL086A#ABA HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING X372, 100-240VAC TO 54VDC POW ER SUPPLY FOR SELECTED HPE ARUBA NETWORKING SWITCH ES, WEIGHT0.83 KG (1 41 283.89 11,639.49 010 JL661A HPE ARUBA CX 6300 SWITCH SERIES - QUAD CORE ARM CORTEX A72 1.8GHZ - 8 GB DDR4 32 GB EMMC 8 MB SHARED PAC KET BUFFER MEMORY - 1 4,724.17 4,724.17 011 JL669B HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING X751 FRONT TO BACK FAN TRAY - FOR USE IN SELECT HPE ARUBA NETWORKING PRODUCTS - WEIGHT: 208.7 GM ( 1 195.83 195.83 012 JL700C#ABA HPE ARUBA CX 8360 V2 SWITCH SERIES - CPU: 1.8 GHZ 4-CO RE 64-BIT - RAM: 16 GB - FLASH/STORAGE: 32 GB - PA CKET BUFFER: 32 MB - 4 11,852.00 47,408.00 013 JL309A HPE JL309A - GIGABIT ETHERNET -HPE ARUBA NETWORKING 10 0G QSFP28 MPO SR4 100M 12-FIBER MPO OM3 MMF TRANSC EIVER 6 741.11 4,446.66 014 S3N89A HPE HPE ANW 100G LR QSFP28 LC 10KM SMF XCVR 6 1,226.94 7,361.64 015 JL704C#ABA HPE ARUBA CX 8360 V2 SWITCH SERIES - CPU: 1.8 GHZ 4-CO RE 64-BIT - RAM: 16 GB - FLASH/STORAGE: 32 GB - PA CKET BUFFER: 32 MB - 1 15,378.89 15,378.89 016 Q9Y75AAE HPE ARUBA CENTRAL 62XX OR 29XX SWITCH FOUNDATION 5 YEA R SUBSCRIPTION E-STU 40 521.70 20,868.00 017 Q9Y80AAE HPE ARUBA CENTRAL 63XX OR 38XX SWITCH FOUNDATION 5 YEA R SUBSCRIPTION E-STU 8 798.00 6,384.00 018 R3K05AAE HPE ARUBA CENTRAL 8XXX SWITCH FOUNDATION 5 YEAR SUBSCR IPTION E-STU 5 2,306.70 11,533.50 019 JH236A HPE HP X242 40G QSFP+ TO QSFP+ 5M DAC CABLE 1 220.00 220.00 020 R0Z27A HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING 100G QSFP28 TO QSFP28 7M ACTI VE OPTICAL CABLE - FIBER OPTIC - QSFP28 RIGHT CONN ECTOR - QSFP28 LEFT 1 878.89 878.89 021 R0M47A HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING 50G SFP56 TO SFP56 3M DIRECT ATTACH COPPER CABLE - MALE LEFT GENDER - MALE RIGH T GENDER - SFP56 RIG 4 169.16 676.64 022 R8Q68A HPE HPE ARUBA NETWORKING CX 6200 SWITCH SERIES - QUAD CORE ARM CORTEX A72 1.8 GHZ - 24X PORTS 10/100/100 0BASE-T CLASS 4 POE 15 2,383.35 35,750.25 Line No. Part Number MFG Description/Line Notes QTY Unit Price Ext Price Page 402 of 449 All orders are governed by your organization's signed agreement with ePlus or applicable public sector contract; if there is no such agreement the Customer Terms and Conditions for Products and/or Services located at www.ePlus.com govern. No additional or contrary terms in a purchase order shall apply, and ePlus' performance shall not be deemed acceptance of any preprinted PO terms. Use of software, subscription services or other products resold by ePlus is subject to manufacturer/publisher end user agreements or subscription terms. Any periodic payment obligations for specific offerings, along with customer-incurred overages, consumption fees, add-ons, quantity adjustments and automatic renewals are non-cancelable for any reason except by public sector customers required by law to terminate due to non-appropriation of funds. PLEASE NOTE: Recent supply chain disruption and tariffs on certain imports are causing price increases for many IT products, with little or no notice, and beyond ePlus' control. As a result, this quote is subject to change without notice, even before the expiration date reflected above. Related manufacturer policy changes may result in orders being non-cancelable and products non-returnable except in accordance with the manufacturer warranty. Please confirm pricing and other restrictions prior to order placement. Unless freight amount is indicated, or is zero, freight will be added to the invoice. Unless Bill-To company is exempt from Sales Tax, it will be added to the invoice. Recognizing that the global pandemic has disrupted operations for many organizations, ePlus will ship products for delivery in accordance with customer's written ship-to instructions and products will be deemed delivered notwithstanding any failure of customer personnel to sign for receipt due to facility closing or otherwise. Supply chain disruption and tariffs on certain imports in accordance with applicable law may cause price increases for many IT products, with little or no notice, and beyond [SELLER’S] control. When such increases occur, this quote is subject to change without notice, even before the expiration date reflected above. Customer Acceptance Bill To Ship To Signature: ____________________________________ Name: _______________________________________ Title: _________________________________________ Date: ________________________________________ Customer PO #: _______________________________ CITY OF WATERLOO 715 MULBERRY ST WATERLOO IA 50703 UNITED STATES ACCOUNTS PAYABLE CITY OF WATERLOO UNITED STATES ©2026 ePlus inc. All rights reserved. *NGDC P1 4.2.4.3 Page 403 of 449 Customer Name:City of Waterloo, IA Quote No:23601239 Quote Name:QTY 8 Dell PowerEdge R760 Server Quotation Date:09/14/2026 Sales Support Contact:KARA PHILPOT Sales Support Phone:703-984-8194 Sales Support Email:KPHILPOT@EPLUS.COM Account Executive: Account Executive Phone: Account Executive Email: Customer PO No: Order No: Expiration Date:09/30/2026 ePlus Technology inc, 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA, 20171 001 210-BDZY DELL POWEREDGE R760 SERVER 8 1,388.10 11,104.80 002 461-AADZ DELL NO TRUSTED PLATFORM MODULE 8 0.00 0.00 003 404-BBDT DELL NO HD NO BACKPLANE 1 OR 2 CPU 8 35.15 281.20 004 338-CHTK DELL INTEL XEON GOLD 6430 2.1G 32C/64T 16GT/S 60M CACHE TURBO HT (270W) DDR5-4400 8 945.45 7,563.60 005 338-CHTK DELL INTEL XEON GOLD 6430 2.1G 32C/64T 16GT/S 60M CACHE TURBO HT (270W) DDR5-4400 8 945.45 7,563.60 006 379-BDCO DELL ADDITIONAL PROCESSOR SELECTED 8 0.00 0.00 007 379-BFFD DELL NO HBM 8 0.00 0.00 008 412-ABCP DELL HEATSINK FOR 2 CPU CONFIGURATION (CPU GREATER THAN 165W) 8 46.90 375.20 009 370-AAIP DELL PERFORMANCE OPTIMIZED 8 0.00 0.00 010 370-BCCX DELL 6400MT/S RDIMMS 8 0.00 0.00 011 780-BCDH DELL DISKLESS CONFIGURATION (NO RAID NO CONTROLLER)8 0.00 0.00 012 405-AACD DELL NO CONTROLLER 8 0.00 0.00 013 400-ABHL DELL NO HARD DRIVE 8 0.00 0.00 014 384-BBBL DELL PERFORMANCE BIOS SETTINGS 8 0.00 0.00 015 800-BBDM DELL UEFI BIOS BOOT MODE WITH GPT PARTITION 8 0.00 0.00 016 750-ADGJ DELL VERY HIGH PERFORMANCE FAN X6 8 84.15 673.20 017 450-AKYB DELL DUAL HOT PLUG POWER SUPPLY (1+1) REDUNDANT 1400W 2 U 8 245.85 1,966.80 018 330-BBXY DELL RISER CONFIG 2 2X8 FH SLOTS (GEN4) 4X8 FH SLOTS (G EN5) 2X16 LP SLOTS (GEN4) 8 262.85 2,102.80 019 329-BHJS DELL MOTHERBOARD SUPPORTS ALL CPUS (REQUIRED FOR CPUS 2 50W AND ABOVE) 8 0.00 0.00 020 540-BCOC DELL BROADCOM 57414 DUAL PORT 10/25GBE SFP28 OCP NIC 3. 0 8 132.60 1,060.80 021 540-BDOW DELL LOM BLANK 8 0.00 0.00 022 470-AEYU DELL NO CABLES REQUIRED 8 0.00 0.00 023 321-BHMY DELL DELL LUGGAGE TAG 8 0.00 0.00 024 325-BEVI DELL POWEREDGE 2U STANDARD BEZEL 8 14.05 112.40 025 403-BCRU DELL BOSS-N1 CONTROLLER CARD + WITH 2 M.2 480GB (RAID 1 ) 8 4,366.00 34,928.00 026 470-AFMF DELL BOSS CABLES AND BRACKET FOR R760 (RISER 1)8 9.40 75.20 027 350-BBYX DELL NO QUICK SYNC 8 16.45 131.60 028 379-BETF DELL IDRAC LEGACY PASSWORD FOR OCP CARDS 8 0.00 0.00 029 379-BCQY DELL IDRAC GROUP MANAGER, DISABLED 8 0.00 0.00 030 611-BBBF DELL NO OPERATING SYSTEM 8 0.00 0.00 031 605-BBFN DELL NO MEDIA REQUIRED 8 0.00 0.00 032 528-CTID DELL IDRAC9 DATACENTER 16G 8 218.65 1,749.20 033 379-BFXS DELL DELL CONNECTIVITY CLIENT - ENABLED 8 0.00 0.00 034 634-CYDF DELL DELL CONNECTIVITY MODULE 8 0.00 0.00 Line No. Part Number MFG Description/Line Notes QTY Unit Price Ext Price Page 404 of 449 Totals 424,294.80 Shipping: Packing: Sub Total (USD):424,294.80 Est. Tax (USD):TBD if Applicable Freight (USD):0.00 Total (USD):424,294.80 All orders are governed by your organization's signed agreement with ePlus or applicable public sector contract; if there is no such agreement the Customer Terms and Conditions for Products and/or Services located at www.ePlus.com govern. No additional or contrary terms in a purchase order shall apply, and ePlus' performance shall not be deemed acceptance of any preprinted PO terms. Use of software, subscription services or other products resold by ePlus is subject to manufacturer/publisher end user agreements or subscription terms. Any periodic payment obligations for specific offerings, along with customer-incurred overages, consumption fees, add-ons, quantity adjustments and automatic renewals are non-cancelable for any reason except by public sector customers required by law to terminate due to non-appropriation of funds. PLEASE NOTE: Recent supply chain disruption and tariffs on certain imports are causing price increases for many IT products, with little or no notice, and beyond ePlus' control. As a result, this quote is subject to change without notice, even before the expiration date reflected above. Related manufacturer policy changes may result in orders being non-cancelable and products non-returnable except in accordance with the manufacturer warranty. Please confirm pricing and other restrictions prior to order placement. Unless freight amount is indicated, or is zero, freight will be added to the invoice. Unless Bill-To company is exempt from Sales Tax, it will be added to the invoice. Recognizing that the global pandemic has disrupted operations for many organizations, ePlus will ship products for delivery in accordance with customer's written ship-to instructions and products will be deemed delivered notwithstanding any failure of customer personnel to sign for receipt due to facility closing or otherwise. Supply chain disruption and tariffs on certain imports in accordance with applicable law may cause price increases for many IT products, with little or no notice, and beyond [SELLER’S] control. When such increases occur, this quote is subject to change without notice, even before the expiration date reflected above. Customer Acceptance Bill To Ship To Signature: ____________________________________ Name: _______________________________________ Title: _________________________________________ Date: ________________________________________ Customer PO #: _______________________________ CITY368 715 Mulberry ST WATERLOO IA 50703 CITY368 715 Mulberry ST WATERLOO IA 50703 UNITED STATES ©2026 ePlus inc. All rights reserved. *NGDC P2 4.2.4.3 035 634-CZRQ DELL DELL SECURE ONBOARDING CLIENT DISABLED 8 0.00 0.00 036 770-BDRQ DELL CABLE MANAGEMENT ARM 2U 8 15.75 126.00 037 770-BEKK DELL READYRAILS SLIDING RAILS (B21)8 28.50 228.00 038 631-AACK DELL NO SYSTEMS DOCUMENTATION, NO OPENMANAGE DVD KIT 8 0.00 0.00 039 340-DCEP DELL POWEREDGE R760 SHIPPING 8 1.90 15.20 040 340-DJQY DELL POWEREDGE R760 SHIPPING MATERIAL 8 27.85 222.80 041 343-BBSU DELL PE R760 NO CCC OR CE MARKING 8 0.00 0.00 042 343-BBSW DELL DELL/EMC LABEL (BIS) FOR 2.5 CHASSIS 8 0.00 0.00 043 817-BBBP DELL NONE REQUIRED 8 0.00 0.00 044 886-5565 DELL PROSUPPORT PLUS MISSION CRITICAL 7X24 TECHNICAL SU PPORT AND ASSISTANCE 5 YEARS 8 8,580.75 68,646.00 045 886-5574 DELL PROSUPPORT PLUS MISSION CRITICAL 4-HOUR 7X24 ON- SI TE SERVICE WITH EMERGENCY DISPATCH 3 YEARS 8 2,246.65 17,973.20 046 886-5576 DELL PROSUPPORT PLUS MISSION CRITICAL 4-HOUR 7X24 ON- SI TE SERVICE WITH EMERGENCY DISPATCH 2 YEARS EXTENDE D 8 2,364.80 18,918.40 047 886-5653 DELL DELL HARDWARE LIMITED WARRANTY PLUS ON-SITE SERVIC E 8 0.00 0.00 048 951-2015 DELL THANK YOU FOR CHOOSING DELL PROSUPPORT PLUS. FOR T ECH SUPPORT VISIT //WWW.DELL.COM/CONTACTDELL 8 0.00 0.00 049 975-3462 DELL DELL LIMITED HARDWARE WARRANTY PLUS SERVICE EXTEND ED YEAR(S) 8 0.00 0.00 050 825-8624 DELL CERTIFIED DEPLOYMENT PARTNER T2 8 0.00 0.00 051 370-BCCZ DELL 64GB RDIMM 6400MT/S DUAL RANK 64 3,783.95 242,172.80 052 450-AALV DELL POWER CORD - NEMA 5-15P TO C13 3M 125V 15A (NORTH AMERICA GUAM NORTH MARIANAS PHILIPPINES SAMOA VIET NAM) 16 3.00 48.00 053 540-BDGV DELL BROADCOM 57414 DUAL PORT 10/25GBE SFP28 ADAPTER PC IE LOW PROFILE V2 8 132.60 1,060.80 054 407-BCGJ DELL SFP28 SR OPTIC 25GBE 85C 32 162.35 5,195.20 Page 405 of 449 ePlus Quotes for Council 9/21/2026 Services $273,311.00 Not to Exceed Everpure Storage $570,616.80 Dell Servers $424,294.80 HPE/Aruba $403,176.27 SolarWinds $79,500.00 Veam + Support $37,390.75 Total $1,788,289.62 Page 406 of 449 ePlus Technology, inc. | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network RFP Manufacturer Product Model Description Lead Time Quantity MSRP Unit Price Extended Price SolarWinds Observability Self-Hosted Essentials E500 E-500 SolarWinds Observability Self-Hosted Essentials E500 is an AI-powered, self- hosted observability solution for hybrid IT environments that delivers centralized monitoring across networks, servers, applications, and cloud resources. The E500 tier supports monitoring up to 500 nodes while helping IT teams improve visibility, reduce alert noise, and accelerate issue resolution. 1-2 wks 1 $32000/yr $26500/yr $79,500.00 Total $28,982.50 $79,500.00 5.7 Management and Security — Standard Stack ePlus Technology, inc. • Herndon, VA 20171 • eplus.com Page 1 of 1 Page 407 of 449 ePlus Technology, inc. | City of Waterloo Enterprise Network RFP Manufacturer Product Model Description Lead Time Quantity MSRP Unit Price Extended Price Veeam VBR Standard Annual Production Support VBR-MNT Veeam Backup & Replication Standard annual production support (50 VMs) — 24×7 TAC + software updates N/A 50 $10,600.00 Veeam Veeam Data Platform Advanced Universal Subscription License P-ADVVUL-0I-SA3P1 Veeam Data Platform Advanced Universal Subscription License — Includes Enterprise Plus Edition features. 10 instance pack. 3 Years Subscription Annual Billing & Production (24/7) Support. Public Sector.; immutable backup, SOBR, WAN-accelerated replication (Backup Option A) 1-2 wks 5 $26,790.75 Total $37,390.75 Veeam ePlus Technology, inc. • Herndon, VA 20171 • eplus.com Page 1 of 1 Page 408 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Safiah Elahi, Traffic Operations Director Traffic Operations Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the installation of two speed humps to be placed at Longfellow Avenue by Lincoln School. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION Speed hump is designed to slow down traffic and improve safety, both for pedestrians and motor vehicles. Based on the speed analysis performed, a speed hump is warranted. NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT Speed Control DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES 266-17-7120 1390 ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. Longfellow Speed Hump Location_8_24_2026_11_8_44_650 Page 409 of 449 2. ANALYTICS JUNE 2026 REPORT 3. LONGFELLOW SPEED HUMP APPROVAL 2026 4. Donna Remling Speed Hump Letter 8-24-26 Page 410 of 449 SHEET 1 DATE: 8/18/2026CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWALONGFELLOW AVELONGFELLOW AVE SPEED HUMPTRAFFIC OPERATIONS625 GLENWOOD STREETWATERLOO, IA 50703PHONE: (319) 291-4440LONGFELLOW AVE SPEED HUMP WALKER ST.85'90'INSTALL SPEED HUMP APPROXIMATELY 90' NORTH OF CROSSWALK INSTALL SPEED HUMP APPROXIMATELY 85' SOUTH OF DRIVEWAY R.O.W. Page 411 of 449 Page 412 of 449 Emails were sent to Engineering, Fire, Police to check for speed hump installation in this area of Longfellow Avenue. All parties have no problem. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ There is a speeding concern on this portion of Longfellow. The speed limit changes from 30 mph north of Walker Street to 25 mph south of Walker, and the speed study showed an 85th percentile speed of 34 mph. Of the two, I would recommend the north speed hump the most. Southbound traffic on Longfellow does not have to stop at Walker, so vehicles are continuing into the 25-mph section at higher speeds. I recommended the second one because of the crosswalk farther south. The two speed humps are about 550 feet apart, so there is enough distance for vehicles to pick up speed again between them. Putting the second one before the crosswalk would help slow traffic back down before vehicles reach the crosswalk. Thank you, Safiah Elahi, Traffic Operations Director Page 413 of 449 625Glenwood St, Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 291-4440 Fax: (319) 291-0264 CITYOFWATERLOOIOWA.COM 8-24-26 Task 153626 Donna Remling 905 Longfellow Avenue Waterloo, IA 50703 Donna, Thank you for contacting the city regarding your request for a speed hump in your neighborhood. The city has reviewed the request, and it has been determined that the location does meet the criteria for installation. Speed hump is warranted 85th Percentile speed = 34 mph Speed limit = 25 mph At this time, we will be sending the information to be approved by the City Council, Fire, and Police Department. If this passes, the speed hump(s) will be installed this fall. Sincerely, Barbara Reiter Administrative Secretary 625 Glenwood Street | Waterloo, IA 50703 O: 319-291-4440 |Ext. 3367 F: 319-291-0264 Traffic Operations Department Page 414 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Martin Petersen, City Attorney Legal Department Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving Acknowledgment/Settlement Agreement for Tobacco Violation -2nd Offense with Neighborhood Mart, 2100 Lafayette Street, Waterloo, Iowa 50703,and acceptance of a civil penalty in the amount of $1,500.00, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS Page 415 of 449 1. Settlement Agreement 2. BEFORE THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL Neighborhood Mart 2nd Page 416 of 449 Page 417 of 449 Page 418 of 449 Page 419 of 449 BEFORE THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL IN RE: Neighborhood Mart 2100 Lafayette St. Waterloo, IA 50703 ORDER ACCEPTING ACKNOWLEDGMENT/SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT—SECOND VIOLATION On this 8th day September 2026, in lieu of a public hearing on the matter, the Waterloo City Council approves the attached Acknowledgment/Settlement Agreement between the above- captioned permittee and the City of Waterloo. Pursuant to the Agreement, IT IS THEREFORE ORDERED that: X a civil penalty in the amount of One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500.00) be assessed against the above-captioned permittee to be paid within sixty (60) days of the date of this Order. If permittee does not pay the civil penalty within sixty (60) days, then a thirty (30) day cigarette permit suspension be executed against the above- captioned permittee effective the 61st day after the date of this Order. This sanction will count as a Second Violation of Iowa Code §453A.2(1), pursuant to Iowa Code §453A.22(2)(b). __________________________________________ David Boesen, Mayor ATTEST: ____________________________________ Kelley Felchle, City Clerk Page 420 of 449 Page 421 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Tim Andera, Economic Development Specialist Martin Petersen, City Attorney Legal Department Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving Acknowledgment/Settlement Agreement for Tobacco Violation - Second Offense with Kwik Stop 3, 1140 Washington St. Waterloo, IA 50702, and acceptance of a civil penalty in the amount of $1,500.00, and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said document. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS Page 422 of 449 1. Kwik stop Settlement agreement and orders 2. BEFORE THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL Kwik Stop 3 2nd Page 423 of 449 Page 424 of 449 Page 425 of 449 Page 426 of 449 Page 427 of 449 Page 428 of 449 Page 429 of 449 Page 430 of 449 Page 431 of 449 Page 432 of 449 Page 433 of 449 BEFORE THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL IN RE: KWIK STOP 3 1104 WASHINGTON ST. WATERLOO, IA 50702 ORDER ACCEPTING ACKNOWLEDGMENT/SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT—SECOND VIOLATION On this 8th day September 2026, in lieu of a public hearing on the matter, the Waterloo City Council approves the attached Acknowledgment/Settlement Agreement between the above- captioned permittee and the City of Waterloo. Pursuant to the Agreement, IT IS THEREFORE ORDERED that: X a civil penalty in the amount of One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500.00) be assessed against the above-captioned permittee to be paid within sixty (60) days of the date of this Order. If permittee does not pay the civil penalty within sixty (60) days, then a thirty (30) day cigarette permit suspension be executed against the above- captioned permittee effective the 61st day after the date of this Order. This sanction will count as a Second Violation of Iowa Code §453A.2(1), pursuant to Iowa Code §453A.22(2)(b). __________________________________________ David Boesen, Mayor ATTEST: ____________________________________ Kelley Felchle, City Clerk Page 434 of 449 Page 435 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Bill Beck, Fire Chief Fire Rescue Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution approving the Pre-Employment Reimbursement Agreement, and authorizing the Fire Chief to execute said agreements on an ongoing basis. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS None Page 436 of 449 COMMUNICATION TO THE WATERLOO CITY COUNCIL NAME AND DEPARTMENT MEETING DATE Bridgett Wood, Finance Director Finance Department September 21, 2026 AGENDA ITEM TITLE Resolution of the City of Waterloo approving an application to the Iowa Department of Transportation seeking funding through the Iowa Clean Air Attainment Program to establish a Microtransit Pilot Program within the cities of Waterloo and Cedar Falls, Iowa. RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION SUMMARY STATEMENT AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION NEIGHBORHOOD IMPACT DATA, ANALYSIS, AND STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND COMMUNICATION COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT METHODS SOURCE OF EXPENDITURES ALTERNATIVE ACTION LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENTS 1. ICAAP Grant Resolution - City of Waterloo draft Page 437 of 449 Page 438 of 449 RESOLUTION NUMBER ____ A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF WATERLOO APPROVING AN APPLICATION TO THE IOWA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SEEKING FUNDING THROUGH THE IOWA CLEAN AIR ATTAINMENT PROGRAM TO ESTABLISH A MICROTRANSIT PILOT PROGRAM WITHIN THE CITIES OF WATERLOO AND CEDAR FALLS, IOWA. WHEREAS, the City of Waterloo is committed to providing safe, accessible, reliable, and innovative public transportation services that improve mobility and quality of life for residents of Black Hawk County; and WHEREAS, City of Waterloo has collaborated with the City of Cedar Falls and Metropolitan Transit Authority of Black Hawk County the Black Hawk County Metropolitan Planning Organization (INRCOG), the Iowa Department of Transportation, local employers, healthcare providers, educational institutions, and other community stakeholders to evaluate emerging transportation needs and opportunities; and WHEREAS, these planning efforts have identified microtransit as an innovative mobility solution capable of improving transportation access, expanding service availability, increasing operational efficiency, and providing flexible transportation options for residents, employees, students, seniors, and individuals with disabilities; and WHEREAS, City of Waterloo proposes to implement a Microtransit Pilot Program consisting of two service zones located within the City of Cedar Falls and City of Waterloo to evaluate the effectiveness, efficiency, and community benefits of on-demand shared public transportation; and WHEREAS, financial assistance from the Iowa Clean Air Attainment Program would help offset the costs associated with planning, technology, marketing, implementation, operations, and evaluation of the proposed Microtransit Pilot Program, thereby reducing the financial burden on local funding partners and increasing the likelihood of a successful demonstration project; and WHEREAS, submission of a grant application requires authorization by the governing body of the City of Waterloo. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by City of Waterloo City Council that: 1. The Council hereby authorizes INRCOG staff to prepare and submit an application to the Iowa Department of Transportation requesting financial assistance from the Iowa Clean Air Attainment Program for the implementation of the City of Waterloo Microtransit Pilot Program. Passed and adopted this ___ day of ________, 2026. Kelley Felchle, City Clerk Dave Boesen, Mayor Page 439 of 449 9-1A-1: SCOPE OF LICENSES: A. Residential Building Contractor: 1. License Required: Under the city building code, all residential building contractors who contract with an owner to construct or improve dwellings for habitation by one to four (4) two (2) families and who provides two (2) or more special skills (services) for a consumer, must be licensed unless exempt under the provisions noted in subsection 9-1A- 2F of this article. 2. Defined: A "residential building contractor" is any corporation, company, partnership or person in the business of contracting or offering to contract with any residential owner to construct one (1) and two (2) family residential dwellings and/or any portions thereof, accessory structures, interior remodeling work of existing dwellings and any repair work. Said construction involves two (2) or more of the following: excavation, masonry/concrete work, carpentry, interior or exterior finishing, drywall and plaster, roofing, siding or windows. A residential building contractor may also contract or offer to contract with an owner to remodel or repair any existing residential property. B. Residential Remodeler Residential Repair Contractor: 1. Defined: A "residential remodeler repair contractor" is defined as any person in the business of contracting or offering to contract with an owner to perform any construction repair work on an existing residential structure limited to replacement work of any roofing application, siding application or replacement windows that do not include new framing. 2. Limitations: A residential remodeler repair contractor is permitted to work only on existing structures and is specifically prohibited from changing the "footprint" of the existing structure. A "footprint" is defined as the actual size of the structure upon which work is permitted pursuant to this section. C. Residential Roofing Limited Contractor: Those who are qualified to install, repair and replace residential steep roof coverings. Work may include fabrication and installation of sheet metal incidental to residential steep roof coverings and installation of asphalt shingles, asphalt roll roofing materials, clay tile, concrete tile, slate, wood shake or shingles and other prefabricated shingle products. (Ord. 5369, 9-26-2016) 9-1A-2: LICENSING REQUIREMENTS: A. License Required: Any contractor who constructs, remodels, repairs or performs any two (2) of the following work, said contractor shall be licensed as applicable in subsections 9-1A-1A through C B of this article: excavation, masonry/concrete, carpentry, interior finishing, exterior finishing, drywall and plaster or roofing. B. Roofing License Requirement: A separate license is required for any person who engages in the business of working on residential one-, two-, three- or four-family dwellings in roof coverings, roof sheathing, roof weatherproofing and insulation, and any repair of roof systems. C B. Company License: Any contractor other than a natural person must designate one individual to serve as a qualifying person who must take the licensing examination. 1. Sole Proprietorship: The qualifying person of a sole proprietorship may be the owner or managing employee. 2. Partnership: Any partner or managing employee may be the qualifying person. 3. Corporation: The qualifying person must be the chief executive officer or a managing employee. Commented [JS1]: Restructure three license types into two license types Page 440 of 449 D. Qualifying Person: If the qualifying person is a managing employee, the latter must be an employee who is regularly employed by the company and actively engaged in the classification of work for which the license is to be obtained. E. Licensing Exams: The examinee must achieve a passing score in order to obtain a license. The exams shall test an applicant's knowledge of the rules, regulations, materials, building practices, as well as the various aspects of the construction business adopted residential building code. Applicants have the following options for exam: 1. Inhouse open-book code book exam provided by the Waterloo Building Department 2. Proof of passing exam with another jurisdiction 3. Proof of passing exam from International Code Council (ICC) Type of exam passed from another jurisdiction or from ICC must closely match the type of license sought. F. Exemption: The legal owner of any residential property shall not be required to be licensed as a contractor in order to remodel or repair the owner's own property. However, permits must be obtained. Owners are not permitted to take out permits for their general contractors. G. Homeowner Building Own Home For Residence: 1. Owners building their own home shall comply with the rules outlined in the document "Building Permits Issued To Homeowners For Homeowners Building Their Own House" no. HBOH03. 2. This document shall be recorded on the abstract of the property retained with the permitting documents and shall remain in force until the time limit listed in the document has expired. 3. This document will ensure homes not being built general contracted by licensed homebuilders will meet code requirements and be safe for life, limb and health years into the future. (Ord. 5369, 9-26-2016) 9-1A-3: GENERAL CONTRACTORS BOARD OF LICENSING, EXAMINERS AND APPEALS: A. Board Established: There is hereby established a general contractors board of licensing, examiners and appeals, hereinafter referred to as the board, with authority and responsibility as follows: 1. Authority to license a corporation, company, partnership or a person as a residential building, residential remodeler repair limited roofing, unlimited roofing or repair contractor. 2. To periodically review the provisions of the Waterloo building code and recommend to the building official changes to said code. 3. Review issues and concerns of the building industry as they relate to inspection and code administrations. 4. To review complaints against any contractor, and upon substantiation of the complaint, the board may require the contractor to be relicensed. Upon the third and subsequent complaints, the board may, by majority vote, suspend or revoke the contractor's license. 5. Review and act on appeals by contractors, homeowners or any party affected by the decision of the building official. The building official may convene the board to assist in evaluating the merits of a proposed product or method of construction, or assist in the interpretation of code revisions. The board shall not rule on matters pertaining to electrical, plumbing or mechanical questions. As an appeals board, it is limited by the authority granted by the current adopted building codes. Commented [JS2]: New language Commented [JS3]: New language Commented [JS4]: New language Page 441 of 449 B. Composition Of Board: The board shall consist of nine (9) members, all of whose place of business or residence is located in Black Hawk County. All members shall be qualified by experience and training to evaluate applicants for testing. The membership shall be as follows: three (3) residential contractors, two (2) commercial contractors, one design professional (construction related), one roofing contractor and two (2) at large. The building official shall act as secretary to the board. No one company or interest shall have more than one member on the board. C. Appointment And Terms Of Office: The members of the general contractors board of licensing, examiners and appeals shall be appointed by the mayor with the approval of the city council. After the initial appointment of the board, the terms of the members shall be for three (3) years except that the initial terms shall be so arranged and staggered that the terms of no more than two (2) members shall expire on December 31 of any one year. A vacancy within any term shall be filled by appointment of the mayor with the approval of the city council for the unexpired portion of that term only. The members of the board shall serve without compensation. The board shall designate a member as chair and vice chair and shall adopt reasonable rules for conducting its investigations and proceedings, and shall render all decisions and findings in writing to the building official with a duplicate copy to the appellant and may recommend to the city council new legislation as is consistent therewith. D. Quorum: Five (5) members of the board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that a decision on a matter relating to a specific license shall not be valid unless decided in the presence of a board member who holds a similar valid license. Any vote taken for the purpose of suspending or revoking a contractor's license shall require a majority vote of all members appointed to the board. E. Powers And Duties: The general contractors board of licensing, examiners and appeals shall have the following powers and duties: 1. To prescribe rules for the conduct of examinations of applicants for licenses. 2. To hold regular meetings when determined necessary for the purpose of conducting examinations of applicants for contractor licensing. 3. To examine applications and applicants for licenses as residential building residential remodeler, and residential roofing and repair contractors as needed. 4. To act upon reports of violations by licensed contractors' licensing. 5. To prescribe rules consistent with the provisions of this code for hearings before the board to suspend, revoke or reinstate licenses. 6. To keep a complete record of the official proceedings of the board; to preserve all documents, books, and papers relating to appeals, examinations for licenses, and hearings of complaints and charges for at least five (5) years. 7. Establish guidelines from homeowners performing any construction regulated by codes adopted by the city of Waterloo as they pertain to building new one- and two-family dwellings and additions onto existing homes. F. Waiver Of Examination: The board may, by the majority vote of all of the members present, issue to any applicant possessing a valid contractor's license from any other state, after satisfying itself of the validity of such license, and the qualifications of the holder thereof, waive examination of such applicant and upon compliance with all other regulations in this code, issue to the applicant the applicable license as set forth in section 9-1A-1 of this article. G. Waiver Of Examination For Contractor: After satisfying itself of the validity of a license from any other city or state, the ability of the holder of said license to competently conduct himself as a building contractor, the board may, by the majority vote of all of the members present, issue a contractor's license without requiring examination therefor. (Ord. 5369, 9- 26-2016) Commented [JS5]: New language Page 442 of 449 9-1A-4: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE: A. Application: An applicant for a license under the provisions of this article must submit an application INRCOG on a form prescribed by INRCOG. Within thirty (30) business days of receiving all required information, INRCOG must act on the license request. If one of the categories in the application does not apply, the applicant must state the reason. for a contractor license through the City’s online licensing and permitting portal. The board may refuse to issue a license if the application is not complete or contains false information in reference to subsections A1 through A6 of this section. Staff will verify required licensing information and collect applicable registration fees prior to issuing. Subsections A1 through A6 A4 of this section are required to be provided by the applicant. 1. Iowa workers' compensation insurance certificate Contractors Registration Certificate from the State of Iowa, Department of Inspections, Appeals and Licensing; 2. Employment insurance account number; 3 2. Certificate of Liability Insurance with a thirty (30) day cancellation clause; 4 3. Type of license requested; a. General Contractor: license for Commercial Building Permits b. Residential Builder/Remodeler: license for Residential Building, Remodeling and Repair permit types. c. Residential Repair: license for residential roofing, siding, soffit and window replacement. 5. 4. Name and address of the applicant: a. Name and , address, phone and email of the applicant's qualifying person, if other than applicant; and. b. If the applicant is a sole proprietorship, the name and address of the sole proprietor; if the applicant is a partnership, the name and address of each partner; if the applicant is a limited liability company, the name and address of each manager; if applicant is a corporation, the name and address of each of the corporate officers, directors and all shareholders holding more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding stock in the corporation; 6. Whether the applicant, any employee, or qualifying person has ever been licensed in this or any other state and has had a professional or vocational license refused, suspended, or revoked, or has been the subject of any administrative action. B. Examination: Each qualifying person for Residential licensure must satisfactorily complete a written examination for the type of license requested. The board may establish the examination qualifications, including related education experience and education, the examination procedure, and the examination for each licensing group. Exams are to be updated with applicable code changes as new code years are adopted. The exam fee for persons taking the Residential Code Exam is fifty dollars ($50.00) per time. C. License Issuance: Upon passing the written examination and posting a passing grade of seventy percent (70%) or better, or showing proof of acceptable code exam by another jurisdiction or through ICC (International Code Council),a license application shall be completed and submitted to the contractors board of licensing and examiners for review and approval. After paying necessary fees, a contractor's license will be issued by the Iowa Northland Regional Council Of Governments (INRCOG). (Ord. 5369, 9-26-2016) on the City’s online licensing and permitting website. 9-1A-5: RESERVED: (Ord. 5369, 9-26-2016) Commented [JS6]: Removing INRCOG as the registration administrator Commented [JS7]: Revision to license types Commented [JS8]: New language Commented [JS9]: New language Commented [JS10]: New Language Page 443 of 449 9-1A-6: LICENSE FEES: A. The licensing fee for persons per licensed type pursuant to section 9-1A-1 -4 of this article is seventy five dollars ($75.00) per year. B. Fees shall be paid on or before December 31 of each year following the date of licensing. There shall be no proration of fees for partial year licenses. C. The contractor's license shall be registered with the Iowa Northland Regional Council Of Governments (INRCOG) located at 229 E. Park Avenue, Waterloo, IA 50703. The registration fee is fifteen dollars ($15.00) per year. (Ord. 5369, 9-26-2016) 9-1A-7: CERTIFICATES REQUIRED: A. Competency: A certificate of competency shall be received from an accredited testing agency for contractors. The testing agency shall be registered with the building department of the city. The building department shall provide information on competency testing, test sites, test dates, and material covered by the test. B. Insurance: 1. Certificate Required; Limits: a. A contractor shall show proof of registration with the state and shall execute and file with the building official (or a specified intergovernmental agency if so designated by the building official) a certificate of insurance written by a company authorized to transact business in the state, in limits of not less than three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000.00) combined single limit to any person and one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) property damage; said certificate to be written on a standard form and carrying an endorsement naming the city and its employees (or the intergovernmental agency designated by the building official) as additional insureds as its interest may appear and conditioned upon the faithful performance of all duties required of such contractor by any ordinances, rules and regulations of the city. It shall be a further condition of said certificate of insurance that the obligator will hold the city (through the specified intergovernmental agency if so designated) harmless from any and all damages sustained by reason of neglect or incompetency on the part of such contractor, his agents or employees in the performance of the work done under a license or permit issued upon the filing of said certificate. b. Said certificate of insurance shall be issued by December 31 of each year, and shall be refiled on or before said date for each subsequent year and shall be in continuous full force and effect. That it is the intent and purpose of said certificate of insurance to also bind the individual, company, firm, association or partnership, whether it be trade name, corporation, or other business association or arrangement with which the principal is associated. c. Homeowners working on their principal residence shall be exempt from filing said certificate. 2. Work Done By Owner: Where a person desires to remodel or repair any single- family residential building or structure of which he or they are the owner/occupant, such work may be done by a member of his or their household without requiring the certificate of insurance otherwise required by this subsection. a. Required permits shall be necessary for all remodel or repair work. b. No owner or owner of record shall replace, remodel or repair any electrical, plumbing or heating on any property that they are not the owner/occupant. c. With the approval of the building official, an owner who intends to repair or remodel an existing house in order to occupy that same structure at completion of work, may be considered an owner/occupant for the purposes of this section. (Ord. 5369, 9-26- 2016) Commented [JS11]: This adds collecting a registration fee for General Contractor license types. Residential license types remain $75. Commented [JS12]: This $15 General Contractor registration fee was collected by INRCOG and retained by INRCOG. Waterloo did not receive a registration fee for General Contractor (Commercial) registrations. Page 444 of 449 9-1A-8: CHANGE IN INFORMATION: A. Notice Of Change: Not later than fifteen (15) business days after there is a change in the licensee's personal name, trade name, qualifying person, or address or business location, written notice must be provided to INRCOG of such change. Upon receipt of the written notice, INRCOG shall issue an amended license, if required, for the unexpired duration of the license. changes must be supplied through the licensing portal for amendments or approvals. B. Loss Of Qualifying Person: Upon the departure or disqualification of a licensee's qualifying person because of death, disability, retirement, position change or other reason, the licensee must notify INRCOG the Waterloo Building Department within sixty (60) business days. The licensed contractor shall have one hundred twenty (120) days from the departure of the qualifying person to obtain a new qualifying person. Failure to secure a new qualifying person within one hundred twenty (120) days shall result in the automatic termination of the license, and the applicant must requalify as required under this article. (Ord. 5369, 9-26-2016) 9-1A-9: DENIAL, SUSPENSION OR REVOCATION OF LICENSE: The general contractors board of licensing, examiners and appeals may, by majority vote, deny, suspend or revoke any license or may censure a licensee for failure to comply with any of the following: A. Has filed an application for a license which is incomplete in any material respect or contains any statement which is false or misleading; B. Has engaged in a fraudulent, deceptive or dishonest practice; C. Is permanently or temporarily enjoined by any court of competent jurisdiction from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice involving any aspect of the business; D. Has failed to reasonably supervise employees, agents, subcontractors or salespersons, or has performed negligently or in breach of contract so as to cause injury or harm to the public and/or the city; E. Has violated or failed to comply with any of the licensing provisions of sections 9-1A-1 through 9-1A-6 and 9-1A-8 of this article; F. Has been shown to be incompetent, untrustworthy or financially irresponsible; or G. Has been convicted of a violation of any building code of the cities of Waterloo or Cedar Falls and/or the county of Black Hawk. (Ord. 5369, 9-26-2016) 9-1A-10: APPEAL: A. Upon the final action and notification by the board, the licensee may appeal the decision of the board. B. The appeal shall be submitted in writing within ten (10) days from the decision date by the board to the Board Secretary, Building Inspections Department, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA 50703. C. The appeal will be heard in a work session with full city council. Their decision shall be final. (Ord. 5369, 9-26-2016) Page 445 of 449 ORDINANCE NO. XXXX AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CITY OF WATERLOO CODE OF ORDINANCES BY ADDING A NEW ARTICLE E, CITY MANAGER, TO TITLE 1, ADMINISTRATION, CHAPTER 5, MUNICIPAL OFFICIALS AND ADDING A NEW SECTION 3, REMOVAL, TO TITLE 1, ADMINISTRATION, CHAPTER 5, MUNICIPAL OFFICIALS. BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. That a new Title 1, Administration, Chapter 5, Municipal Officials, Article E, City Manager, be adopted as follows: ARTICLE E. CITY MANAGER SECTION: 1-5E-1: PURPOSE 1-5E-2: APPOINTMENT, TERM, AND COMPENSATION 1-5E-3: DUTIES 1-5E-1: PURPOSE: By virtue of the authority conferred by section 372.4, code of Iowa, the office of city manager for the City of Waterloo, Iowa, is hereby created. 1-5E-2: APPOINTMENT, TERM, AND COMPENSATION: The city manager shall be appointed by a majority vote of the city council at a regular meeting of such body. Said appointment shall be in accordance with all city policies and procedures regarding recruitment, selection, and hiring of employees. The city manager shall serve as an at-will employee and remain in such position subject to the terms and conditions of any employment agreement executed between the city council and the city manager and Section 1-5-3 of this code. The city manager shall receive such annual salary as determined by the employment agreement adopted by resolution of the city council. Salary adjustments may be approved by resolution of the city council and when adopted automatically incorporated as part of the employment agreement. At the time of appointment, the appointee need not be a resident of the city or state, but during the city manager’s tenure of office, shall reside within the city limits. 1-5E-3: DUTIES: The duties of the city manager shall be as follows: A. Resolutions, Policies, And Laws: The city manager shall see that all resolutions, ordinances, laws, council's and mayor's directives and approved operational policies are either faithfully enforced and executed or referred to the proper official for compliance thereof. B. Attend Council Meetings: The city manager shall attend all meetings of the city council unless otherwise excused by the mayor or council. C. Recommendations: The city manager shall recommend to the mayor and council such measures as the city manager may deem necessary for good efficient government and the general welfare of the city. D. Departmental Administration: The city manager shall have general supervision and direction of the administration of the following departments, offices, classifications, and services and be directly responsible to the mayor and council for the proper function of same: 1. Community Planning and Development Division, which includes the Building, Community Planning and Development, Community Development, Engineering, and Housing Authority Departments. Page 446 of 449 Ordinance No. XXXX Page 2 2. Public Works Division, which includes the Central Garage, Sanitation, Street, Traffic Operations, and Waste Management Departments. 3. Leisure Services. 4. Cultural and Arts. 5. Police. 6. Fire. 7. Management Information Systems. 8. Finance. 9. Human Resources. 10. Human Rights. 11. Purchasing. 12. Public buildings, land, and custodians thereof under the direct jurisdiction of the council. 13. Budget preparation and operation. 14. Contracts and agreements as approved and directed by council. 15. Administrative policies and procedures. 16. All others as directed by council. E. Supervise Contracts: The city manager shall supervise the performance of all contracts for work and services to be done for the city except as specified otherwise in said construction or service program involved. F. Franchises: The city manager shall maintain an accounting of all obligations, agreements, commitments, and contractual franchises involving the city and report to the mayor and council any deviations from the exact terms as specified. G. Purchasing: The city manager shall be authorized to direct the purchasing of all commodities, materials, supplies, capital outlay, and services for all departments of the city that have been budgeted and appropriated by a resolution of the council and enforce a program to determine that such purchases are received and are of the quality and character called for in the order. H. Require Taking of Bids: The city manager shall require the taking of bids on all matters deemed advisable as required by law, or as directed by the council. I. Hire, Suspend, And Discharge Employees: The city manager shall have the power to hire, suspend, or discharge any employee over which the city manager has, by this article, authority to appoint or employ, subject to civil service provisions and chapter 70, code of Iowa. J. Emergency Employees: The city manager shall have the authority to employ any person for emergency purposes as deemed necessary for the welfare of the city, but in no case shall said employment be extended after the first council meeting following the date of employment, unless otherwise approved by vote of the council. K. Supervision Of Facilities And Equipment: The city manager shall supervise and manage all buildings, structures, and land under the jurisdiction of the council and shall also be charged with Page 447 of 449 Ordinance No. XXXX Page 3 the care and preservation of all city-owned equipment, tools, machinery, appliances, supplies, and commodities under the control of employees or departments over which the city manager has, by this article, specific authority. L. Personnel Functions: Unless such power is specifically assigned by law to another appointing authority, the city manager shall have the power to appoint, employ, transfer, promote, reclassify, determine rate of pay, discipline, or discharge all persons to city service, subject to civil service provisions and chapter 70, code of Iowa. The city manager shall review and comment on personnel actions made by the police and fire chiefs to the city council. The city manager shall develop, administer, and enforce personnel rules and regulations for employees under the authority delegated to the office of city manager. M. Fiscal Advice: The city manager shall keep the mayor and council fully advised of the financial and other conditions of the city. N. Economic Development: The city manager shall keep the mayor and council fully advised of economic development in the city and take an active role in the management and oversite of such efforts. O. Annual Budget: The city manager shall prepare and submit to the mayor and council an annual budget in the manner as prescribed by law. P. Business Affairs: The city manager shall see that all business affairs of the city are conducted by modern, approved methods and in an efficient manner. Q. Records And Reports: The city manager shall, at all times, be responsible for the maintenance of accurate and current records of all affairs of the departments under the city manager's jurisdiction, and in a form acceptable by the council. Copies of such reports shall be available for public inspection. 4 R. Assist Council Committees: The city manager shall assist the council committees in the execution of their reviews, investigations, reports and assignments, and perform in compliance with their directives; provided, same is not in conflict with established procedure governed by this article or not in conflict with existing city ordinances. S. Temporary Absence or Vacancy: In the event of the city manager’s temporary absence or inability to perform the duties of the office, the city manager shall designate a department head appointed to their position by city council and responsible to the city council as acting city manager. If the city manager is unable to make the designation for any reason, then such designation shall be made by the mayor. Any designation by the mayor exceeding 20 calendar days shall be approved by the city council. The designee shall have and exercise all the powers and duties of the city manager. T. Other: The city manager shall perform duties and have direct authority on all matters delegated by council action. Section 2. That a new Section 3, Removal, be added to Title 1, Administration, Chapter 5, Municipal Officials, as follows: 1-5-3: REMOVAL: The city council may remove the City Manager, City Attorney, or City Clerk at anytime without cause by an affirmative vote of five (5) of the seven (7) members of city council. Such removal shall be subject to procedures as provided under Iowa Code Section 372.15 and in accordance with severance benefit negotiated under the City Manager’s employment agreement or the severance granted to any other city employees under city council adopted personnel policies. Section 3. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after its final passage, approval, and publication as required by law. INTRODUCED and PASSED 1st CONSIDERATION: _________, 2026 WAIVED 2nd CONSIDERATION: _________, 2026 Page 448 of 449 Ordinance No. XXXX Page 4 WAIVED 3rd CONSIDERATION: _________, 2026 PASSED AND ADOPTED this ____ day of ______ 2026. ______________________________ David Boesen, Mayor ATTEST: _______________________________ Kelley Felchle, City Clerk SEAL Page 449 of 449